Com Question Choice A Choice B

Which of the following statement is/are not safety precaution of gas welding in
Keep the valve cap off when not in use Store valve end up
acetylene tank?
C1

Safety is dependent on orderliness and cleanliness that may be kept by storing all items in a common
storing all items in their proper place
__________. storage area
C1

What is the limit that each Administration shall establish for the purpose of 0.05% blood alcohol level (BAC) 0.01% blood alcohol level (BAC)
preventing alcohol abuse for masters, officers and other seafarers while
performing designated safety, security and marine environmental duties?
C1

How many weeks shall an expection of 70 hours in a week be granted by the

administration?
C1 2 weeks 1 week
12 hours

What is the minimum number of hours of rest in a 24 hour period?

C1 10 hours

The hours of rest may be divided into no more than two periods, one of which
6 hours 2 hours
shall be at least how many hours?
C1
 Cylinder oil is used for _________. 2-stroke engine 4-stroke and 2 stroke engine

C1
All persons who are assigned duty as officer in charge of a watch or as a rating
forming part of a watch and those whose duties involve designated safety,
prevention of pollution, and security duties shall be provided with a rest period 77 hours in a 7 day period 50 hours in a 7 day period
of not less than ________________.
C1

a hissing sound from the indicator

When the engine is running, a leaking air starting valve is indicated by_____. hot pipe connected to the starting valve
cock
C1

accuracy of the rudder angle

While inspecting the steering gear at sea, you should check for __________. any leaks in the system
indicator
C1

The expansion tank for the jacket cooling water which is a closed cooling type
maintain constant head in a system allow easy release of air
is used to ___________.
C1

allowing better access in an

A good housekeeping on a vessel prevents fires by _________. eliminating potential fuel sources
emergency
C1

Which of the conditions listed would cause the stern tube lube oil header tank An increase in sea water
A worn or damaged stern tube seal.
level to decrease? temperature.
C1
 As a duty engineer you should know that some auxiliaries are not designed to
handle steam at boiler pressure. Which of the following devices is usually fitted A nozzle valve An orifice
in the branch line to deliver steam at the correct pressure?

C1
The procedures for notifying the
Which of the following is the most critical information that the officer in an appropriate authority of environmental Any special requirements relating to
engineering watch be relayed during taking over a watch? pollution resulting from engineering sanitary system disposals
activities
C1
When the machinery spaces are in the periodic unmanned condition, the
designated duty officer of the engineering watch shall be ________________.
at the poop deck and wait for the
in a ship compartment that has an alarm
call of the able seaman
C1

To ensure that a bearing is receiving the proper oil supply, you should check sight flow glass in the bearing oil supply bull's eye in the gravity tank
the _______________. line overflow
C1

All portable electric tools should have a ground connection to prevent burning out the motor from an
electric shock if the tool is shorted
_________. overload
C1

Under what condition may the master suspend the schedule of hours of rest
Emergency Cases Cargo loading
and require a seafarer to perform any hours of work necessary?
C1
 Not properly vented main engine jacket cooling water can __________. cause overheating cause scaling

C1

When maneuvering, you discover heavy smoke coming from the turbocharger Notify the bridge and ask to shut the
Check the air filter for dirt
casing. What action should you take first?. engine down
C1

As an engineer which action should you normally take during each watch when Observe general performance of the
Clean all duplex oil strainers
the auxiliary boiler is operating? boiler
C1

If one fuel oil strainer of a duplex unit becomes clogged while the vessel is clean the dirty strainer as quickly as change the oil flow over to the
steaming at sea, the first action is to __________. possible clean side

C1

Under what condition shall the officer in charge of the engineering watch shall
Coastal and congested waters Restricted visibility
ensure that permanent air or steam pressure is available for sound signals?

C1

What is the most important parameter to check right after any diesel engine is
C1 crankcase pressure lube oil pressure
started?
 If two compressors must be operated in parallel in order to maintain the box discharge pressure gauges of both oil levels in both compressor
temperatures, a careful watch should be kept on the __________. compressors crankcases
C1

An auxiliary diesel generator continues to run after you try to shut down. Your
block the flow of air supply to the engine engage the jacking gear
next course of action should be to _________.
C1

Dark exhaust gas from the engine is caused by ______. engine overload engine running too cold

C1

Below are some of the causes of high exhaust gas temperature except excessive carbon deposit on the
poor quality of fuel oil
__________. exhaust valve
C1

Cracked cylinder liner of a 2-stroke engine is indicated by___________. hunting of jacket cooling water pressure excessive loss of lubricating oil

C1

The flash point of a residual fuel oil should be used to determine the highest
in a storage tank for atomizing
temperature to which the oil may be heated __________.
C1
 An engine fails to start even if all temperatures and pressures are normal fuel oil injector in one cylinder is
fuel is contaminated with water
because______. leaking
C1

The effect of too much heating in the fuel oil of main engine is ___________. stuck plunger and barrel high exhaust gas temperature

C1

Which steam plant watch operating condition will require priority attention over
C1 Low water level main boiler High level main condenser
the other conditions listed?

Which of the following is an example of head hazard? I. Impact from falling, II.
C1 I, II, and III I and II
Flying Object, III. Hair entanglement

Which condition could cause the feed pump of an auxiliary boiler to lose Pump recirculating line being open to
Increased suction head pressure
suction? much
C1

An engine with high exhaust temperature but low compression is due

C1 broken piston insufficient air
to_____________ .

An indication of excessive soot accumulation on boiler water tubes and

C1 high feed water temperature low stack temperature
economizer surfaces is due to____.
C1 Before using the steam soot blowers of boiler at sea, you should __________. decrease the firing rate lower the water level

You would not see a flow through the sight glass of the lube oil gravity tank main engines are stationary at a
C1 the lube oil service pumps are secured
overflow line when the __________. stop bell

C1 Before the seas get rough, it is a good safety practice to _________. secure loose gears move quickly about the ship

Prior to taking over the engineering watch, which of following responsibilities

C1 C/E standing orders of the day Next port of call
shall an officer of an engineering watch rely to the incoming watch?

C1 Fuel oil enters the main engine cylinder through ______________. fuel oil injector oil spill valve

cut out the steam before securing the oil open the fuel oil temperature
C1 When securing a fuel oil heater, you should __________.
flow regulator bypass, widely
 Too high exhaust gas temperature in all cylinders is cause by the following
C1 stuck-up fuel injection pump overload engine
except________.

The watch engineer finds the refrigeration compressor has blown the shaft seal. secure the compressor at once and close pump the system down and isolate
C1
In this situation, he should __________. the suction and discharge valves the leak

Before using a boiler compressed air soot blower system, you should drain the soot blower pneumatic operating
C1 reduce the boiler pressure
__________. lines

If the fire ignites in the engine room as a result of a high pressure fuel oil leak,
C1 shut off the fuel supply secure the ventilation
you should first ______.

C1 What condition shall the chief engineer officer consult with the master whether Unsheltered anchorage sheltered anchorage
or not to maintain the same engineering watch as when under way?

If the engineer on watch is doubtful of the accuracy of water level in the boiler
C1 blow down the gauge glass speed up the main feed pump
gauge glass, he should ____.
 Which of the following conditions should be immediately reported to the Steam leaving the vent of the gland
C1 Oil in the drain inspection tank.
engineering officer on watch? exhaust condenser.

check that the reliever is capable to

C1 In relieving watch, the outgoing duty engineer should ________________. stop the main engine before relieving time
carry out watch keeping duties

When there is sufficient reason that the relieving officer is not capable of watch
C1 keeping duties, the outgoing in charge of the engineering watch should stop the main engine immediately notify the chief engineer officer
________________.

C1 In testing the boiler water for chloride content will indicate the amount of ____. dissolved salts from sea contamination total alkalinity in the water

Prior to engaging the turning gear, precautions should be taken shut off the starting air supply and open transfer M/E control to emergency
C1
to________________. the indicator cocks control console of the engine

Before the turning gear is engaged, precaution should be taken shut off the starting air supply and open transfer M/E control to emergency
C1
to________________. the indicator cocks control console of the engine
 Horizontal with the cylinder caps screwed
C1 What is the proper way of storing an oxygen and acetylene cylinders? Upright with the cylinder caps off
on

The watch engineer has been unable to transfer the fuel oil to the settling tank call out other engineers for assistance utilize a portable rubber impeller
while underway. As the tank level is becoming dangerously low, the engineer transfer pump
C1 should now __________.

When there is a fire in an electric motor, normally the first step is to

C1 secure the electrical supply ventilate area to remove the smoke
___________.

To increase the pressure in the heat To increase the brine overboard

exchanger density
What is the main reason that live auxiliary steam is normally attemporated
C1 before entering the feed heater of a flash evaporator?

If the temperature in a hot air manifold were found to be 122 oF, what will be the
C1 equivalent reading on the centigrade scale? 40oC 35oC

Which of the listed fuel oil ignition methods are commonly found on
C1 automatically fired auxiliary boilers aboard merchant vessels? An incandescent glow plug A gas pilot light
 Mechanical rigidity in the lube pump
C1 What maybe the cause of injection lag in a diesel engine? mechanism A higher cetane number of fuel oil

Fuel/Diesel oil Acid

A lube oil filter can be used to remove most contaminants from lube oil. What
C1 contaminant will remain in the lube oil after filtering?

Diesel engines driving alternators operating in parallel must maintain a set Compensation Actuation
frequency regardless of load changes. What is the governor characteristic used
C1 to accomplish this?

Combustion pulses Air or water in the furnace

What might be the cause of excessive vibration of an automatically fired
C1 auxiliary boiler?

air pressure in the diesel engine

tank fluid level
starting circuit
C1 A pneumercator is an instrument used to indicate _____.

Close all manually operated fuel valves Allow the boiler to cool completely
What should you do first before any work is to be carried out on a burner in an
C1 automatically fired boiler?
 Very inaccurate Always be 100% accurate
What reading will be obtained if we use a dry uncoated sounding rod or tape to
C1 measure the depth of water in a reserve feed water tank?

Air in the cooling system An open thermostat

What would be the possible cause of high diesel engine cooling water
C1 temperatures?

only after the engine room control station

Diesel engine control can be obtained by the bridge __________. any time
is switched to Bridge Control
C1

At the top through the regulating tube At the bottom through the oil inlet
Where is the contaminated oil enters the centrifuge in a disk type centrifugal
C1 purifier?

Why is condensate being pumped from the condenser to the DC heater instead Condensate should be deaerated before Boiler feed pumps must operate
C1 of directly to the boiler? entering the boiler with a negative suction head

The device most commonly used to measure the exhaust gas temperature of a
C1 diesel engine cylinder is called a _______. pyrometer calorimeter
 Exhaust valve grooving and corrosion is caused by certain components of
C1 residual fuel oil. These components are sodium, sulfur, and ___________. vanadium carbon

A dirty atomizer sprayer plate in the burner of an auxiliary boiler, would be

C1 indicated by ________. an unevenly shaped burner flame carbon on the register doors

Centrifuging is more effective with

Which of the following statements is true concerning the centrifuging of Centrifuging is more efficient when the oil inhibited oils than straight mineral
C1 lubricating oil? is preheated prior to centrifuging oils

Why do most temperature control valves in diesel engine closed freshwater changing the rate of flow in the
cooling systems bypass the flow of jacket water around the cooler instead of excessive cooling would take place in the jackets could cause localized hot
C1 around the engine? heat exchangers at high loads spots

Which system should be tested and used when required to raise the water level
C1 in an idle boiler? Auxiliary feed system Chemical feed system

C1 A pyrometer is capable of producing a voltage by _____. squeezing crystals of certain substances chemical reaction
 Remove the major amount of
noncondensable gases from the main Chemically treat feedwater to
C1 The DC heater functions to _____. condenser remove carbonic gas

Excessive lubricating oil consumption in a running diesel engine can be caused

C1 by _________. low lube oil temperature clogged lube oil piping

Increasing the valve clearance between a valve stem and rocker arm, will in the
C1 valve ________. staying open for a longer period of time closing later

Oil accumulating in the exhaust piping or manifold of a diesel engine can be

C1 caused by ______. excessive lube oil pressure collapsed hydraulic valve lifters

clearance between the top of the valve compression force of the valve
C1 Valve lash, or clearance refers to the _________. stem and the rocker arm springs

C1 Crank web deflection readings will give a positive indication of ___________. worn main bearing journals crankpin misalignment

Cooling water pumps driven by direct-reversing diesel engines are usually straight impeller vane with concentric curved impeller vane with tangential
C1 ______. housing outlet
C1 A boiler feed stop-check valve would be located at the _____. Economizer discharge DC heater outlet

Rapidly discharging condensate into the DC heater during normal steaming Decrease in dissolved oxygen in
C1 conditions could cause _____. Decrease in auxiliary exhaust pressure the feedwater

Most large main propulsion diesel engines use a duplex lube oil strainer to decrease the time required
C1 _______. ensure a positive flow of oil at all times between cleanings

C1 Throttling a burner air register on an auxiliary boiler could result in ________. smoky boiler operation decreased fuel consumption

Significant retardation of diesel engine fuel injection timing will result in

C1 _________. reduced engine power decreased ignition lag

Which of the following problems can cause fluctuating pressure in the closed defective temperature controls in
C1 cooling system of a main propulsion diesel engine? cavitation in the cooling water pump the system
 The effective stroke of a constant-stroke, individual, fuel injection pump is varied
C1 by the __________. control rack delivery valve

Minimum net positive suction head Dew point temperature of the stack
C1 The minimum design height of the DC heater is determined by the _____. required by the main feedpump gases

You are operating a main propulsion diesel engine at a constant load when the
C1 jacket temperature begins to rise. This could be caused by _________. a piston about to seize dirty fuel oil filter

The bulk of the solid material entering a centrifugal purifier with lube oil is
C1 ________. trapped in the bowl discharged with the water

Divert the flow of condensate from

Drain excess feedwater to the distilled the first stage heater to the vent
C1 The DC heater automatic level dump valve is used to _____. water tank condenser

While at sea, the flash type evaporator is discharging the output to the distill
tanks. If it becomes necessary to reduce the feed water temperature below
C1 165oF, you should _____. Continue the current evaporator operation Dump the evaporator to the bilge
 distribution of the load between engine effectiveness of water-cooled
C1 Exhaust pyrometer readings provide an indication of the _______. cylinders exhaust elbows

A salinity indicating system functions on the basic principle of measuring the

C1 _____. Electrical inductance of water Electrical conductivity of water

Fuel combustion in a diesel engine cylinder should begin just before the piston end when fuel injection has been continue through the after-burning
C1 reaches top dead center and should ___________. completed period

The main propulsion diesel engine jacket water temperature rises above
normal, with the raw water sea suction and the expansion tank water level
C1 being normal. Which of the following problem is most likely the cause? eroded zinc pencils in the heat exchanger Faulty thermostatic bypass valve

The purpose of an oil mist detector in a main propulsion diesel engine is to

C1 warn of _____________. excessively high crankcase vacuum a possible overheated bearing

During cold ship start-up you should open the feedwater outlet and condensate Expel noncondensablevapors from
C1 valves to a DC heater in order to _____. Avoid running the feed pump ‘dry’ the vent
C1 Which of the filters listed will deplete the additives in lubricating oil? Adsorbent filter Extended area membrane filter

C1 The direct cause of a crankcase explosion can be attributed to ___________. an overheated bearing extremely hot scavenge air

exhaust temperature from a particular

C1 A burned exhaust valve may be detected by a higher than normal _______. cylinder firing pressure

Mist detectors used on large low-speed and medium speed main propulsion fuel oil vapor at the sludge tank
C1 diesel engines monitor and check for the presence of __________. lube oil vapors in the crank case vent

Improper maintenance of an automatic auxiliary boiler oil burner could result in

C1 ______. decreased boiler efficiency fuel pump failure

A change in engine speed is required before a governor is able to make a

corrective movement of fuel rack. This aspect of governing is commonly
C1 expressed as a percent and is known as ___________. governor sensitivity governor promptness
 percent of speed change necessary for governor’s speed droop response
C1 Sensitivity for a diesel engine governor is described as the ___________. corrective action by the fuel control to variations in engine load

Reducing the clearance between a valve stem and rocker arm will result in the having a shorter duration of
C1 valve __________. having a longer duration of opening opening

C1 Diesel engine injection lag is caused by ____________. compressibility of the fuel high fuel oil supply flow

Which of the following procedures decreases the total dissolved solids

C1 concentration in the water of an auxiliary boiler? Bottom blowing Hydrazine treatment of condensate

Air trapped in the hydraulic fluid of a steering system would be indicated by

_____. I. An improper rudder response II. Hammering noises in the equipment
C1 or transmission lines III. Popping or sputtering noises I, II & III I only

Which of the DC heater operations listed will result in excessive dissolved

oxygen in boiler water? I. Excessively high water level in the heater II. Adding
C1 excessive make up feed III. Operating the heater with a closed air vent II & III I only
 In a flash-type evaporator, an electrical salinity cell would be installed in the
_____. I. Distillate outlet from the distillate cooler II. Distilate inlet to the distillate
C1 cooler III. Condensate drains from the distiller feedwater heater II & III I only

Salinity cells are strategically installed in flash type distilling units to indicate the
_____. I. presence of leaks in the flash chambers II. quantity of the distillate
C1 produced II only I only

Engine protection by means of an alarm or shutdown control can be obtained

with devices that are sensitive to ___________. I. temperature II. pressure III.
C1 engine speed II & III I only

What would be the result of adding phosphate compounds into the cooling
system of a diesel engine? I. Protect the coolant from freezing II. Protect
C1 metallic surfaces from the corrosion Both I and II I only

With regards to a diesel engine crankcase explosion, the most violent is the
C1 ________. I. primary explosion II. secondary explosion II only I only
 A large low speed main propulsion diesel engine may become overloaded by
C1 ________. I. A heavily fouled hull II. Strong head winds and heavy seas both I and II I only

The exhaust system for a turbocharged two-stroke /cycle diesel engine

functions to _______. I. discharge exhaust gases and smoke II. furnish energy
C1 to the turbocharger III. reduce engine room noise I, II & III I only

If oil is dripping from the burner of a coil-type auxiliary steam generator, the
cause may be _______. I. the oil valve not seating properly II. a loose boiler
C1 burner nozzle III. carbon on the burner nozzle causing deflection of oil spray I, II & III I only

If the fuel/air ratio in an automatically fired auxiliary boiler is insufficient, the

result could lead to _______. I. inefficient combustion II. dark smoke III.
C1 automatic shutdown I, II & III I only

The control system for a controllable pitch propeller can be programmed

_____________. I. to produce a maximum combined propeller and engine
efficiency between pitch and a give engine speed II. For continuous operation
C1 of the engine at preset conditions both I and II are correct I only is correct
 If a crankcase explosion occurs in a diesel engine, you should stop the engine allow the engine to cool down naturally immediately open all crankcase
C1 and ___________. before opening the inspection covers relief ports

Prolonged operation of a diesel engine with a closed cooling water system, at

C1 lower than normal designed operating temperatures can ________. cause sulfuric acid formation increase power output

When an auxiliary boiler is panting and emitting black smoke, you should
C1 ______. increase othe air supply increase the fuel oil temperature

C1 In diesel engines, hydraulic valve lifters are used to _________. reduce valve gear pounding increase valve operating lash

In a diesel engine exhaust system, the cooling of the exhaust gases below their
C1 dew point, will result in ______. sulfuric acid corrosion increased engine back pressure

Which of the following will have the greatest effect on the mean effective Increasing the quality of the fuel-air Increasing the TBN of the
C1 pressure in a cylinder of a diesel engine operating at normal load? mixture lubricating oil

Some fuel injection systems utilize port-and-helix metering. Which of the Injection has a constant beginning and Injection has a variable beginning
C1 following statement describes a system ‘timed for port closing’? variable ending and a constant ending
 Which of the following conditions could cause black smoke to be discharged
from the stack of an auxiliary boiler equipped with turbine-driven rotary cup improper turbine shaft speed in the insufficient steam supply to the fuel
C1 atomizers? atomizer assembly oil heater

Insures proper pressure in a

C1 What is the purpose of a hydraulic valve lash adjuster? Eliminates need to remove valve springs hydraulic system

The highest pressure in any closed diesel engine freshwater cooling system is
C1 at the ____. expansion tank inlet jacket water outlet

The longer ignition delay period resulting from the use of low cetane fuel, will
C1 result in ___________________. lower cylinder combustion temperature less fuel entering the cylinder

The bearing used to support the crankshaft of a diesel engine are generally
C1 called _________. connecting rod bearings line shaft bearings

The overspeeding of the diesel engine driving an electric generator could cause
C1 _____. damage to the field windings low voltage trip to trip

Reduction gear lube oil temperatures for keel cooler installations are generally lower than raw water cooled
C1 _________. higher than raw water cooled installations installations
 Which of the substances listed is satisfactorily removed from the fuel b a
C1 centrifugal oil purifier? Carbon particles Lube oil

Diesel engine automated control systems may utilize sensing devices of dual
function, with sensing ranges providing both alarm and engine shut down
C1 capability. Which of the key points listed would only require an alarm sensor? Lube oil sump level Lube oil pressure and temperature

The primary objective of the auxiliary exhaust system is to supply steam to the
C1 _____. deaerating feed tank main condenser

You are standing watch in the engine room, with an auxiliary boiler. You should maintain the proper water level in
C1 blow down a gage glass periodically to ______. remove any sediment from the glass the steam drum

delivering the same quantity of fuel to maintaining the metering

The term ‘proper metering’ as applied to a diesel fuel injection system, can be each cylinder for each power stroke adjustment for a reasonable period
C1 best defined as __________. according to engine load under all load conditions

In a diesel engine, the spring force required for proper valve operation is
C1 determined by ___________. cam contour maximum firing pressure
 The pressure differential across a diesel engine lube oil system duplex, filter
C1 should be checked to _________. determine the need for filter cleaning measure any change in oil viscosity
156 Why are hydraulic cranes being properly warmed up before they are used? Warm-up allows the relief valve to a Hydraulic fluid must be at the
properly tested opening room temperature before
use.

157 On tank vessels using an automatic tape wells, free movement of the tape is removing the side plate operating the hand clutch
normally checked by _____.

158 Steam drum water level indicators must be calibrated to compensate for density higher level than exists in the drum with lower level than exists in the drum
differences between the indicated drum water level, and the actual drum water the error becoming greater as the drum with the error becoming greater as
level. If no compensation is made, the indicator will show a _____. pressure increases the drum pressure increases

159 While standing watch in the engine room, you notice a high reading at a salinity Leakage at the second stage condenser Chill shocking is necessary to
cell located in the loop seal between two stages of a flash type evaporator. This remove scale
would indicate _____.

160 A solenoid operated distillate three-way valve is installed in the discharge line Potable water tank has been filled with Distillate temperature is excessive
between the distilling plant and the potable water tank. This valve will trip and raw water
dump the distillate discharge if the _____.

161 Which of the following statements is true concerning low pressure distilling High conductivity of the distillate indicates
units? distillate salinity is excessive.
162 In an operating diesel engine, which of the following is true concerning a tube zinc anodes installed in the heads should fresh water circulates through the
and shell type jacket water heat exchanger? always be painted tubes and sea water around the
outside of the tubes

163 In a diesel engine closed freshwater cooling system, the cooling water pressure 28.7 psig 4 psig
drop through the engine is 10 psig, and the pressure drop through the heat
exchanger is 4 psig at maximum flow rates. The cooling water pump must
produce a discharge head of atleast _______.

164 Operating a diesel engine for prolonged period at temperature lower than the a thermostat failure a decrease in lube oil viscosity
normal design temperature may cause _____.

165 Immediately after the a diesel engine, normal raw water and jacket water a high level in the surge tank overloading in all cylinder
pressures are indicated. However, the jacket water temperature continues to
rise. If there is no change in the sea temperature, you should suspect
________.

166 The main propulsion diesel engine jacket water temperature rises above steam formation in the expansion tank eroded zinc pencils in the heat
normal, with the raw water sea suction and the expansion tank water level exchanger
being normal. Which of the following problem is most likely the cause?

167 Some diesel engine are fitted with a thermometer in the cooling water outlet insufficient fuel delivery to all cylinder increased blow-by in all cylinders
from each cylinder. If the cooling water temperature from cylinders begins to
rise above normal, you should suspect ________.

168 If the jacket water temperature rises rapidly above normal in a diesel engine, clean sea water strainer place standby cooler in operation
you should FIRST __________.
169 In a diesel engine cooling system, the high temperature alarm contact maker engine jacket water outlet raw water pump discharge
will be activated on excessively high water discharge temperature from the
_________.

170 In a closed cooling system for a turbocharged, four- stroke/cycle diesel engine, improper venting of the cooling system carrying the expansion tank water
fluctuate water pressure can be caused by _________. level too high

171 Which of the following conditions can cause oil to accumulate in the cooling Defective oil cooler core Excessive valve train lubricant
system of a diesel engine?

172 One result of operating a diesel engine at light load with excessively low cooling decreases in ignition lag increase in cylinder misfiring
water temperatures is a/an _________.

173 The purpose of an oil mist detector in a main propulsion diesel engine is to excessively high crankcase vacuum a possibility of an overheated
warn of _____________. bearing

174 The possibility of a diesel engine crankcase explosion will be increased by with a leaking crankcase inspection cover
operating an engine __________. gasket

175 If a diesel engine has been stopped because of piston seizure due to severe scavenge pump should be immediately ventilation system should be
overheating, the crankcase ___________. secured to prevent loss of lube oil continued in operation for one hour
for cooling
176 During diesel engine warm-up, which type of valve lash adjuster compensates Electrical Mechanical
for the change in the length of the exhaust valve stem?

177 The rate of pressure rise during the period following fuel ignition in a diesel turbulence of the air charge valve overlap
engine is influenced by the length of the ignition delay period and the
__________.

178 For equal amounts of fuel injected, what change in condition will have the Completeness in the mixing of the fuel TBN of the lubricating oil
greatest effect on the mean effective pressure in the cylinder of a diesel
engine?

179 The pressure in an operating diesel engine cylinder continues to rise for a short exhaust and intake valves just closing expansion during the combustion
period after the piston passes top dead center as a result of the __________. process

180 Which of the following statements concerning the factors affecting ignition delay An increase in intake air temperature will An increase in coolant temperature
is correct? increase ignition delay will decrease ignition delay

181 If fuel injection occurs too early, a diesel engine will lose power because the fuel will not be properly atomized in the ignition will be delayed due to low
________. cylinder compression pressure

182 In a jerk pump, the amount of fuel that will be forced through the spray nozzle the position of the helix groove relative to the pump supply pressure
on each upward stroke of the plunger depends on ____________. the spill port
183 Injection lag in a diesel engine may be caused by __________. the flexibility of high pressure fuel lines a change in the cetane number of
the fuel

184 If fuel injection in a diesel engine begins earlier than the design earlier than the cylinder compression temperature may be fuel oil injection pressure may not
design start of injection, ignition may be delayed because the __________. too high be high enough

185 During the fuel injection period, fuel pressure must exceed cylinder gas prevent reflected pressure waves when ensure the needle valve is flushed
pressure to __________. the needle valve closes clean during each injection

186 Increasing the load on an engine using a double-helix type injection pump and end earlier later and end earlier
varies the effective stroke of the pump to start __________.

187 The amount of fuel injected into a cylinder by a unit injector is controlled by a metering helix the firing pressure in the cylinder
__________.

188 On a diesel engine equipped with individual jerk type fuel pumps, adjustments equalize effective delivery strokes regulate combustion pressures
should be bade to the tappets (push rods) of the pumps to __________.

189 The amount of fuel delivered for each cycle must be in accordance with the Accurate metering Proper timing
engine load, and the same quantity of fuel must be delivered to each cylinder
for each power stroke at that load. Which of the following statements describes
this requirement?
190 An individual fuel injection pump is designed for variable beginning and advance as the load increases retard as the load increases
constant ending of injection. For diesel engines operating a generator at
constant speeds, the start of injection will ________.

191 Which of the following problems may occur if the opening pressure of a fuel The amount of fuel injected will be The start of injection will be
injection nozzle is greater than specified by the engine manufacturer? increased retarded

192 Which of the following conditions will tend to increase the ignition delay period Using a fuel oil with a higher cetane Decreasing the air charge
of combustion in a compression ignition engine? number temperature

193 If the diesel engine fuel injection timing is changed to delay the start of injection backfire through the air intake develop less power under load
until the pistons are at top dead center, the engine will ___________.

194 One remedy for a high firing pressure, in addition to a high exhaust temperature adjust the fuel rack increase scavenge air pressure
in one cylinder of a diesel engine, is to __________.

195 What changes in valve timing will tend to increase the cooling effect on the Advance the intake and exhaust valve Retard the intake valve opening
exhaust valve in a four-stroke cycle turbocharged diesel engine? opening period and advance the exhaust valve
closing period

196 During engine warm-up, the expansion of cylinder head valve stems due to the jacket water cooling system valve spring tension
buildup of engine heat, is compensated for by the ___________.
197 When the cold tappet clearance is less than that specified by the engine fail to open when the valves are warm close earlier than normal
manufacturer, the diesel engine valves will __________.

198 If the valve tappets in a diesel engine are set at greater clearances than those open late and close late open late and close early
specified by the engine manufacturer, those valves will __________.

199 If the intake, or exhaust valve stem clearance is found to be excessive, in loose valve spring locks collapsed hydraulic valve lifters
addition to too little movement of the rocker arms, you should check for
__________.

200 If the valve lash on a diesel engine is set improperly, which of the following Too little lash will cause noisy operation Too little lash may prevent the
statements represents the most serious problem that can develop? and excessive wear valves from seating properly

201 A large, low-speed, main propulsion diesel engine is operating at 80% load and Decrease the load limit setting Increase the load limit setting
normal speed while the vessel is in calm seas. As the intensity of the seas
increase, the engine speed governor maintains the same RPM, although the
load indicator indicates an increase in load beyond its allowable limits. Which of
the following actions should be taken?
202 If a two-stroke/cycle diesel engine is overspeeding due to leakage of lube oil Shut off the fuel supply and block the Move the fuel control mechanism to
into the cylinders, what should you do to stop the engine? flow of intake air the no fuel position

203 A diesel generator has just been paralleled with an AC turbogenerator, but the an incorrect diesel generator governor a faulty reverse power relay within
load can not be properly divided. This could be caused by _________. speed droop adjustment the main circuit breaker assembly
204 If the load on a diesel engine equipped with an isochronous hydraulic governor remain the same increase
is increased, after compensation is performed by the governor, the engine
speed will _________.

205 An AC diesel generator incapable of being paralleled with the main bus prevent attempts to parallel maintain a frequency of 60 cycles
normally employs an isochronous governor in order to ___________. per second

206 When the diesel engine hydraulic governor is operating at controlled speed, The edges are in constant motion going The edges are above the ports and
which of the relationships listed will occur between the edges of the pilot valve both above and below the ports and oil under pressure supplies the
and the ports of the pilot valve bushings? governor stability is maintained power piston

207 When the prime movers of two paralleled generators are equipped with pick up more of any increase in load pick up less of any increase in load
mechanical-hydraulic governors, and are operating within their designed range,
the unit with the least amount of speed droop will _____________.

208 Adjustments to the compensating needle valve in a hydraulic governor should normal operating temperature without a maximum power at a normal load
be made with the engine at ____________. load

209 Compensating needle valve adjustments to a hydraulic governor should be running at normal operating temperature running at half speed and at normal
made with the engine __________. without load temperature

210 A large change in ambient temperature, or using an oil of a viscosity different accumulator spring tension pilot valve opening
than the one recommended by the manufacturer in a mechanical hydraulic
governor, will result in the need to adjust the __________.
211 The major cause of trouble in a mechanical-hydraulic governor is contamination governor cooling water fuel oil
of the hydraulic fluid by ___________.

212 Failure of the speeder spring in a mechanical governor will __________. cause the governor to hunt result in an increase in engine sp

213 A diesel generator governor is hunting. After changing the oil the governor is carefully check for binding in the governor check air intake manifold pressure
flushed and the compensation needle valve is adjusted; but the hunting lin
persists. You should NOW ___________.

214 If the main propulsion diesel engine governor works irregularly with a jerking an unlocked overspeed trip a malfunctioning overload cam
motion, a possible cause can be __________.

215 If the operating speed of a diesel engine increases without an apparent change control air leak clogged intake air intercooler
in the engine control settings, you may suspect a __________.

216 During a routine round of a diesel engine generator, you observe a low oil level Uncovered sight glass ventilation orifice Leakage through the power piston
in the governor sump. If there is no visible sign of external leakage, you should oil seal
suspect the cause to be a/an ________.

217 Which radio frequency/channels are reserved for emergency communications? 2182 kHz/VHF channel 16 2128 kHz/VHF channel 16
218 Wire antenna of 12 meters long is probably ___________. A MF/HF-antenna A VHS-antenna

219 With the DCS format specified geographical area call besides a reference Southerly and easterly direction All of the above
position the number of the full degree difference in longitude and latitude must
be fed in:

220 With the VHF on board there has to be: None of the above

221 With the squelch mode on the VHF: Any of the above Another channel is choosen

222 Which VHF channel should be used for internship navigation safety Ch. 16 Ch. 13
communications?

223 You are underway and hear a vessel continuously sounding her fog whistle. Desire to communicate by radio Is in distress
This indicates the Other vessel:

224 You are making ship-to-shore telephone calls on VHF. You should use the: Emergency broadcast services VHF-FM service
225 What do you call the communication within the ships emergency organization or Internal communication External
communication within the shore emergency response team?

226 Calls, announcement and conversations from one station to another on board loud good message
should be as brief as possible and consistent with _______ .

227 What should you include in the body of a radio message seeking advice for a I & III I only
medical emergency at sea? I. the name and owner of the ship, its position and
destination II. The patients name and next of kin III. The patients age, sex,
nature of the emergency, pulse and length of illness, treatment given and
diagnosis
228 With all the responsibilities and work his position entails, the Master needs the II & III I only
_____ from his staffs? I. Acceptance and recognition II. Respect and
compliance III. Support

229 What is/are the content of table #1 of radiotelephony procedures? I. Nature of II only I only
distress in code from the International code of signals II. Phonetic alphabets
and figure spelling III. Position in code from the International code of signals

230 What is/are the content of table #2 of radiotelephony procedures? I. Nature of III only I only
distress in code from the International code of signals II. Phonetic alphabets
and figure spelling III. Position in code from the International code of signals

231 Vessel with an EPIRB, you must check _________. the date that the battery must be if it is attached properly to e.g. the
replaced railing with the required line
232 What is/are the content of table #3 of radiotelephony procedures? I. Nature of III only II only
distress in code from the International code of signals II. Phonetic alphabets
and figure spelling III. Position in code from the International code of signals

233 What are the basic rules in training communications? I. Know what to say II. II only I and II
Get your idea across. III. Trainees must know you

234 Within territorial waters the use of transmitters is prohibited. In general this does MF-equipment Inmarsat-C equipment
not apply for:

235 You received a distress alert on HF Radio. What should you do? Relay the message immediately on 2182 Wait three minutes and if no
kHz acknowledgement is heard from a
coast station you should relay the
alert

81 You have installed a Zener diode in parallel with a load. While measuring the does not regulate as it should is shorted
voltage across the Zener diode it is found that it does not change as the current
through the load increases. This means that the Zener diode_______.

82 The heating conductors as a result of resistance in a distribution circuit causes hysteresis line droop
a power loss expressed as _____.

83 The timer element found in a reverse power relay obtains it operating torque via line voltage a separate battery source
___
84 One important difference between wye-connected and delta-connected line voltages equal to the vector sum of line voltage equal to the phase
generators is that delta connections have ____. the phase voltages voltage

85 Materials that retain a large part of their magnetization, after the magnetizing low hysteresis loss high permanence
force is removed, are said to have ______.

86 A current-carrying conductor makes accidental contact with a wiring conduit. low switchboard wattmeter reading darkened switchboard ground
This will be indicated by a ___. detecting lamp

87 AC generator are protected against malfunctions due to prime mover power a separate battery backup main bus disconnect links
loss by the use of ____.

88 A signal derived from a controlled function and returned to the initiating point is inverse signal monitoring signal
called a/an_____.

89 Nickel-cadmium batteries are superior to lead-acid batteries at high discharge have higher output voltages and require need fewer cells in connected
rates because they ____. no maintenance series and less mounting space

90 An AC generator operating in parallel loses its excitation without tripping the cause high currents to be induced in the not affect the faulty generator due
circuit breaker. This will ____. field windings to the compensation of the other
generators
91 A switchboard for an AC electrical system requires the use of which of the Induction voltage regulator Ohmmeter
following devices?

92 Alternating current circuits develop resistance, inductance and capacitance. The farads ohms
inductance of a coil is expressed in _____.

93 The timer element of a reverse power relay cannot be energized unless ___. the power flow is the opposite to the one generator is fully motorized
tripping direction

94 The purpose of a magnetic relay is to ______. relay voltages at increased power open a circuit only in the event of
overload

95 Inductance is the property of an electric circuit that _____. opposes any charge in the applied opposes any charge in the current
voltage flow through the circuit

96 On an engine throttle control system, the auxiliary control circuits are provided overlap sensors limit switches
with devices to prevent excessive over travel of the actuating valve by the
control motor.

97 Protection against sustained overloads occurring in molded-case circuit overvoltage release thermal acting trip
breakers is provided by a/an ____.
98 To minimize magnetic field interaction between electrical conductors in physical at right angles and as close as possible parallel and as close as possible to
proximity, it is best to keep them ______. to each other each other

99 The number of cycles per second occurring in AC voltage is know as the wave form phase angel
______.

100 Capacitors are commonly used on power supply circuits for engine room act as a permanent load prevent overloads
automation consoles to______.

101 The main purpose of an electric space heater installed in a large AC generator prevent acidic pitting of the slip rings prevent the windings from
is to ____. becoming brittle

102 A magnetic relay is most commonly used to ____. provide capacitance to a circuit provide inductive power of a circuit

103 Nickel-cadmium storage batteries are superior to lead-acid batteries because all of them above put out higher voltages and require
they ____. no maintenance

104 The combined effect of inductive reactance, capacitive reactance, and resonance reactance
resistance in an AC series circuit is known as _____.
105 Large cable sizes are formed as individual conductors that may be comprised of all of the above reduce the overall weight of the
several smaller strands to ____. wire run

106 Which of the listed devices is used to measure pressure and convert it to an Rectifier Reducer
electrical signal?

107 The current at which a magnetic-type overload relay tends to trip may be reduces magnetic pull ion the plunger and increases magnetic pull on the
decreased by raising the plunger further into the magnetic circuit of the relay. requires more current to trip the relay plunger and requires less current to
This action ___. trip the relay

108 The force that causes free electrons to flow in a conductor producing electric electromotive force resistance force
current is called ______.

109 A DC generator which is used to supply direct current in order to maintain an exciter rotor
AC generator field is commonly known as a/an ______.

110 A result of an overloaded circuit __________. The breaker handle will lock in the OFF The breaker handle will lock in the
position tripped position until the thermal
element cools down

111 While on watch in the engine room, you are setting up to parallel alternators. The breaker should be closed when both The breaker should be closed when
The switchboard has a synchroscope and synchronizing lamps. If the synchronizing lamps are bright open synchronizing lamp is dark
synchroscope is broken, which of the steps listed is the most essential before and the other is bright
an alternator can be parallel with the bus?
112 If a shipboard AC generator experiences voltage failure, the cause may be due excessive locked-rotor current the brushes shifting out of the
to ____. neutral plane

113 Motorization of an AC generator is undesirable because ____. all of the above the generator will be damaged
when it reverses its rotation

114 An AC generator panel is fitted with two synchronizing lamps and a the generator breaker may be closed the generators are out of phase
synchroscope. When paralleling, if the synchroscope pointer is at the noon and one lamp is burned out
position and one synchronizing lamp is bright while the other remains dark, this
indicates that ___.

115 An autotransformer is equipped with a 50% tap, a 65% tap and an 80% tap. The load is receiving maximum voltage The load is receiving minimum
Which of the following statements is true concerning a load connected to 50% and maximum current voltage and maximum current
tap?

116 The operating torque of the upper induction disc-type element, or timer element, the main bus electromagnets
of an AC reverse power relay is obtained from ___

117 The amount of voltage induced in the stator windings of a modern AC generator the strength of the magnetic field the number of fields poles
depend mainly on ____. energized

118 In a three-phase electrical system. Three ground detecting lamps are provided. there is a short ground on all three the light bulbs are improper voltage
If all three lamps REMAIN at half brilliance when the ground detecting test phases
switch is operated ___.
119 Undervoltage trips are frequently installed on switchboard circuit breakers to trip out generators in the event of severe trip out the breaker if the generator
___. arcing or sparking overspeeds by 5% but continues to
run

120 Silicon diodes which are designed for a specific reverse breakdown voltage, compensating diodes tunnel diodes
and are most often used in electronic power supply voltage regulators, are
called________.

121 Which of the following statements represents an application of a silicon Used in photo cell sensor circuits for Provides DC power for a main
controlled rectifier? boiler burners. propulsion motor.

122 The specific gravity of the electrolyte solution in a lead acid battery ____. remains the same during discharging provides an indication to the state
of charge of the battery

123 The charge of a lead-acid battery is checked with a ____. ohmmeter Hydrometer

124 The specific gravity of the electrolyte solution in a lead acid battery ____. is not effected during charging gives an indication of the state of
charge of the battery

125 A hydrometer is used to measure the ____. power developed by a salt water service specific gravity of a battery
pump electrolyte
126 A molded-case breaker provides protection against short circuits by using a/an burn away strip electromagnet
____.

127 A circuit breaker differs from a fuse in that a circuit breaker ____. is enclosed in a tube of insulating melts and must be replaced
material with metal ferrules at each end

128 You can determine if a circuit breaker has tripped by ____ looking for a burned-out link checking for which of the breakers
is warm

129 When the operating handle of a molded-case circuit breaker is in the mid- in the opened position in the closed position
position, the circuit breaker is indicated as being ___.

130 The purpose of the automatic bus transfer is to ____. provide over-current protection to the Step-down voltage to the lighting
lighting distribution panel distribution panel

131 A shore power circuit breaker should be closed only ___.

132 The part of the shipboard electrical system used to control the distribution of bridge control panel main switchboard
power to the branch circuits, is the ___.
133 A bus disconnect link is used to isolate ___. one bus bar from the ground detection the generator circuit breaker from
system the bus

134 An Ac generator is prevented from becoming motorized by the use of a/an ___ overspeed trip reverse power relay

135 A generator is prevented from becoming motorized by the use of a/an ___ overspeed trip reverse power relay

136 The operating torque of the disk or timer element in an AC reverse power relay the main bus electromagnets
is obtained from _____.

137 The timer element of a reverse power relay will activate when ___ the power flow is the same as the tripping the power flow is the opposite to
direction the tripping direction

138 A reverse-power relay will prevent AC generator motorization by ___. tripping the generator circuit breaker automatically redirecting the load

139 Which of the following devices are protected from being motorized by a reverse- Alternators Wave guides
power relay?
140 Part of the insulation of practically all electrical machinery is in the form of plastic asbestos
organic compounds which contain some amount of ____.

141 Electrical machinery insulation will break down more rapidly to ___. frequent megger testing low loading of motors and
generators

142 The dielectric constant of dry air or a vacuum is ___. 100 10

143 Which of the following materials is a good electrical insulator? copper silver

144 A ground can be determined as an electrical connection between the wiring of a circuit beaker shunt field
motor and its ____.

145 A grounded switch or cables will be indicated by a megohmmeter reading of being unsteady in the high range infinity
___.

146 Motor controllers are seldom troubled with grounds because ___. the resistor banks are composed of the auxiliary contacts have a high
individual series connected units resistance connection
147 When a low input voltage is imparted to a device which then delivers a high step-down transformer primary transformer
output voltage, the device is known as a ____.

148 Which of the following statements is true concerning step-down transformer The voltage to the primary side is greater The resistance on the primary side
operation? than the voltage from the secondary side is lower than the secondary side

149 Power transformers are rated in _____. kilovoltamperes kilowatt-amps

150 Relative to the secondary winding of a step-up transformer, the primary winding fewer turns more turns
will have ____.

151 The function of a step-down potential transformer is to reduce the load ____. voltage and increase line circuit voltage and current

152 Heat sinks are most frequently used with_____. power transistors vacuum tubes

153 On a digital numerical display readout, what would be the minimum number of 6 7
LED segments required to form and display any digit 0 through 9?
154 The schematic symbol for an operational amplifier in an analog circuit is circle triangle
a______.

155 Which of the following statements correctly applies to transistors? LED and LCD are the two basic types of The three terminals are called the
transistors. emitter, base, and collector.

156 A carbon resistor which is color coded as red, violet, brown,and silver in bands 0.1 0.01
A thru D respectfully, would indicate a tolerance of_______.

157 A carbon resistor has a resistance of 50 ohms, and a tolerance of 5 percent. gray, black, brown, and gold. gray, black, brown, and silver.
What would be the respective colors indicated for bands A, B, C and D for this
resistor?

158 A carbon resistor has the following color bands; Band A is yellow, followed by 4.7 K ohms + or - 5% 47 ohms + or - 5%
violet, gold, and silver. What is the ohmic value of the resistor?

159 What would be the ohmic value of a carbon resistor if the color bands A, B, C, 427,500 to 472,500 ohms 42.75 to 47.25 ohms
and D were yellow, green, orange, and gold respectively.

160 A carbon resistor operating in electrical equipment that is NOT properly cooled always operate at the same ohmic value change its value inversely
will______. proportional to the amount of heat
generated and time in service
161 Germanium semiconductor diodes are commonly used as_______. rectifiers potentiometers
162 A cycloconverter (CCV) is a static power converter that_______. provides adjustable frequency to power converts ac power to dc power in a
an ac propulsion drive motor dc propulsion drivesystem

163 The conversion of constant frequency power into adjustable frequency power in rectifiers and thyristors transformers and resistors
a modern AC propulsion drive system is commonly achieved through the use
of_____.

164 A saturable reactor uses relatively small DC currents to control______. low frequency high power loads high frequency low power loads

165 In the flow of one cycle of single phase AC current past any given point in a four times one time
circuit, the maximum current peak occurs ____.

166 In an AC circuit, the inductive reactance of a coil varies with the ____. current of the circuit resistance of the circuit

167 Capacitance in an AC circuit will ____. allow current flow in only one direction stop current flow once the capacitor
is fully charged

168 An AC circuit has capacitance arranged in series. If the line voltage remains number of interpoles resistance
constant, the capacitive reactance value can be varied by changing the _____.
169 Decreasing frequency in a capacitive circuit while maintaining a constant circuit decrease in capacitive reactance decrease in circuit current
voltage, will result in a/an _____

170 Voltage generated by modern revolving field AC generators is fed to the bus by slip rings on a commutator direct connections from the stator
means of _____.

171 AC and DC generators are similar in that they ____. both supply three-phase power both initially generates alternating
voltages

172 The frequency output of an operating alternator is controlled by the ____. number of turns of wire in the armature relative speed of the rotor poles
coil
 Choice C Choice D

Away from combustible materials or Store cylinders in well ventilated,

sources of heat protected and dry location

tagging all items according to their

disposing of worn out items
age and then storing them together

0.03% blood alcohol level (BAC) 0.07% blood alcohol level (BAC)

3 weeks 4 week
14 hours 16 hours

3 hours 4 hours
4-stroke engine gasoline engine

55 hours in a 7 day period 70 hours in a 7 day period

. knocking sound low power develop

movement of the trick wheel air bubbles in the sight glass

prevent water leakage reduce air contamination

eliminating trip hazards improving personnel qualifications

The entry of sea water into the An increase in the stern bearing
system. operating temperature.
 A constant quantity regulating
A steam pressure reducing valve
valve

The condition and state of readiness

of portable fire-extinguishing
equipment and fixed fire- The next engineer on watch
extinguishing installations and fire-
detection systems

all of these None of the stated options

lube oil temperature at the cooler

lube oil return flow valve
outlet

grounding the plastic case through

overloading the motor from a short
a short

Machinery Maintenance Drills

lower main engine power easily cool the engine

Check the cooling water

Check for an exhaust leak
temperature

Inspect and clean burner oil

. Lift the safety valve by hand
solenoid valve

stop the fuel oil service pump open the strainer bypass valve

Ship at anchor Normal Sea Operations

salt water pressure exhaust temperature

suction pressure gauges of both expansion valves of both
compressors evaporator coils

secure the lube oil pump decrease control air pressure

too much lubricating oil in one or

water in a cylinder
more cylinder

injection of fuel is too late leaky fuel oil nozzle for injector

black smoke low compression pressure

for centrifuging in the recirculating line

turbocharger is dirty lube oil pressure is low

high corrosion attack sublimation

Deareating tank pressure 2 psig

High level lube oil storage tank
above normal

I and III II and III

Decreased feed water temperature Excessive feed water temperature

too much fuel oil leaking valve

lower feed water flow high stack temperature

increase the firing rate raise the water level

main engines are secured and the main engines are turning at normal
turning gear is engaged sea speed

Increase lighting Shutdown auxiliary equipment

Type and quantity of cargo Master's standing order

plunger and barrel starting valve

remove all fuel oil pressure from

stop the oil flow and then cut out the
the system by securing the service
steam
pump
charged air pressure is too low charged air temperature is too high

tighten the shaft seal packing to

close the suction valve, secure the reduce leakage, slow the
compressor, and then replace the compressor, and operate the
shaft seal expansion valves by hand until
repairs can be made

decrease the forced draft fan

lower the water level
speed

find a soda acid extinguisher secure the generator

Cold lay up Hot lay up

open the auxiliary feed line start the stand by feed pump
Lube oil passing through the bull's Water trickling in through the stern
eye of the gravity tank overflow line. gland.

drain-out water from the fuel oil

leave the engine room immediately
tanks

all of these None of the stated options

methyl orange that should be

phosphates present in the water
added

close the inlet and outlet valves of

stop the fuel oil service pump
cooling water

close the inlet and outlet valves of

stop the fuel oil service pump
cooling water
Upright with the cylinder caps
Horizontal with the cylinder caps
screwed on
off

temporary stop the main repeat all the steps he has taken
enginepropulsion boiler

start the fire pump and lead out

apply foam extinguisher
hoses

To reduce the rate of scale formation To increase the pressure in the

on heating surfaces first stage flash chamber

50oC 45oC

A high energy electric spark A manually-operated friction igniter

The diesel fuel used having a high A decrease in the fuel pump
viscosity delivery pressure

Sediment Water

Sensitivity Promptness

Fuel oil pump failure flame failure

phosphates in boiler water micro ohms in condensate

Close all manually operated fuel Lock all safety interlock switches
valves closed
Thoroughly contaminate the feed Be satisfactory if a small amount of
water oil is floating on the surface

Maintaining only ½ an expansion Excessive cooling water pump

tank level pressures

whenever the secondary station is with the approval of the chief

switched to ‘bridge control’ engineer only

Through the neck of the top disk Through the funnel body

Condensate at condensing
Suspended solids in the condensate temperature is too hot and will
must be eliminated cause thermal stress in the boiler

dynamometer tachometer
copper ash

a dazzling white atomizer flame fluctuating pressure in the windbox

Centrifuging will purge the oil of

Silicones are water soluble and easily various contaminants, including
removed by centrifuging acids and alkalis

emergency hand control would not

be possible if water flow through the excessive cavitation erosion would
jackets were controlled take place in the coolers

Desuperheated steam system Superheated steam system

light striking a photo sensitive heating a junction of two dissimilar

substance metals
Ensure recirculation in the feedwater
system Store, heat, and deaeratefeedwater

high lube oil viscosity excessive valve-guide clearance

staying open for a shorter period of

opening sooner time

excessive crankcase vacuum worn valve guides

clearance between the valve seat

inserts and the valve head fuel injection cam profile

slack thrust bearings bearing shells shim dimension

curved impeller vane with concentric straight impeller vane with

outlet tangential housing
First stage feedwater heater outlet Boiler water drum

Increase in auxiliary exhaust

Water hammer in the economizer pressure

remove all large and small foreign ensure that all lube oil has been
objects treated twice

improved fuel combustion fewer soot deposits

advanced fuel ignition increased fuel economy

restricted water passages in the

opened vent in the cooling system engine
governor speed plunger crossbar

Maximum condensate pump

discharge pressure Desuperheter outlet temperature

high water level in the expansion

fuel oil being too heavy (viscous) tank

trapped in the filter forced out the overflow

Maintain a proper condensate level in Recirculate condensate to the

the condenser hotwell atmospheric drain tank

Secure the evaporator until the Raise the tripping point at the
feedwater temperature can be raised salinity indicating panel for the
to 165oF or more three-way valve
amount of fuel penetration into the indicated horsepower of the engine
engine cylinders cylinders

Hydrogen ion concentration of

Specific gravity of water water

be completed exactly at top dead

end at bottom dead center center

steam formation in the expansion excessive leakage from jacket

tank water pump seals

excessive carbon buildup in the

low cylinder oil pressure lube oil

Thoroughly atomize incoming

condensate Prevent excessive pressure
Cloth bag extractor Absorbent filter

jacket water contamination of the

excessive cooling water temperature oil in the crankcase

cooking water temperature compression pressure

unburned fuel vapors in the

scavenge air receiver lube oil vapors in the engine room

fan motor failure increased feedwatercomsumption

speed droop isochronous governing

ability to maintain desired engine ability to maintain constant speed
speed without speed fluctuation regardless of engine load

closing sooner opening later

low cetane value of the fuel excessive air turbulence

Frequent compounding Chemical cleaning

II & III I & III

I, II & III I & III

I, II & III I & III

Neither I nor II Both I and II

I, II & III I & III

II only Neither I or II

both I and II neither I or II

II only neither I nor II

I & II II & III

I & II II & III

I & II II & III

II only is correct neither I or II are correct

increase crankcase exhauster speed increase crankcase scavenge air to
to draw cool air into the engine remove unburned gases

decrease lube oil viscosity eliminate fuel knock

decrease the fuel oil supply

decrease the fuel oil temperature pressure

obtain greater valve lift create longer valve duration

surface pitting of the turbocharger moisture impringement on the

compressor blades turbocharger compressor blade

Increasing the inlet temperature of Decreasing the temperature of the

the lubricating oil jacket water

Injection is metered by an external Injection will not occur until the

delivery valve helix closes the delivery valve
excessive opening of the dampers in low fuel oil viscosity being
the combustion air inlet maintained

Compensates for the expansion and

contraction of the valve stem due to Provides easier removal of the
changes in operating temperature valve cage

cooling water pump inlet heat exchanger inlet

higher cylinder firing pressure more complete fuel combustion

main bearings support bearings

reverse power trip to trip excessive exhaust temperature

lower than raw water cooled

identical to raw water cooled installations, but the pressure will
installations be higher
Gasoline Diesel fuel

Jacket water pressure and

temperature Engine overspeed

main feed pumps soot blower

provide water samples for the second

assistant test the feedwater stop-check valve

timing fuel injection to obtain distrusting the fuel to all parts of

maximum power and good fuel the combustion chamber for proper
economy combustion

minimum firing pressure length of the spring

 determine the need for batch
prevent excess pressure downstream filtration
Warm-up allows the hydraulic system Hydraulic strainers operate only
to become charged with oil during the warm-up period

using litmus paste comparing with a hand tape

lower level than exists in the drum higher level than exists in the drum
with the error becoming greater as with the error becoming greater as
the drum pressure decreases the drum pressure decreases

Carryover in the first stage Faulty operation of the brine

overboard pump

Distillate salinity is excessive Potable water tank has become

contaminated

Mesh separators are used in Reducing the brine density will

evaporators to filter the distillate. reduce the heat lost overboard
only seawater is allowed to circulate jacket fresh water pressure should
to cool the lube oil always be greater than the sea
water pressure

6 psig 15 psig

a increase in cooling water pH the formation of sulfuric acid in

exhaust passages

a jammed three-way thermostatic chromate pH too low

valve

Faulty thermostatic bypass valve excessive leakage from jacket

water pump seals

incomplete combustion in all overloading in all cylinders

cylinders

reduce engine load check thermostatic valve

expansion tank outlet cooling water heat exchanger
outlet

a totally clogged impeller in the an correctly set cooling system

cooling water pump temperature control

Overfilled lube oil system Excessive lube oil pressure

increase in fuel economy reduction in lube oil viscosity

low cylinder oil pressure excessive carbon buildup around

the cylinder liner ports

in cooler sea water temperature equipped with a crankcase exhaust

blower which vents to fresh air

inspection covers should not be explosion covers should be opened

opened until the engine has cooled slightly to provide extra ventilation
Hydraulic Pneumatic

volumetric efficiency fuel efficiency

Temperature of the lube oil Temperature of the cooling (sea)

water

maximum compression pressure is fuel injection cutoff

just being attained

An increase in compression ratio will An increase in combustion

increase ignition delay chamber turbulence will increase
ignition delay

fuel will ignite after top dead center maximum fuel expansion will occur
on the compression stroke

the slope of the fuel cam the number of sleeve segments

engaged with the rack
a decrease in the air temperature a decrease in compression
pressure

scavenge and purge process is cylinder compression pressure may

incomplete not be high enough

allow combustion gas blowback into ensure penetration and distribution

the open needle valve of the fuel in the combustion
chamber

and end later earlier and end later

varying the clearance between the varying the length of the plunger
injector cam and the injector rocker stroke
arm

regulate exhaust temperatures change from light to heavy fuel

Suitable atomization rate Suitable injection rate

remain unchanged regardless of load always occur at top dead center

The spray pattern will be distorted The nozzle will permit fuel to
dribble

Reducing the injected fuel oil droplet Increasing the compression ratio
size

have high firing pressures lift its cylinder relief valves

reduce fuel booster pump pressure retard fuel injector timing

Advance the intake and exhaust Retard the intake and exhaust
valve opening period valve closing period

hydraulic governor valve lash clearance

remain open for a shorter duration open earlier than normal

open late and close late fail to open at normal operating

temperature

worn valve seats broken valve spring

Too much lash will cause the valve Too much lash may prevent
to open early and close late combustion through loss of
compression

Ignore this situation as the engine Increase engine RPM

can handle the load increase

Block the fuel supply by closing the Relieve all pressure in the fuel
master fuel valve system

unsynchronized isochronous load a different speed setting on each

distribution adjustments unit
decrease fluctuate

increase or decrease engine speed increase speed droop in proportion

upon load demand to load

The edges are above the ports and The edges register with and just
oil bleeds to the sump close off the ports without allowing
oil flow

share an equal amount of any drop an equal amount of any

increase in load decrease in load

maximum power and load under half speed and normal temperature
normal conditions

running at maximum power and load developing maximum power at

under normal conditions normal load

compensating needle valve compensating spring tension

dirt fuel oil tars

result in a decrease in engine speed result in a decrease in engine

speed

calibrate the fuel pump rack settings set the speed droop adjustment to
zero

a sticking fuel control linkage floating valves

malfunctioning governor leaking air starting valve

Leakage through the governor drive Defect in the sight glass gasket
shaft oil seal

2182 kHz/VHF channel 6 2188 kHz/VHF channel 8

An Inmarsat-antenna None of the above

Easterly and northerly direction Westerly and northerly direction

A document showing that the radio A license

equipment has been firm or person

Range is increased Undesirable noises is suppressed

Ch. 12 Ch. 06

Desires a pilot Is aground

Coastal harbor service High seas service

Shore to ship communication Shipboard communication

understandable Intelligibility

II & III I, II & III

I & II I, II & III

III only I, II & III

II only I, II & III

the working of the charger and check Any of the above

the loaded condition of the battery
I only I, II & III

I only I, II and III

HF-equipment All of the above

No response is necessary providing Acknowledge receipt

the vessel is more than 24 hours
away

is open is working as it should

IR drop line loss

the main bus electromagnets

 line current equal to the phase
current

high flux density high ductility

high switchboard wattmeter reading darkened switchboard

synchronizing lamps

reverse power relays reverse current relays

feedback signal reverse signal

deliver a large amount of power and all of the above

can be recharged in a shorter time

cause the slip rings to melt increase the output amperage

between the armature and the bus
Current transformer governor Frequency meter

mhos henrys

the movement of the disk is the power flow is the same as the
dampened by a permanent magnet tripping direction

provide overcurrent protection during remotely open and close contacts

starting

aids any changes in the applied aids any changes in the current
voltage through the circuit

differential relays analog relays

reverse current relay low voltage relay

at right angles and as far as parallel to and as far as practicable
practicable from each other from each other

frequency half mode

filter out ripple from rectification decrease the average value of the
output voltage

prevent moisture from condensing in keep the lube oil warm for quick
the wind rings during shutdown starting

provide transformer secondary remotely open and close contacts

winding over-current protection

need fewer cells in series and use can remain idle and keep a full
less mounting space charge for a long time

total reactance impedance

reduce the number of supports A. obtain the flexibility required for
needed for a horizontal overhead run easy handling

Transformer Transducer

reduces magnetic pull on the plunger increases magnetic pull on the

and requires less current to trip the plunger and requires more current
relay to trip the relay

inductive force dietetic force

stator armature

The breaker will trip again if The thermal element must be

immediately reset replaced after an overload trip has
occurred before it can be restored
into service

The frequency meter should be used A portable phase sequence

to determine that the incoming indicator must be used to verify the
alternator frequency is slightly higher information form the lamps
than the bus
an open in the rotor field circuit a rotating slip ring

it puts an excessive load on the bus high voltage pulses may damage
the commutator

the generators are in phase but one the incoming generator voltage is
lamp is burned out too low

The load is receiving maximum The load is receiving minimum

voltage and minimum current voltage and minimum current

a separate battery source line voltage

the number of slip rings connected to all of the above

the commutator

the switch must be replaced there are no grounds present

trip out generators when there is trip out the generator when there is
reversal of power in the main circuit insufficient voltage being delivered
to distribution circuits

hot -carrier diodes Zener diodes

Used as a voltage reference diode. Used to eliminate AC power supply

hum.

is not affected during charging would read approximately 1,830

when discharged

Manometer viscosimeter

remains the same during discharge would read close to 1.830 when
discharged

amount of potable water a vessel is water pressure in a deck pipeline

taking on
arc quencher shading coil

trip to break the circuit and may be gives no indication of having

reset. opened the circuit

examining the position of the handle checking if it is hot

tripped reset

provide emergency power to the energize the emergency

lighting distribution panel switchboard from the main
switchboard

in a shipyard If a quick disconnect coupling is

used

disconnect links governor relay box

positive and negative buses from the different bus phases form the
neutral equalizer connection

governor controls back pressure trip[

governor controls back pressure trip

a separate battery source line voltage

the movement if the disk is damped the load difference generators is

by a permanent magnet more than 10 percent

automatically speeding up the prime tripping the panel board main

mover switch

Exciters Amplidynes
water fibre

high temperatures and vibration high operating frequencies

1 1000

wood gold

metal framework interpole

being unsteady in the low range zero

these are separate switches for the the contactor and relays are
motor and the control mounted on a non-conducting
panel
secondary transformer step-up transformer

The voltage to the primary side is the The current to the primary side is
same as the voltage from the the same as the current from the
secondary side secondary side

ampere-turns kilowatt-volts

twice as many turns same number of turns but smaller

wires

power current and increase line voltage

LEDs LCDs

9 8
square trapezoid

The collector separates the emitter The emitter separates the base
and base. and collector.

0.2 0.05

green, black, black, and silver. green, black, black, and gold.

4700 ohms + or - 10% 4.7 ohms + or - 10%

4,275 to 4,725 ohms 42,750 to 47,250 ohms

increase its reliability factor decrease its reliability factor

photocells power sources
converts dc power to ac power in an provides constant frequency output
ac propulsion motor power to an acpropulsion drive
motor

potentiometers and diodes rheostats and resistors

low frequency low power loads high frequency high power loads

two time three time

voltage of the circuit frequency of the circuit

rectify the current oppose any change in circuit

voltage

number of commulating poles line frequency

decrease in total impedance increase in apparent power

brushes on slip rings brushed on a commutator

both operate at 60 cycles both rectify the voltage before

delivery

strength of the magnets used output voltage

 Com Question

After being rescued from the vessel accident, the

C2
people agreed that they had much to ______.

If you do not wear goggles and helmet, your chances

C2
of being ______ will be greater．

The ship can leave the port ______ the joint

C2
inspection．

How can the error be corrected when writing in the

C2
official log book?

C2 An accidental grounding is called _______.

When a vessel is entering or leaving a port, record of

C2
engine speed is kept in the ______.

Has any person ______ on board during the voyage

C2
otherwise than as a result of accident？

C2
When oil is discharged overboard，an entry is required
in the ______.

What language shall the issuing country use in

C2
medical certificates ?

Please charge the expenses ______ the ship's

C2
account．
 The Mariner's Handbook ______ general information
C2 affecting navigation and is complementary to the
Sailing Directions．

C2 The accident ______ caused damage to ship's hull．

The most critical time during bunkering is when

C2
______.

C2 Let ______ the real fact of the accident．

A pumproom is suspected of accumulating gases after

a ventilation machinery breakdown. Where should the
C2
combustible gas indicator case be placed when testing
the pumproom atmosphere for combustible gases?

Dunnage may be used to protect a cargo from loss or

C2
damage by ______.

Which is not a required entry in the ship's Official

C2
Logbook?

C2 The damage to winches is due to ______.

In case of accident ______ the risk of sinking, all

C2 effective measures shall be taken to steer clear of the
fairway to avoid ______ the traffic．

According ______ the report, ship hit the wharf during

C2
berthing．

C2 Please get everything ready prior ______ shifting．

C2
As soon as the ship is berthed，you should lower the
gangway and stretch a net ______.

Any person maintaining a listening watch on a bridge-

C2
to-bridge radiotelephone must be able to __________.

C2 He must have had an accident，or he ______ then．

The ______ showed that said ship complied with the

C2
requirements of the Convention.

The patches where rust have been removed should be

C2
wiped clean before paint is ______.

Never make comment，estimate or guess in your

C2
Offical Logbook，but ______ only．

A lashing used to secure two barges side by

C2
side，lashed in an "X" fashion，is called a ______.

C2 Steam smoke will occur when ______.

An accident came ______ my mind when I saw the

C2
broken case．

Which is a roof like canopy of canvas suspended

above a vessel's decks, bridges, etc., for protection
C2 against sun and weather?

What is the term applied where one flange of a bar is

C2 bent to form an acute angle with the other flange?
 What is the term applied where one flange of a bar is
C2 bent to form an obtuse angle with the other flange?

Which is an inclined platform, fitted at the intersection

of the forward weather deck and the shell, for stowing
C2 an anchor?
Which is a black tarlike' composition largely asphalt
containing such other ingredients as rosin, portland
cement, slaked lime, petroleum that is used as a
protective coating in ballast and trimming tanks, chain
C2 lockers, shaft alleys, etc.?

Which is a half shell block with a single sheave bolted

to a mast or other object which serves as the other half
C2 shell?

Which of the following is a block having two sheaves of

different diameters, placed in the same plane one
C2 above
Which the
is a other?
single sheave block having one side of the
frame hinged so that it can be opened to allow the
bight of a rope to be placed on the sheave, thus
avoiding the necessity of threading the end of the rope
C2 through the swallow of the block?

Which is a piece of plate adjoining the hawse hole, to

prevent the chafing of the hawser against the cheek of
C2 a ship'sofbow?
Which the following is a structure built up around a
mast from the deck to support the heel bearings of
booms and to provide proper working clearances when
a number of booms are installed on or around one
C2 mast?
Which of the following is an outside area on a vessel's
hull from bow to stern between certain waterlines to
which special air, water, and grease-resisting paint is
C2 applied?

What is the curve representing vertical sections parallel

to the central longitudinal vertical plane of the bow end
C2 of a ship?

Which is a spar projecting forward over the bow for the

C2 purpose of holding the lower ends of the head sails?
 Which is a triangular-shaped plate fitted parallel to and
between decks or side stringers in the bow for the
purpose of rigidly fastening together the peak frames,
C2 stem, and outside plating?

Which of the following is a gangplank usually fitted with

rollers at the end resting on the wharf to allow for the
C2 movement of the vessel with the tide?

Which of the following is a distortion, such as a bulge;

C2 to become distorted; to bend out of its own plane?

Which is a departure of a plate, shape, or stanchion

from its designed plane or axis when subjected to
C2 load?

What is generally, but not exclusively, applied to

various devices used to prevent water from entering
C2 hawse and chain pipes, etc.?
Which of the following is a four- to six-inch angle bar
welded temporarily to floors, plates, webs, etc. It is
used as a hold-fast which, with the aid of a bolt, pulls
C2 objects up close in fitting?
Which of the following is a riveted joint in which the
ends
Whichofofthe
theconnected members
following is areinbrought
a fore foot which into
metal-to-metal
displacement or volume is placed near pulling
contact by grinding and the keeltight
andby
C2 clips
closeor
toother meansperpendicular,
the forward before the rivets are driven?
resulting in full
water lines below water and fine lines at and near the
designed waterline, the transverse sections being
bulbshaped? OR Which is also called a bulb or
C2 bulbous bow?
Which of the following is a hatchway or opening in a
deck provided with a set of steps or ladders leading
from one deck level to another for the use of
C2 personnel?

C2 What is the comprehensive term used for all ropes of wh

Which of the following is a support of wood or metal

C2 shaped to fit the object which is stowed upon it?
 What are foundations of heavy blocks and timbers for
C2 supporting a vessel during the period of construction?
The lower end of a vessel's stem which is stepped on
the keel and the point in the forward end of the keel
about which the boat pivots in an endwise launching is
C2 called _______.

What are pieces of timber of which a frame in a wood

C2 ship is composed called?
Which of the following are strips of timber, metal, or
boards fastened to frames, joists, etc., in order to bring
their faces to the required shape or level, for
C2 attachment of sheathing, ceiling, flooring, etc.?

Which of the following is a frame that is bent to fit

C2 around the boss in the way of a stern tube or shaft?

What is the term applied to boards or a movable

platform used in transferring passengers or cargo from
C2 a vessel to or from a dock?
 Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D

thank be thankful be thanked be thankful for

hurt beaten damaged stricken

after before at from

Cross out the error with Blot out the error Remove this page of the Carefully and neatly
a single line and rewrite completely and rewrite log book and rewrite all erase the entry and
the entry correctly the entry correctly entries on a clean page rewrite it correctly

stranding breaching grounding squatting

bell book deck rough log Official Logbook engine rough log

died die dying dyed

Oil Record Book engine rough log Official Logbook deck rough log

Official language of the

English Spanish French
issuing country

into for by at
gives giving give given

has have is will

final topping off is hoses are being you first start to receive hoses are being
occurring disconnected fuel blown down

I tell you me tell you me to tell you I to tell you

In the lower level of the On the deck outside the In the middle level of the In the upper level of
pumproom pumproom pumproom the pumproom

hygroscopic
inherent vice ship's sweat tainting
absorption

Sale of effects of a
Inspections of cargo Drydocking of the Medical treatment of an
deceased crew
gear vessel injury
member

insufficiency of insufficiency of
rough handling inherent vice of the cargo
packaging packaging

involved/to impede involving/impeding involving/to impede involved／impeding

to of for on

to on at for
underneath over besides near

speak a language
speak English repair the unit send Morse Code the vessel's crew will
understand

would have been here should be here had to be here would be here

inspection sightseeing seeing looking

complied supplied replied applied

the specifications the details the descriptions the facts

cross wire towing wire breast wire scissor wire

cool rain passes warm dry air from shore extremely cold air
cold ocean water
through a warm air passes over cooler from shore passes
evaporates into warm air
mass water over warmer water

on with in to

Sun roof Back stay Canvas roof Awning

Bevel open Bar Angle Bevel closed Bight

Bight Bevel Closed Bevel Open Angle bar

Forecastle Poop deck Billboard Orlop deck

Base asphalt primer Base petroleum primer Bitumastic Base primer

Block Snatch Block Fiddle Block cheek Bobstay

Block Snatch Block cheek Block Fiddle Bobstay

Block Snatch Block cheek Block Fiddle Bobstay

Bolster plate Bosom plate Bolting plate Bobstay plate

Boom table Boom topping Boot topping Bolster plate

Boot topping Boom table Boom topping Bosom plate

Bow lines Breast hook Brace Bow sprit

Bow sprit Breast hook Brace Bow lines

Breast hook Brace Bracket Bow lines

Brow Buckler Buckle Buckling

Buckle Buckler Brow Buckling

Buckling Buckler Brow Buckle

Buckler Brow Buckle Buckling

Cup Collar Club foot Close butt

Close butt Cup Collar Club foot

Cup Club foot Close butt Collar

Counter Companionway Cordage Cradle

Cradle Cordage Counter Companionway

Counter Cradle Cordage Companionway

Crown Cribbing Crutch Cross trees

Foul Farefoot Futtocks Flukes

Futtocks Foul Farefoot Flukes

Furrings Foul Farefoot Flukes

Frame, Boss Frame, Line Frame, Spacing Frame, Stiffener

Gangplank Gantline Gangway Girtline

Com Question

C3 Which wave length applies to a frequency of 2000 kHz?

What is the maximum range of a VHF radio-set from ship to ship at

C3 sea.

C3 The legal type VHF-antenna has a length of__________.

The typical “daylight-frequencies” for long distance transmission are

C3 located in the__________

C3 The squelch on the control panel of a VHF-sat serves to__________

C3 With the squelch mode on the VHF__________

C3 Acoustic feedback can arise__________

C3 Before a mariphone is installed on board, __________

 When onboard channel 16 is used for a shore radio-connection, you
C3 always work__________.

Long distance communication in the HF-bands depends

C3 on__________

C3 A polarisation of a radio wave is determined by a__________

C3 Squelch mode serves to suppress__________

C3 What is meant by frequency?

C3 Automatic amplifier regulation is used to__________

 The sound-level of the speaker on a MF/HF radiotelephony
C3 installation is adjusted through _________.

C3 A VHF transmission range is mainly determined by__________

C3 What is the recommended connection between antenna and VHF?

What do you call the communication within the ship's emergency

organization or communication within the shore emergency
C3 response team?

Calls, announcement and conversations from one station to another

on board should be as brief as possible and consistent with
C3 _______ .
What should you include in the body of a radio message seeking
advice for a medical emergency at sea? I. the name and owner of
the ship, its position and destination II. The patient's name and next
of kin III. The patient's age, sex, nature of the emergency, pulse and
C3 length of illness, treatment given and diagnosis

You see a vessel displaying the code flag “LIMA” below which is a
C3 red ball. The vessel is ___________.

You receive via the 8 MHz a DCS distress alert. The received DCS
message is however distorted. The MMSI as well as the position are
illegible. After listening at the 8 MHz telephone distress frequency,
C3 nothing is heard. This is because:

C3 You received a distress alert on HF Radio. What should you do?

 You hear on radiotelephone the word “SECURITE” spoken three
C3 times. This indicated that

You are underway and hear a vessel continuously sounding her fog
C3 whistle. This indicates the Other vessel:

You are making ship-to-shore telephone calls on VHF. You should

C3 use the:

Within territorial waters the use of transmitters is prohibited. In

C3 general this does not apply for:

C3 With the VHF on board there has to be:

With the use of INMARSAT and digital selective calling, distress

C3 alerts can be received:

C3 With the squelch mode on the VHF:

With the DCS format specified geographical area call besides a

reference position the number of the full degree difference in
C3 longitude and latitude must be fed in:

With an Inmarsat-C terminal the option “PSTN” for addressing is

C3 available. This option:
 With an Inmarsat-C installation there is the addressing-option
C3 “special”. Via this option:

C3 Vessel with an EPIRB, you must check _________.

With all the responsibilities and work his position entails, the
Master needs the _____ from his staffs? I. Acceptance and
C3 recognition II. Respect and compliance III. Support

With a distress alert via an Inmarsat-A terminal it is recommended

C3 to use the telex-mode because:

C3 Wire antenna of 12 meters long is probably ___________.

You are approaching another vessel and see she has the signal flag
C3 “A” hoisted. What should you do?

You are approaching another vessel and see her signal flag “F”
C3 hoisted. What should you do?

You are approaching a port when you see three lights in a vertical
line. The upper and lower are green and the middle white. What
C3 does this mean?

What is/are the content of table #1 of radiotelephony procedures?

I. Nature of distress in code from the International code of signals II.
Phonetic alphabets and figure spelling III. Position in code from the
C3 International code of signals
 What is/are the content of table #2 of radiotelephony procedures?
I. Nature of distress in code from the International code of signals II.
Phonetic alphabets and figure spelling III. Position in code from the
C3 International code of signals

What is/are the content of table #3 of radiotelephony procedures?

I. Nature of distress in code from the International code of signals II.
Phonetic alphabets and figure spelling III. Position in code from the
C3 International code of signals

What are the basic rules in training communications? I. Know what

C3 to say II. Get your idea across. III. Trainees must know you

While approaching a port when you see three flashing red lights in
C3 a vertical line at the entrance. What does this indicate?

Which radio frequency/channels are reserved for emergency

C3 communications?

Which VHF channel should be used for internship navigation safety

C3 communications?
1 Which wave length applies to a frequency of 2000 kHz?

2 What is the maximum range of a VHF radio-set from ship to ship at

sea.

3 The legal type VHF-antenna has a length of__________.

4 The typical ?daylight-frequencies? for long distance transmission
are located in the__________

5 The squelch on the control panel of a VHF-sat serves to__________

6 With the squelch mode on the VHF__________

7 Acoustic feedback can arise__________

8 Before a mariphone is installed on board, __________

9 When onboard channel 16 is used for a shore radio-connection, you

always work__________.

10 Long distance communication in the HF-bands depends

on__________

11 A polarisation of a radio wave is determined by a__________

12 Squelch mode serves to suppress__________

13 What is meant by frequency?

14 Automatic amplifier regulation is used to__________

15 The sound-level of the speaker on a MF/HF radiotelephony

installation is adjusted through _________.

16 A VHF transmission range is mainly determined by__________

17 What is the recommended connection between antenna and VHF?

18 Which radio frequency/channels are reserved for emergency

communications?

19 What should you include in the body of a radio message seeking

advice for a medical emergency at sea? I. the name and owner of
the ship, its position and destination II. The patients name and next
of kin III. The patients age, sex, nature of the emergency, pulse and
length of illness, treatment given and diagnosis
20 With all the responsibilities and work his position entails, the
Master needs the _____ from his staffs? I. Acceptance and
recognition II. Respect and compliance III. Support

21 What is/are the content of table #1 of radiotelephony procedures?

I. Nature of distress in code from the International code of signals II.
Phonetic alphabets and figure spelling III. Position in code from the
International code of signals
22 What is/are the content of table #2 of radiotelephony procedures?
I. Nature of distress in code from the International code of signals II.
Phonetic alphabets and figure spelling III. Position in code from the
International code of signals

23 Vessel with an EPIRB, you must check _________.

24 What is/are the content of table #3 of radiotelephony procedures?

I. Nature of distress in code from the International code of signals II.
Phonetic alphabets and figure spelling III. Position in code from the
International code of signals

25 What are the basic rules in training communications? I. Know what

to say II. Get your idea across. III. Trainees must know you

26 Within territorial waters the use of transmitters is prohibited. In

general this does not apply for:

27 You received a distress alert on HF Radio. What should you do?

28 With a distress alert via an Inmarsat-A terminal it is recommended

to use the telex-mode because:

29 While approaching a port when you see three flashing red lights in
a vertical line at the entrance. What does this indicate?

30 With the use of INMARSAT and digital selective calling, distress

alerts can be received:
31 Which radio frequency/channels are reserved for emergency
communications?

32 Wire antenna of 12 meters long is probably ___________.

33 With the DCS format specified geographical area call besides a

reference position the number of the full degree difference in
longitude and latitude must be fed in:

34 With the VHF on board there has to be:

35 With the squelch mode on the VHF:

36 Which VHF channel should be used for internship navigation safety

communications?

37 You are underway and hear a vessel continuously sounding her fog
whistle. This indicates the Other vessel:

38 You are making ship-to-shore telephone calls on VHF. You should

use the:

39 What do you call the communication within the ships emergency

organization or communication within the shore emergency
response team?
40 Calls, announcement and conversations from one station to another
on board should be as brief as possible and consistent with
_______ .
 Choice A Choice B Choice C Choice D

15 meters 1500 meters 150 meters 200 mtr

2 Nautical Miles 200 Nautical Miles 20 Nautical Miles 2000 Nautical miles

3.5 meters 1 meter 7 meters 10 meters

4 or 6 MHz-band 8 or 12 MHz-band 16 or 22 MHz-band 24 - 26 MHz-band

adjust the threshold adjust the proportion

adjust the sound level level for admitting of atmospheric noise adjust the volume
of the signal received signals and refusing in receiving the
noise spoken word

undesirable noise is another channel is range is increased range is fixed

suppressed chosen

because outside
because the volume noise is amplified by because the because the battery is
adjustment of the the loudspeaker in a microphoneworks as strong
loudspeaker
speaker is too high the microphone

the ship must pass the

a license must be contribution must be a letter of registration port state control
issued paid must be applied for inspection
simplex duplex semi-duplex triplex

satellites ground wave ionisation layers dimmer setting

position of the aerial length of the aerial height of the aerial width of the aerial

noise in speech- background noise in

noise in absence of
breaks in an SSB- receiving a weak FM- noise in transmission
an FM-signal
signal signal

time lapse of number of vibrations number of vibrations time of propagation

vibrations. per unit of time

reduce distortion of reduce distortion of reduce noise if there is

the strong incoming no signal increase incoming signal
weak incoming signals signal
AF-Gain RF-Gain can not be adjusted trickle knob

the right position of the moment of

the height of the the squelch- length of the aerial
aerial propagation
adjustment

single vein cable three vein cable band cable connection coax cable connection
connection connection

Shipboard
communication External Shore to ship communicInternal communication

loud good message understandable Intelligibility

I, II & III I only II & III I & III

Getting ready to
In distress Trolling receive aircraft Aground
First an Telephone signals in
acknowledgement of the same frequency
a coastguard station You should have band are generally
must be received via listened on the 2182 weaker than DCS
the 8MHz kHz signals Any of the above
Wait three minutes
and if no
acknowledgement is No response is
heard from a coast Relay the message necessary providing
station you should immediately on 2182 the vessel is more
relay the alert kHz than 24 hours away Acknowledge receipt
 A message of an
A message about the urgent nature about The sender is in
safety of navigation the safety of a ship distress and requests You should secure your
will follow will follow immediate assistance radiotelephone

Desire to
communicate by
Is in distress radio Desires a pilot Is aground

Emergency broadcast
VHF-FM service services Coastal harbor service High seas service

Inmarsat-C equipment MF-equipment HF-equipment All of the above

An updated copy of A document showing

the “Wet op de that the radio
telecomuniactievoorzi equipment has been
eningen” A license firm or person None of the above

With reliability With the NAVTEX With ambiguity Manually

Another channel is Undesirable noises is

choosen suppressed Range is increased Any of the above

Westerly and Easterly and northerly Southerly and easterly

All of the above northerly direction direction direction

To deliver a message by
To have the operator telephone via a modem
Delivers a message as read the message by on the computer of the
a telegram phone Any of the above subscriber
You can send a You can deliver a
message by express message via a special Give one of Inmarsat’s
delivery telegram “special access codes” None of the above

the working of the if it is attached

charger and check the properly to e.g. the the date that the
loaded condition of railing with the battery must be
the battery required line replaced Any of the above

I, II & III I only I & II II & III

The telephone can
cause
misunderstanding
All vessels in the through language The telephone is
Ocean Region problems or wrong slower and more
concerned can read it interpretations prone to interference None of the above

A MF/HF-antenna A VHS-antenna An Inmarsat-antenna None of the above

Slow your vessel and Give the vessel a

keep well clear wide berth as she is
because she has a carrying dangerous Attempt to call the
diver down goods vessel on VHF Stop your vessel instantly
Attempt to call the Change course to
vessel on VHF keep clear of the
radiotelephone vessel because she is Continue on your vessel
because she is maneuvering with Stop your vessel course since the vessels
disabled difficulty instantly is signaling for pilot

A vessel may proceed

Vessels may proceed. You may proceed Vessels may proceed. only when it has received
Two way traffic. with caution. One way traffic specific orders to do so.

I, II & III I only III only II only

I, II & III I only II only III only

I only II only III only I, II & III

I and II II only I only I, II and III

Serious emergency –
all vessels to stop or Use main channel
divert according to only as secondary Vessels may proceed in
instructions. channel closed. Port closed. with caution.

2182 kHz/VHF 2128 kHz/VHF 2182 kHz/VHF channel

channel 16 channel 16 6 2188 kHz/VHF channel 8

Ch. 13 Ch. 16 Ch. 12 Ch. 06

15 meters 1500 meters 150 meters 200 mtr

2 Nautical Miles 200 Nautical Miles 20 Nautical Miles 2000 Nautical miles

7 meters 3.5 meters 1 meter 10 meters

16 or 22 MHz-band 4 or 6 MHz-band 8 or 12 MHz-band 24 - 26 MHz-band

adjust the proportion adjust the sound adjust the threshold adjust the volume
of atmospheric noise level of the signal level for admitting
in receiving the received signals and refusing
spoken word noise

range is increased another channel is undesirable noise is range is fixed

chosen suppressed

because the because outside because the volume because the battery is
loudspeaker works as noise is amplified by adjustment of the strong
a microphone the loudspeaker in speaker is too high
the microphone

a letter of registration contribution must be a license must be the ship must pass the
must be applied for paid issued port state control
inspection

semi-duplex duplex simplex triplex

ionisation layers ground wave satellites dimmer setting

height of the aerial length of the aerial position of the aerial width of the aerial

background noise in noise in absence of noise in speech-breaks noise in transmission

receiving a weak FM- an FM-signal in an SSB-signal
signal
number of vibrations number of vibrations time lapse of time of propagation
per unit of time vibrations.

reduce noise if there reduce distortion of reduce distortion of increase incoming signal
is no signal the strong incoming weak incoming signals
signal

can not be adjusted RF-Gain AF-Gain trickle knob

the right position of the height of the the moment of length of the aerial
the squelch- aerial propagation
adjustment

three vein cable coax cable band cable connection single vein cable
connection connection connection

2182 kHz/VHF 2128 kHz/VHF 2182 kHz/VHF channel 2188 kHz/VHF channel 8
channel 6 channel 16 16

II & III I only I, II & III I & III

I & II I only I, II & III II & III

II only I only III only I, II & III

I, II & III I only II only III only

Any of the above if it is attached the date that the the working of the
properly to e.g. the battery must be charger and check the
railing with the replaced loaded condition of the
required line battery

II only I only III only I, II & III

II only I and II I only I, II and III

MF-equipment Inmarsat-C HF-equipment All of the above

equipment

Wait three minutes Relay the message No response is Acknowledge receipt

and if no immediately on 2182 necessary providing
acknowledgement is kHz the vessel is more
heard from a coast than 24 hours away
station you should
relay the alert
None of the above The telephone can The telephone is All vessels in the Ocean
cause slower and more Region concerned can
misunderstanding prone to interference read it
through language
problems or wrong
interpretations
Vessels may proceed Use main channel Port closed.
in with caution. only as secondary
channel closed.

With ambiguity With reliability With the NAVTEX Manually

2182 kHz/VHF 2128 kHz/VHF 2182 kHz/VHF channel 2188 kHz/VHF channel 8
channel 6 channel 16 16

An Inmarsat-antenna A VHS-antenna A MF/HF-antenna None of the above

All of the above Westerly and Easterly and northerly Southerly and easterly
northerly direction direction direction

A license A document showing None of the above

that the radio
equipment has been
firm or person

Another channel is Undesirable noises is Range is increased Any of the above

choosen suppressed

Ch. 12 Ch. 16 Ch. 13 Ch. 06

Desires a pilot Desire to Is in distress Is aground

communicate by
radio

High seas service Emergency broadcast Coastal harbor service VHF-FM service
services

Shipboard External Shore to ship Internal communication

communication communication
Intelligibility good message understandable loud
 Com Question Choice A

C4 Cylinder oil is used for _________. 2-stroke engine

change in the amount of

The operation of a thermostatic steam trap depends
C4 vapor produced within
upon the__________. an enclosed chamber

In a low pressure air compressor, the loss of volumetric heating of the air leaving
C4 efficiency normally results from________. the cylinders

The dehydrator of a refrigeration system is

C4 before expansion valve
located____________.

Condensers located in the various stages of the flash

C4 seawater
evaporator are cooled by_________.
 A material use to protect the internal parts of air
C4 compressor from solid particles which can be sucked Intake filter
along with fresh air is called____.

The expansion tank for the jacket cooling water which is maintain constant head
C4 a closed cooling type is used to ___________. in a system

Burned gas from each cylinder is directed to the exhaust 2-stroke engine
C4 manifold which is part of___________.

The inlet pipe connection of dirty oil in disc type

C4 top of the bowl cover
centrifugal purifier is located at the __________.

by refrigerant pressure
The thermostatic expansion valve of a refrigeration
C4 and close by spring
system is opened ____________. pressure

provide an orifice
between the high
C4 The purpose of expansion valve is to__________. pressure and low
pressure side of the
system
 A high reading at a salinity cell located in the loop seal carryover in the first-
C4 between two stages of a flash type evaporator stage
indicates_____.

Which of the listed operations will cause an An increase in the

C4 automatically controlled refrigeration compressor to suction pressure
restart?

In the refrigeration system, the refrigerant absorbs the

C4 evaporator
latent heat of vaporization in the______.

A squeaking sound occurring from within an operating tight compressor

C4
reciprocating air compressor is an indication of_______. bearings

The low pressure side of a refrigeration system is expansion valve to the

C4 considered to exist from the ______. evaporator

Diesel engine jacket water is used in the fresh water coolant for the brine
C4 distillation process as the __________. cooler
 The storage tank for liquid refrigerant in a refrigeration
C4 charging tank
system is called __________.

release excess oil from

C4 Unloader in air compressor is use to________. the compressor

What component of the freshwater evaporator on board

C4 use to boil seawater, using the main engine jacket Evaporator
cooling water?

A salinity indicating system functions on the basic electrical conductivity of

C4
principle of measuring the____. water

Component of an engine used to increase scavenging air turbocharger

C4 is called ___________.

In a refrigeration system, the amount of superheat

C4 absorbed by the refrigerant is adjusted at the expansion valve
_________.
 The high pressure side of the refrigeration systems starts compressor to the
C4 from the _______. expansion valve

Refrigerant is circulated through a refrigeration system

C4 compressor
by the ___________.

Short cycling of a refrigeration compressor refers frequently starting and

C4 to_____________. stopping

gasketed joints, valve

Air leaking into a flash type distilling plant could occur
C4 stem, and gage glass
through_______. packing

A mooring winch should be equipped with mechanical the full breaking strength
C4 brakes capable of holding_____. of the mooring line

The separation chamber of the purifier is called

C4 bowl
________.
 If an air compressor intercooler pressure rises above
C4 dirty intercooler
normal, it usually indicates __________.

Parts of the pump used to maintain the alignment of the bearings

C4 pump are_____.

Fluctuations in the pressure and temperature of the pressure and

C4 steam supplied to the first-effect of a low pressure temperature fluctuations
submerged tube distilling plant will cause _____. in the entire unit

An air compressor is equipped with an intercooler and increase compressor

C4
an aftercooler to___________ . efficiency

It is a form of energy which crosses the boundary of a

system during a change of state produced by a Heat
C4 difference of temperature between the system and its
surroundings.

The high pressure cut-out switch will stop the a stoppage of condenser
C4 refrigeration compressor when there is______. cooling water flow
 The heat gained per pound of refrigerant in the
C4 refrigerating effect
evaporator is known as the_______________.

The liquid indicator sight glass is generally located in the high pressure liquid line
C4 ____________.

C4 Main engine lube oil sump tank is located __________. next to the engine

Which characteristic of the theoretical Otto cycle does No pressure increase

C4
not occur in the theoretical Diesel cycle. during combustion.

A dehydrator installed in a refrigeration system is used noncondensable gases

C1 to remove _____. and vapors

If the bowl of a disk type centrifugal purifier when oil will be lost through
C4 the water discharge
operated as a separator is not primed, the______. ports
 Fuel oil enters the main engine cylinder through
C4 fuel oil injector
______________.

start and stop the

The purpose of the low pressure cutout switch is to
C4 compressor at preset
____________. operating pressures

A badly leaking refrigeration compressor discharge constant running of the

C4 valves will cause __________. compressor

It refers to an internal combustion engine practice,

C4 where there is a necessity of heating the oil, to ensure Pre-heating
easy flow and good atomization.

One of the major components of centrifugal pump

C4 impeller
is___________.

The purpose of wear ring in the centrifugal pump is to minimize wear of

C4 ___________. impeller and casing
 If the temperature of the fuel oil entering in atomizer is produce heavy black
C4 smoke at any load
too low, the burner will __________. condition

Salinity cell is installed in the distilling unit to indicate quality of water

C4 the ____________. produced

Salinity cell is installed in the distilling unit to indicate quality of water

C4 the______. produced

Type of pump which is dependent of the head

C4 centrifugal pump
is______________.

Breaking the fuel into fine spray to provide good

C4 atomizing
combustion is called__________.

A protective device use to prevent over torque during

C4 air release device
starting of an Air Compressor is called_____.
 The by-products of oxidation, as a result of water always neutralized by oil
C4 contamination of hydraulic oil, are generally______. additives

Sea water is passed over

Which of the following descriptions best identifies the
C4 heated plates in a thin
operating principle of a flash-type evaporator? film.

Boiler fire side must be kept free of soot accumulations the steam drum internals
C4 because ____. will become clogged

horizontal run of drain

A suitable location for the installation of an impulse type line from the lowest
C4
steam trap would be in the__________ - point at the outlet of the
heat exchanger

Main component of the engine to regulate speed is the governor

C4 ___________.

Which of the listed types of steam traps operates on the

C4 principle that hot water flashes to steam when its vapor Bimetallic
pressure is reached?
 The degree of fuel atomization in a diesel engine supply pressure to the
C4 cylinder depends primarily on _______. pump

Part of centrifugal disc purifier use to hold discs in place

and directs the flow of dirty liquid to the bottom then to bowl
C4 the discs as the oil flows upward is called
____________.

support and seal the

C4 Stern tube is used to__________. propeller shaft

start and come up to

Air compressor cylinder unloader enable the
C4 speed before air
compressor to_______. compression begins

A compressor operating with an accumulation of dust

and grease on the surfaces of an intercooler would
result in _________. I. a decrease in volumetric
efficiency of the compressor II. higher volume of air to
C4 be discharged to the receiver Neither I nor II

On a medium pressure, differential piston, reciprocating

air compressor, lubrication of the pistons/cylinders is with metering type
C4 usually accomplished _____________. cylinder lubricators
 sticking valves due to
Cylinder inlet valve failure in a low pressure air carbon buildup on the
C4 compressor can be caused by ______. seats

discharging the
compressed air to the
receiver with the
The initial unloading (at start-up) of the device shown in minimum pressure valve
C4 the illustration is accomplished by ____________. closed

Two stage compressors

are generally more
Which of the following statements is true concerning efficient than single
C4 the overall efficiency of air compressors? stage compressors.

If a reciprocating air compressor has a knock occurring

in frequency with its operating RPM, the cause is misalignment or worn
C4 probably ____________. main bearings

When air compressors are arranged for automatic fitting depressors which
operation, the cylinders can be unloaded during starting hold the suction valve
C4 by _____. plates open

Which of the following statements is true concerning V-

belt drives for reciprocating air compressors? I. Belts
generally stretch slightly during the first few months of
use II. Excessively tight belts will overload the bearings
C4 III. Belts are generally replaced as a set I, II & III
 remove the compression
load as the compressor
comes up to speed
C4 An unloader is installed on an air compressor to _____. during starting

Due to the physical

construction of the
valves, a relatively small
Which of the following statements regarding low cylinder clearance space
C4 pressure, reciprocating, air compressor valves is correct? is required for operation.

Protects against the

Which of the following statements describes the damaging effects of
C4 function of an air compressor intake filter? airborne solid particles.

select the proper size

An important point of consideration when replacing a filter so that air flow is
C4 dry type intake filter on an air compressor is to _____. not restricted

When air compressors are arranged for automatic

operation, the cylinders can be unloaded during starting
by _____. I. bypassing the discharge to suction II. fitting
depressors which hold the suction valve plates on their
seats III. step unloading the cylinders in a multicylinder
C4 machine I, II & III

delay the compression

The purposes of an air compressor unloading device is process until the motor
C4 to _____. is up to speed
 The function of the spring used with channel or plate- provide positive closing
C4 type valves for reciprocating air compressors is to _____. of the valves

The major difference between the discharge and suction one valve seats upwards,
valves installed in most low pressure, reciprocating air while the other seats
C4 compressors is that _____. downwards

If an air compressor is used to supply compressed air to

outlets throughout the engine room and on deck of a
C4 vessel, the system is known as the _____. low pressure air system

If an air compressor is used to supply air primarily to the

combustion control system and other pneumatic
4 controllers, the entire system is known as the _____. ships service system

A first stage unloader installed in a low pressure air

compressor is unable to completely retract. This will frequent lifting of the
C4 result in _____. intercooler relief valve

In a low pressure air compressor, the loss of volumetric heating of the air leaving
C4 efficiency normally results from _____. the cylinders
 A compressor operating with an accumulation of dust
and grease on the surface of an intercooler would result
in _____. I. a high consumption of lube oil II. higher than
C4 normal air pressure in the reciever II only

The function of seal cages, or lantern rings installed in distribute the sealing
the centrifugal pump stuffing boxes, is to liquid within the stuffing
C4 ______________. box

What would be the result of throttling the suction valve

to the point where the flow was less than that
recommended by a centrifugal pump manufacture? I.
The discharge head would be reduced II. The pump
C4 would begin to cavitate II only

If a centrifugal pump operating with a positive suction

head vibrates, or becomes noisy, the cause could be
C4 ____________. insufficient venting

To thoroughly pump out the bilges using a horizontally pump must always be
C4 mounted centrifugal pump, the ___________. primed

In a centrifugal pump, the seal piping directs liquid from

the discharge side of the pump to the
C4 _____________________. lantern ring
 Clearances between the impeller hub and casing of a
centrifugal pump are checked with the use of an accurate set of feeler
C4 _____________. gages

accomodate for friction

The purpose of the wearing rings used in a centrifugal between the impeller
C4 pump is to __________. and the casing

permit internal
components that are
subjected to high erosion
conditions, to be
replaceable thereby
The purpose of wearing rings as found in large extending the service life
C4 centrifugal pumps is to _____. of the pump.

Two individual centrifugal pump impellers of the same

diameter, width, and rotating speed are to be compared, The curved vane impeller
one is cast with straight vanes, the other with curved is less likely to develop
C4 vanes. Which of the following statements is correct? cavitation

centreline of the pump

and the level of the
liquid in the suction well
The static suction lift of a pump is the difference in when the source of
C4 elevation between the _____. liquid is below the pump

An eccentric reducer, used as a transition piece between

a centrifugal pump suction flange and the suction piping
flange, must be installed with the eccentric portion prevent the formation of
C4 below the suction pipe centerline to _____. air pockets
 To prevent air pockets from forming in a centrifugal stem horizontal or
pump suction line installed angled from normal, any pointing downward
C4 gate valve should be installed with the _____. below the pipe

prevent the pump from

A recirculating, or bleed off line is installed on a overheating when
C4 centrifugal pump in order to _____. operating at shutoff head

The discharge capacity

Which of the following statements is correct with varies directly with the
C4 regards to the operation of a centrifugal cargo pump? speed of the impeller.

It is possible to mount a double suction centrifugal

pump impeller with the vanes facing the wrong
C4 direction. This would cause the pump _____. efficiency to decrease

The net positive suction head of a boiler centrifugal feed feedwater vapor
C4 pump should be calculated over and above the _____. pressure

The leakage of air into the pump casing by way of the

packing gland of a condensate pump, is prevented a water seal line to the
C4 by_____. packing gland
 What would be the result of throttling the suction valve
to the point where the flow was less than that
recommended by the centrifugal pump? I. The designed
total net head would be reduced II. The pump would
C4 begin to cavitate II only

If the flow of water from the centrifugal pump is allowed

to be stopped by closing the discharge valve while the
pump continues to run for an extended period, which of liquid in the pump will
C4 the following will occur? overheat

What would probably occur if excessive misalignment

existed between a centrifugal pump and its power shaft bearing will
C4 source? overheat

due to the inability of

this type of pump to lift
water to cover the
suction (eye) of the
C4 A centrifugal bilge pump requires priming _____. impeller

Correct the cause of the

Which of the following actions should be taken if during scoring and repair the
a routine maintenance inspection of a centrifugal pump, sleeve or replace with a
C4 localized scoring on a pump shaft sleeve is detected? new one.

To prevent overheating and scoring of the shaft after Tighten the packing in
repacking the stuffing box, which of the following small increments while
C4 procedures should be carried out? the pump is operating
 If a centrifugal pump gradually develops insufficient
discharge pressure as a result of worn wearing rings,
C4 which of the following corrective actions is required? Replace the rings

check the shaft and

After the installation of new impeller wearing rings by impeller assembly on
pressing them onto the pump impeller hub, it is centers to see if the ring
C4 advisable to _____. surfaces are true

When renewing the shaft packing on a centrifugal pump ensure that the lantern
equipped with an external liquid sealing supply, you ring is aligned with the
C4 should _____? sealing supply opening

When renewing spiral packaging in a centrifugal pump loosened, and then

stuffing box, after the packing is firmly seated, the retightened until they
C4 packing gland nuts should be _____. are only finger tight

What would be the probable cause if a pump were

unable to maintain necessary discharge pressure to a
system? I. failure of the internal parts of the pump II.
C4 failure of the pump relief valve spring Both I and II

Which of the listed conditions can lead to cavitations in Vapor pockets formed in
C4 a centrifugal pump? the suction flow stream
 The shaft sleeves have recently been replaced on a
centrifugal saltwater service pump. The packing gland is
now drawn tightly up against the casing. Despite the use
of standard procedures to tighten the packing gland,
water continues to pour out along the shaft. The the shaft sleeve “O” ring
C4 probable cause for this situations is that _____. seals were not installed

Machinery driving fuel oil transfer and fuel oil service

pumps must be fitted with a remote means of stopping outside the space
C4 the machinery from __________. concerned

Which of the listed parts is used in a lobe-type rotary

C4 pump to reduce the wear of the lobe edges? Gibs

Which of the listed parts is used in a lobe-type rotay

C4 pump to allow for wear on the lobe edges? replaceable gib inserts

Liquid is kept from leaking out of the shaft ends of a overlapping spaces
C4 helical gear pump by _____. between gear teeth

An advantage of a helical gear pump over a simple gear maintaining a steadier

C4 pump is that the helical gear pump is capable of _____. speed
 The capacity of a rotary pump, delivering a constant
viscosity fluid, will decrease when the discharge decreased suction
C4 pressure is increased, due to _____. pressure

Why is the discharge pressure of a herringbone gear Clearance between the

pump steadier than the discharge pressure of a simple gear teeth and casing is
C4 spur gear? smaller.

be at least one size larger

When installing a new rotary pump, the suction piping than the pump suction
C4 should _____. connection.
181 Centrifugal pumps, used to handle hot liquids, must maintain the net positive
have a minimum flow through them under all operating suction head of the
conditions. This flow serves to _____. pump

182 A centrifugal pump operating against a closed discharge capacity of 100%

valve has a/an _____.

183 In most horizontally split centrifugal pump casings, swelling the wearing
wearing rings are prevented from rotating by _____. rings into the casin
184 The function of seal cages, or lantern rings installed in lubricate the packing
the centrifugal pump stuffing boxes, is to _____.

185 The function of a centrifugal pump double volute casing reduce hydraulic end
is to _____. thrust

186 Which of the following changes in pump operating steadily increasing pump
parameters will lead to pump cavitation in a centrifugal suction pressure
pump that is operating in an open system?

187 What should be done if localized scoring is discovered Check for parallel
on a pump shaft sleeve during routine maintenance alignment of sleeve
inspection? radial face to the sleeve
bore

188 While on watch, you notice that a significant amount of shut off the sealing line
water is flowing out of the packing box from a valves to diminish the
centrifugal saltwater pump which had been recently outflow of water from
overhauled. You tighten the packing gland evenly by the packing box
nearly a half inch, yet the amount of water output from
the packing box does not diminish. You should _____.

189 What would be the result of throttling the suction valve Both I and II
to the point where the flow was less than that
recommended by a centrifugal pump manufacturer? I.
The designed discharge head would be reduced II. The
packing life would be greatly reduced
190 Operating a rotary gear pump far below its rated speed remain unchanged due
when handling low viscosity liquids, will cause its to its positive
volumetric efficiency to ____________. displacement
characteristics

191 The capacity of a rotary pump, when operated at a rotor clearances

constant speed, will decrease with an increase in the
pump _________.

192 Positive displacement, helical gear pumps are well they are essentially self-
suited for pumping oil because _____. priming and capable of a
high suction lift

193 Which of the listed conditions will occur if the discharge The pump capacity will
pressure of a rotary pump is increased from the be decreased
designed 50 psi to 300 psi, while maintaining the same
RPM?

194 Inspection of a low pressure gear pump for cavitation along the inlet side of
will usually be indicated by a wear pattern _____. the housing

195 Which of the following methods applies to how a A rapidly moving stream
vacuum is created by a jet pump or an eductor? of fluid passing through a
nozzle
196 A twin-screw, rotary, positive displacement pump is The shorter the lead, the
provided with timing gears. If it were possible to change higher the inlet pressure
the lead (pitch) of the screws, which of the following requirements
statements would represent the true effect on the pump
characteristics?

197 The pressure developed in the high pressure cylinder of below the line discharge
a reciprocating air compressor, in order to assure an pressure
output near the end of its compression stroke, is
____________.

198 You are unable to pump out the aft starboard engine It is only necessary to
room bilge well that is fouled, with one foot of water transfer half the contents
over the top of the bilge well, what action should be of a drum of degreaser
carried out? into the bilge well

199 A decrease in the condenser vacuum is found to be Close in on the

caused by a loss of the air ejector loop. To reestablish recirculating line from
the loop seal, you should _____. the DC heater to the
condenser hotwell

200 Feedwater supplied to a flash type distilling plant will flash chamber pressure
flash to vapor in the first-stage due to being lower than the
_________________. saturation pressure
corresponding to the
feedwater temperature

201 During the operation of the flash-type evaporator, the damage sustained by the
distillate flow meter indicates the output has dropped distillate pump coupling
by more than 50% from the previous day. With the
exception of the three-way valve diverting the distillate
output to the bilge once every hour, _______.
202 While at sea, the flash type evaporator is discharging the Lower the feedwater trip
output to the boiler water reserve feed tanks. If it point temperature at the
becomes necessary to reduce the evaporator feed water indicating panel for the
temperature to below 165oF, you should _____. three-way dump valve

203 Irregular feeding or surging of the feedwater supply to a A dirty strainer in the
low pressure distilling plant may be attributed to _____. saltwater feed pump
suction line

204 If a higher than normal water level is observed through Improper vacuum
the inspection port of a low pressure distilling plant, you
should suspect _____.

205 The demisters installed in a flash-type evaporator serve Deaerate the first effect
to _____. distillate

206 Excessive scale formation in a distilling plant may result Poor distillate quality
from _____.

207 While operating a two-stage flash-type evaporator, Insufficient vacuum

designed to operate in sea water of 70oF, the current developed as a result of
seawater temperature is 50oF, while the salt water feed the sea temperature
temperature is maintained at 170oF. The three-way
solenoid valve trips, directing the distillate pump
discharge to the bilge. Which of the following conditions
is the probable cause for this occurrence?
208 Rapid fluctuations of absolute pressure in the last effect Scale formation with
of a multi-effect submerged tube distilling plant will increased heat transfer
tend to cause _____.

209 The inability to maintain proper vacuum in a submerged Improper venting of the
tube evaporator can be caused by _____. evaporator tube nests

210 The dimension of the thinnest hydrodynamic film pour point of the
developed within a full journal bearing, when all other lubricant
factors remain constant, depends upon the ________.

211 Which combination of the main shaft segments listed Line shaft and stern-tube
below, that are located furthest from the main engine, shaft
are connected by the inboard stern tube shaft coupling?

212 What is the function of the aftercoolers installed in the increase the air density
diesel engine air intake system?

213 Which of the following procedures should be carried out blank off the cooling
to permit the continued operation of a crosshead engine water lines and run at
with a leaky aftercooler? reduced speed
214 The camshaft drive is designed to maintain proper one-fourth times
camshaft speed relative to crankshaft speed. In crankshaft speed in a
maintaining this relationship, the camshaft drive causes four-stroke cycle diesel
the camshaft to rotate at _________. engine

215 Turbulence is created in the cylinders of a diesel engine utilize higher injection
to _________. pressures

216 Which of the following statements describes the Engines which are
operating characteristics of a precombustion chamber? designed with
precombustion
chambers are more likely
to suffer blocked nozzle
holes, due to fuel oil
impurities, than engines
designed with direct
injection
217 Turbulence in the cylinder of a two-stroke/cycle main masked intake valves
propulsion diesel engine is mainly created by
__________.

218 In a large slow-speed propulsion diesel engine, the side cylinder pressure acting
thrust on the crosshead is the direct result of against the piston crown
___________.

219 In a large slow-speed propulsion diesel engine, the force against the crosshead
applied to the piston is __________. during the power and
compression strokes
220 In a large, low-speed diesel engine the clearance insert shims between
between the piston crown and cylinder head is found to the crankpin bearing box
be excessive. In order to correct for this, you should and the connecting rod
________. foot

221 Prior to starting, the purpose of turning over a main remove condensation
propulsion diesel engine with the cylinder test cocks and other liquids from
open, is to _________. the cylinders

222 At what pressure should a cylinder relief valve of an The device should be set
internal combustion engine be set to relieve? to relieve at a pressure
not more than 40
percent in excess of the
maximum firing pressure

223 Integral water jacket liners use O-rings near the bottom ensure proper
of the liner. These O-rings serve to ___________. temperature flow
between the liner and
engine block

224 In a diesel engine, an integral liner is one in which the neither I nor II
cooling water _______. I. flows through the cylinder
liner jackets II. Touches the outer side of the liner

225 Why are some diesel engine cylinder liners plated on the Chromium eliminates
wearing surface with porous chromium? the need for oil scraper
rings
226 A method of finishing diesel engine cylinder walls to aid doubled honing
in the proper ring seating and lubrication is known as
___________.

227 The lower water seal on a diesel engine wet cylinder flexible metallic seal ring
liner must allow for liner axial movement. This seal is
most commonly a ____________.

228 One advantage of dry cylinder liners used in a diesel absence of water seal
engine is the ____________. rings

229 In a single-acting diesel engine. The cylinder liner area minor thrust side
that is most difficult to lubricate is the __________.

230 One advantage of a vacuum feed sight glass indicator adjustments are not
used on cylinder lubricators over the discharge side required
liquid filled type sight glass is _________.

231 One method of constructing large marine diesel engines welding plates to form
and reducing the total engine frame weight is through sections for assembly
__________.
Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

4-stroke and 2 stroke

4-stroke engine gasoline engine 2-stroke engine
engine

fact that hot water under

difference in movement pressure tends to flash change in the amount of
action of a float within a of two dissimilar into steam when its vapor produced within
chamber bimetallic strips not vapor pressure is rapidly an enclosed chamber
fastened together reduced

constant enlargement of heating of the air leaving

adiabatic compression in inaccurate valve timing the clearance expansion the cylinders
the intercooler volume

after evaporator before liquid receiver after oil separator before expansion valve

air distillate brine seawater

Air cleaner Unloader Paper cartridge Intake filter

reduce air contamination maintain constant head

allow easy release of air prevent water leakage in a system

both 4-stroke engine and 4-stroke engine internal combustion 2-stroke engine
2 stroke engine engine

bottom of the bowl top and bottom of bowl side of the bowl cover top of the bowl cover
cover cover

by spring pressure and and close by refrigerant by refrigerant pressure

and close by spring
close by refrigerant and close by spring
pressure pressure
pressure pressure

provide an orifice
provide a chamber for to speed-up the flow of between the high
change the gas to a the pre-expansion of the refrigerant pressure and low
liquid liquid pressure side of the
system
chill shocking is leakage at the second- faulty operation of the carryover in the first-
necessary to remove stage condenser brine overboard pump stage
scale

Closing of the solenoid Closing of the expansion A decrease in the suction An increase in the
valve valve pressure suction pressure

compressor condenser liquid receiver evaporator

compressor overload motor overload badly leaking unloaders tight compressor

bearings

condenser to the expansion valve to the evaporator to the expansion valve to the
expansion valve compressor condenser compressor

primary means of
coolant for the distillate means of heating the means of heating the
producing a vacuum
feedwater feedwater
within the distiller
dehumidifier receiver purging tank receiver

prevent excessive load prevent excessive load

drain water from equalize first stage and
on the motor during on the motor during
cylinder second stage pressure
starting starting

Ejector Condenser Shell Evaporator

electrical inductance of specific gravity of water hydrogen ion electrical conductivity of

water concentration of water water

engine blower scavenging valve scavenging flaps turbocharger

evaporator compressor condenser expansion valve

evaporator to the expansion valve to the compressor to the compressor to the
compressor compressor condenser expansion valve

expansion valve evaporator condenser compressor

frequently starting and

frequently grounding out running too fast running too slow stopping

gasketed joints, cooling gasketed joints, valve

salinometer, valve steam, gasketed joints, cooling
tubes, and gage glass stem, and gage glass
and gage glass packing tubes, and valve stem
packing packing

half the breaking the maximum expected 50% over the working
strength of the mooring tension of the mooring tension of the mooring the full breaking strength
of the mooring line
line line line

heavy liquid chamber light liquid chamber pilot valve assembly bowl
hot environment leaking valves dirty lube oil dirty intercooler

impeller lantern ring wear rings bearings

increased heat levels first effect scale pressure and

decreased priming and
throughout the entire formation to be temperature fluctuations
lower salinity distillate
unit loosened in the entire unit

inject water vapor into prevent overheating of reduce the compressed increase compressor
the compressed air first stage valves air charge density efficiency

first law of Heat

Kinetic energy Potential energy thermodynamics

accumulation of a stoppage of condenser

lack of refrigerant refrigerant in the restricted suction filter cooling water flow
crankcase oil
latent heat of specific heat of
sensible heat refrigerating effect
vaporization vaporization

low pressure liquid line high pressure vapor line low pressure vapor line high pressure liquid line

at the bottom of the at the same level as the at the bottom of the
above the engine
engine main bearing engine

The entire fuel charge is Rapid pressure decrease Rapid volume increase The entire fuel charge is
present for ignition. during compression. during combustion. present for ignition.

moisture from the oil from the refrigerant moisture from the
refrigerant from the oil
system system

oil has a tendency to purifier will act as a oil solids will be oil will be lost through
clarifier at the discharge deposited only at the the water discharge
emulsify in the bowl ring intermediate top disk ports
oil spill valve plunger and barrel starting valve fuel oil injector

maintain a preset suction maintain liquid start and stop the

operate at minimum pressure to the refrigerant at the suction compressor at preset
efficiency compressor of the compressor operating pressures

overfeeding of the damage to the flooding of the receiver constant running of the
expansion valve condenser compressor

Pilot injection Re-circulating Tracing steam Pre-heating

piston gear screw impeller

prevent damage to shaft maintain alignment of minimize wear of

prevent leakage
shaft impeller and casing
 produce heavy black
require more fuel for require more excess air
produce smoke white smoke at any load
atomization for combustion condition

quantity of freshwater amount of chemical to quality of water

leaking tube
produced be added produced

quantity of freshwater amount of chemical to quality of water

leaking tube
produced be added produced

reciprocating pump piston pump screw pump centrifugal pump

refining purifying honing atomizing

reliever unloader solenoid unloader

 harmless and have no
removed by cellulose gums, varnishes, and gums, varnishes, and
effect on system
type filters acids acids
components

Sea water is heated to Heated sea water is Sea water is forced Heated sea water is
boiling temperature injected into a vacuum through a heated injected into a vacuum
while under a vacuum. chamber eductor chamber

soot interferes with the soot insulates the boiler the fuel oil heaters will soot insulates the boiler
flow of feedwater heating surfaces become overloaded heating surfaces

vacuum drag line from horizontal run of drain

drain line from a high
steam supply line to a the atmospheric drain line from the lowest
point in the main steam
feedwater heater tank to the main point at the outlet of the
line expansion loop condenser heat exchanger

telegraph fuel rack valve gear governor

Thermostatic Impulse Ball float Impulse

 the size of the holes in shape of the combustion the size of the holes in
timing of the pump the fuel nozzle chamber the fuel nozzle

top disc distributor main cylinder distributor

transmit the power from reduce vibration of protect the engine from support and seal the
main engine to propeller engine its axial thrust propeller shaft

vary their speed start and come up to

change speed according reduce compressed air
according to speed before air
to overload demands charge density
temperature and load compression begins

I only II only Both I and II Neither I nor II

lube oil flow from the with metering type

by the splash method gravity fed lubricators bearing lube oil system cylinder lubricators
 compressor
carbon buildup on the overspeeding due to valve pounding due to sticking valves due to
pistons from excessive mechanical failure in the valve covers being carbon buildup on the
lubrication unloader excessively tight seats

discharging the
compressed air to the
temporarily discharging holding open the high receiver with the
the compressed air to pressure stage reed-type the use of an intercooler minimum pressure valve
the atmosphere suction valves relief device closed

Mechanical efficiency
High pressure divided by compressor Two stage compressors
compressors are more efficiency will equal the The volumetric efficiency are generally more
efficient than low overall efficiency of the is decreased in efficient than single
pressure compressors. compressor unit. multistage compressors. stage compressors.

insufficient cylinder defective or poorly fitted misalignment or worn

lubrication valves all of the above main bearings

fitting depressors which

bypassing the discharge applying reduced voltage hold the suction valve
valves to the motor all of the above plates open

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

 remove the compression
prevent excessive load as the compressor
bypass the high pressure interstage pressure control compressor comes up to speed
stage to the intercooler buildup discharge pressure during starting

Due to the physical

A relatively large cylinder Mechanical operating Only the suction valve construction of the
clearance space is valve gear is required to requires a push rod and valves, a relatively small
required for valve open and close the rocker arm mechanism cylinder clearance space
operation. valves. for valve operation. is required for operation.

Provides a positive Prevents lubricating oil Protects against the

Protects against suction pressure on the air inlet contamination of the damaging effects of
valve float. valves. compressed air supply. airborne solid particles.

use the same wetting oil

on the element as is install a smaller size filter install only a filter select the proper size
used in the compressor to allow for expansion of consisting of a treated filter so that air flow is
lubrication system the element paper element not restricted

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

delay the compression

drain water from the air drain water from the process until the motor
receiver cylinders check pump alignment is up to speed
open the valves during reduce compressor reduce air intake and provide positive closing
downward stroke discharge pulsations exhaust pulsations of the valves

the reed valves used on

the discharge are made the suction valve springs the discharge valve
substantially thicker and exert a greater tension springs exert a greater one valve seats upwards,
heavier than the suction than the discharge valve tension than the suction while the other seats
valves springs valve springs downwards

combustion control air

system supply air system ships service air system ships service air system

forced draft air system supply air system control air system control air system

overheating of the loss of moisture in the an abnormally low an abnormally low

discharge valve air charge in the receiver intercooler pressure intercooler pressure

constant enlargement of
adiabatic compression in the clearance expansion heating of the air leaving
the intercooler inaccurate valve timing volume the cylinders
I only Both I and II Neither I nor II II only

distribute the sealing

seal air from entering liquid within the stuffing
cool the shaft lubricate the packing along the shaft box

I only Both I and II Neither I nor II II only

air leakage into suction

excessive pump speed worn wearing rings line insufficient venting

volute must impart a suction side connection stuffing box should not
radial and rotary motion must guide the liquid to be allowed any water pump must always be
of the water the lantern rings leakage primed

packing gland wearing ring stuffing lantern ring

 an accurate set of feeler
wooden wedges a machinist's rule a depth micrometer gages

prevent an internal enable a visual insure a proper accomodate for friction

explosion in the pump inspection of the pump alignment of the pump between the impeller
when it is overheated while it is running coupling to the driver and the casing

permit internal
components that are
subjected to high erosion
conditions, to be
prevent an internal enable a visual insure the proper replaceable thereby
explosion in the pump inspection of the pump alignment of the pump extending the service life
when it is overheated while it is running coupling to the driver of the pump.

The straight vane

impeller always develops The straight vane The curved vane impeller
a higher discharge impeller always has a The curved vane impeller is less likely to develop
pressure greater capacity will be easier to balance cavitation

centreline of the pump centreline of the pump

and the suction liquid and the level of the
level when the source of centreline of the pump liquid in the suction well
the liquid is above the and the level of the liquid levels of the when the source of
pump discharge liquid suction and discharge liquid is below the pump

reduce vapour pressure

allow sediment to settle of the water entering the slope the suction line prevent the formation of
on the bottom pump suction upward the pump air pockets
 stem horizontal or
bonnet above suction centreline above the stem pointing upward at pointing downward
pipe centreline suction pipe centreline right angles to the pipe below the pipe

establish a back pressure equalize pressure on prevent the pump from

at the labyrinth seal to both sides of the suction decrease the net positive overheating when
eliminate leakage valve disc suction head operating at shutoff head

Oil is discharged from The self-priming feature

the center of the Gravity causes the oil to of the centrifugal pump The discharge capacity
impeller through the flow toward the enables it to draw its varies directly with the
outlet. discharge. own suction as it starts. speed of the impeller.

head capacity to improve discharge to be reversed slippage to decrease efficiency to decrease

impeller ratio in the feedwater vapor

speed of the impeller pump capacity in GPM pump pressure

special packing in the an air seal line from the the vacuum in the pump a water seal line to the
stuffing box compressed air line suction packing gland
I only both I and II neither I nor II II only

the water pressure will

the wearing ring will decrease to shut off the the water pressure will liquid in the pump will
become excessively worn head rise above shut off head overheat

pump cavitation will power consumption will flashing will occur at the shaft bearing will
increase be reduced impeller eye overheat

due to the inability of

to initially unload the this type of pump to lift
pump by having its head in order to overcome the water to cover the
primarily to lubricate the pressure equal to potential energy of water suction (eye) of the
shaft seals discharge the pressure in the discharge line impeller

Check for parallel Correct the cause of the

Reassemble the unit and alignment of the sleeve Reassemble the unit and scoring and repair the
provide more water leak radial faces to the sleeve adjust the governor to sleeve or replace with a
off for proper lubrication bores obtain a slower speed new one.

Operating the pump

Lubricate the lantern ring slowly and applying oil
with cylinder oil before Tightening the gland in freely to the shaft until Tighten the packing in
installing new turns of all the way and then the packing is properly small increments while
packing backing it off slightly seated the pump is operating
 Always replace the
Throttle in on the wearing rings and the Throttle in on the suction
discharge valve impeller as a set valve Replace the rings

check the shaft and

visually inspect the rings impeller assembly on
dynamically balance the after about an hour of centers to see if the ring
shaft and impeller service all of the above surfaces are true

make sure the seal cage

always turn down the check the stuffing box for is always positioned at ensure that the lantern
shaft in a lathe to ensure irregularities with a dial the base of the stuffing ring is aligned with the
a snug fit indicator box sealing supply opening

tightened an additional loosened, and then

loosened until the gland 10% to compress the retightened until they
left in that position clears the stuffing box packing are only finger tight

I only II only Neither I nor II Both I and II

Rough casing volute Partial restriction in the Vapor pockets formed in

surfaces Worn wearing rings discharge valve the suction flow stream
 the sealing water flow to only two sections of the
suction head pressure the stuffing box is lantern ring were the shaft sleeve “O” ring
has become excessive blocked installed seals were not installed

within the space outside the space

concerned the throttle station within the fireroom concerned

Spur gears Casing gears Liner plates Gibs

casing gear thrust

spur gear adjusters bearings replaceable liner plates replaceable gib inserts

a stuffing box a roller bearing the use of shaft end caps a stuffing box

producing a smoother delivering liquids over operating for longer producing a smoother
discharge flow greater distances periods of time discharge flow
 increased suction
increased slippage pressure reduced slippage increased slippage

One discharge phase One discharge phase

begins before the The gear teeth are The herringbone gear begins before the
previous discharge phase smaller than those of the pump has four spur previous discharge phase
has been completed. simple spur gear pump. gears instead of two. has been completed.

be of same diameter as be the next size smaller be at least one size larger
the pump suction than the pump suction than the pump suction
connection connection. be sloped to the pump connection.
prevent overheating and maintain hydraulic keep the shaft glands prevent overheating and
vapour bound conditions differential in the pump cool vapour bound conditions
impeller passages

efficiency of 0% internal slippage of 0% shut off horsepower efficiency of 0%

rating of 100%

using an extended lip using one dowel pin using an extended lip
formed on one half of pressed into the side of formed on one half of
the ring and using the the ring, then fitting the the ring and using the
upper casing half to trap pin into a hole drilled upper casing half to trap
the lip when the casing is into the side of the the lip when the casing is
reassembled casing ring grove reassembled
cool the shaft distribute the sealing seal air from entering distribute the sealing
liquid within the stuffing along the shaft liquid within the stuffing
box box

double the liquid reduce radial thrust on provide the effect of reduce radial thrust on
velocity through the the impeller multi-staging the impeller
pump when compared to
a single volute

steadily decreasing steadily increasing pump steadily increasing pump steadily increasing pump
pump speed inlet temperature discharge pressure inlet temperature

Reassemble the pump Correct the cause of Reassemble the pump Correct the cause of
and provide more water scoring and install a new and set the governor to scoring and install a new
leak off for lubrication shaft sleeve obtain a slower speed shaft sleeve

make no further take up evenly on the back off on the nuts by back off on the nuts by
adjustments and packing gland nuts the same amount to the same amount to
continue to make a another 2 or 3 full turns prevent scoring the shaft prevent scoring the shaft
round of the engine sleeve and notify the sleeve and notify the
room next watch of the next watch of the
condition condition

I only Neither I nor II II only II only

increase steadily as the fluctuate due to the decrease to where the decrease to where the
moving gears develop amount of slip variation pump no longer pump no longer
less vibration develops flow develops flow

discharge volume suction pressure steeped speed rotor clearances

stuffing boxes eliminate it is not necessary to these pumps are they are essentially self-
the leakage problems closely maintain design designed with extreme priming and capable of a
usually associated with clearances with this tooth angles high suction lift
other gear pumps pump

The pump capacity will Pump efficiency will be Internal liquid slippage The pump capacity will
be increased increased will be reduced be decreased

along the discharge side at the extreme upper even throughout the along the inlet side of
of the housing and lower peripheries of entire periphery of the the housing
the housing housing when matched
machine gear sets are
used

Centrifugal force A reciprocating plunger A propeller drawing a A rapidly moving stream

converted into potential directly applying force to fluid through a venture of fluid passing through a
energy a fluid nozzle nozzle
The longer the lead, the The shorter the lead, the The longer the lead, the The shorter the lead, the
lower the flow rate higher the pressure lower the axial velocity higher the pressure
potential potential

the same as the line above the line discharge constant throughout the above the line discharge
discharge pressure pressure discharge period pressure

Send the wiper into the Remove the bilge Simultaneously operate Remove the bilge
well with only a scoop manifold valve and all available bilge pumps. manifold valve and
and pail attempt to back flush the attempt to back flush the
line line

Crack open the Close the condenser Bypass the regulating Close the condenser
recirculating line from loop seal valve until the valve in the condensate loop seal valve until the
the DC heater to the loop refills and reopen recirculating line until loop refills and reopen
condenser hotwell slowly the loop refills slowly

temperature being heat exchange surfaces orifices finely atomizing flash chamber pressure
higher than the being directly in the path the heated feedwater being lower than the
evaporation temperature of the entering entering the flash saturation pressure
of the supplied feedwater chamber corresponding to the
feedwater feedwater temperature

excessive L.P. extraction damage sustained by the

steam being supplied to distillate pump coupling
the feedwater heater
Decrease the steam Dump the distillate to Secure the evaporator Lower the feedwater trip
pressure to the air the bilge until the feedwater point temperature at the
ejector temperature can be indicating panel for the
raised to 165oF or more three-way dump valve

Erratic water flow A clogged vent line from Excessive pressure in the A dirty strainer in the
through the air educator the air educator seawater feed heater saltwater feed pump
condenser suction line

A leak in the feedwater A clogged desuperheater A malfunctioning brine Improper vacuum

heater water strainer pump

Remove small water Filter the condensed Deaerate the first and Remove small water
droplets entrained in the flash vapors second effect distillate droplets entrained in the
flashed vapor flashed vapor

Improper vacuum Reduced evaporator Low brine concentration Improper vacuum

regulation capacity regulation

Excessive and violent Excessive amount of Insufficient brine density Excessive and violent
flashing in each stage feedwater being maintained in the flashing in each stage
second stage
Priming with increased Improved operating Slight foaming at the Priming with increased
salinity of distillate conditions at the brine distillate feed pump salinity of distillate
pump

Fluctuating steam Air leaks in the High water level in the Fluctuating steam
pressure to the air evaporator tube nests evaporator shell pressure to the air
ejector nozzle ejector nozzle

fluidity of the lubricant interfacial tension of the dielectric strength of the fluidity of the lubricant
lubricant lubricant

Line shaft and thrust Stern-tube shaft and tail Thrust shaft and Line shaft and stern-tube
shaft shaft sterntube shaft shaft

decrease the air density increase the exhaust decrease the lube oil increase the air density
temperature temperature

bypass the aftercooler to nothing needs to be switch to diesel fuel and blank off the cooling
operate at sea speed done due to the low run at reduced speed water lines and run at
heating value of heavy reduced speed
fuel
one-half crankshaft crankshaft speed in a two times crankshaft crankshaft speed in a
speed in a two-stroke two-stroke cycle diesel speed in a two-stroke two-stroke cycle diesel
cycle diesel engine engine cycle diesel engine engine

obtain injection lag help mix fuel and air decrease combustion help mix fuel and air
pressure

When operating When fuel oil is injected Engines when When fuel oil is injected
correctly, combustion into the precombustion precombustion into the precombustion
should not occur in the chamber, it does not chambers, are easier to chamber, it does not
precombustion chamber need to be as finely start when cold, when need to be as finely
atomized as the fuel oil compared to engines atomized as the fuel oil
in diesel engines having with direct injection in diesel engines having
direct injection direct injection

directional intake valve intake port design precombustion intake port design
ports chambers

the piston rod acting the angularity of the the velocity of the the angularity of the
against the crosshead connecting rod against crankpin during the connecting rod against
during the power stroke the crosshead during the power stroke the crosshead during the
powr stroke powr stroke

against the crosshead against the crosshead away from the crosshead against the crosshead
during power stroke and during the compression during the power and during the power and
away from the crosshead stroke and away from compression strokes compression strokes
during the compression the crosshead during the
stroke power stroke
build up the piston build up the cylinder install a thinner head insert shims between
crown by metal spraying head by metal spraying gasket the crankpin bearing box
and the connecting rod
foot

test the starting system check for proper lube oil check the compression remove condensation
pressure and other liquids from
the cylinders

The valves should be set Cylinder relief valves Cylinder relief valves are The device should be set
to just stop relieving with should only be adjusted no longer required for to relieve at a pressure
the engine running at full by an authorized repair large low speed engines not more than 40
speed facility with the due to advancements in percent in excess of the
permission of the OCMI combustion engineering maximum firing pressure

form a water seal allow for slight prevent the escape of prevent the escape of
between the liner and misalignment of the liner lubricating oil from the lubricating oil from the
engine block crankcase crankcase

II only both I and II I only I only

The chromium will not The chromium Pores in the plating aid in Pores in the plating aid in
wear out the piston rings strengthens the liners in maintaining the lube oil maintaining the lube oil
the way of the film film
scavenging air ports
ribbed honing angled honing cross hatch honing cross hatch honing

soft copper gasket precision ground flange neoprene O-ring neoprene O-ring
joint

greater heat transfer rate greater wear resistance lower thermal expansion absence of water seal
than wet liners than wet liners rate over wet liners rings

major thrust side bottom circumference top circumference minor thrust side

there are fewer moving a lower grade of cylinder better visual metering adjustments are not
parts oil may be used adjustment required

casting interlocking case hardening integral forging integral welding plates to form
components components components sections for assembly
Com Question Choice A

What is the theoritical lift of a pump handling fresh water at

C5 10.35 m
atmospheric pressure?

15 PPM Oil Content

What equipment is required when processing bilge slops
C5 Monitor of Oily Water
for overboard discharge? Separator

nominal outside
C5 Tubing is sized by_________. diameter

The ability of lubricating oil to resist viscosity changes

C5 viscosity index number
during temperature changes is indicated by the________.

An emergency bilge suction is required

C5 machinery space bilges
for________________.

bilge system will lose

If one of the bilge system manifold valves does not properly vacuum and prevents
C5 seat, the__________. the other bilges from
being pumped out

When securing a centrifugal type distillate pump, which of Trip the three way
C5 the listed steps should be carried out first? dump valve.

Before doing any work on a hydraulic system equipped with bleed off all stored
C5 energy from the
accumulators, you should________.
accumulators

Which of the following statements represents the proper Direction of flow should
C5 relative direction of flow through a globe valve? be from below the seat.
 In a two stage flash evaporator, heated feedwater is first and second stage
C5 vaporized in the_________. flash chambers

The purpose of an air compressor unloading device is delay the compression

to________.
C5 process until the motor
. is up to its speed

After the installation of new impeller wear rings, by check the shaft and
pressing them onto the pump impeller hub, it is advisable impeller assembly on
C5 to_____. centers to see if the
. ring surfaces are true

In a centrifugal pumps operating with a high suction lift, enable the pump and
foot valves are primarily designed to______. its suction line to
C5 . remain primed prior to
starting the pump

retain the lube oil as

The construction of the main propulsion engine lube oil long as possible before
C5 sump tank should _______ . it recirculates through
the system

low pressure steam

The final heating of the feedwater in a flash type distilling
C5 admitted to the
plant is carried out by______. feedwater heater

Which of the following centrifugal pump components

C5 Volute
converts the liquid velocity to pressure?

No shaft liner is needed

Which of the following statements best describes an oil in the area of the
C5 lubricated stern tube bearing installation? babbitted bearing
surface.

Hydraulic pumps most commonly used in steering systems axial piston type
C5 are of the ______ .

high speed continuous

C5 An oil fog lubrication system is recommended for______. operation of roller
bearings
 An O-ring seal in a hydraulic system will begin to leak when compression set or
C5 it has lost its interference fit due to____. wear

prevent wear of the

One of the main functions of wear rings, as used in a
C5 pump casing and
centrifugal pumps is to ____ . impeller

If a centrifugal bilge pump were continually operated with

C5 pump would overheat
the discharge valve closed the____________.

The first step when beginning to set the slide valves on a center the steam piston
C5 duplex reciprocating pump is to _____ . in the cylinders

If the capacity of a centrifugal pump decreases gradually

C5 wear rings
over a long period of time, you should replace the _____ .

In order to properly remove air from the casing of a

centrifugal pump when starting, the pump should have
C5 a_____. negative suction head
.

to initially unload the

pump by having its
C5 A centrifugal pump requires priming____________. head pressure equal to
discharge pressure

How often should cargo oil pump relief valves on tank At least once each
C5 vessels be tested ? voyage.

If you are operating a centrifugal water service pump with pump discharge
C5 worn wear rings, the____ . capacity is reduced

Which of the listed pumps is not a positive displacement

C5 Centrifugal
pump?
 Vapor pockets formed
Which of the listed conditions can lead to cavitation in a
C5 in the suction flow
centrifugal pump? stream.

When securing a distillate pump on a low pressure fresh Trip the three-way
C5 water evaporator, which of the listed steps should be solenoid dump valve
carried out first?

If the foundation bolts of a reciprocating air compressor are The compressor will
C5 loose, which of the conditions below will occur? vibrate

During the repair and overhaul of the pump relief valve

used in a hydraulic system, the set point was reduced by 10 The movement of any
C5 system actuator will
bars, which of the following statements describes the result
now be slower.
of the set point being lowered?

the ability of oil to

C5 Demulsibility of a lube oil is defined as _____. separate from water

if the bilges become

The emergency bilge suction valve is typically flooded and they can
C5 used____________. not be emptied by any
other means

select the proper size of

An important point of consideration when replacing a dry filter so that air flow is
C5 type intake filter on an air compressor is to____. not restricted

stop-check valves
Accidental flooding of the engine room bilges through the
C5 installed in the bilge
bilge system is prevented by______________.
suction manifolds

While the oily-water seperator is operating in the

As routine maintenance,
processing mode, if a lowthe bilge manifold
vacuum, valves
what is the are
probable The coalescer beads are
C5 periodically
cause? removed and examined. Prior to re-securing severely fouled.
the valve bonnets, the valve _____. I. disks and seats should
be checked and lapped if necessary II. Bonnet, flange
gaskets should be renewed if they were cut or torn III. stem
packing should be renewed if the packing has hardened,
the glans have bottom out, or the glands can not be
C5 tightened I, II & III
 If one of the bilge system manifold valve does not properly
C5 seat, the _____. all of the above

remove only the

Which of the following actions should be taken FIRST if a suction manifold valve
bilge-well of a multiple suction bilge system is unable to be to the affected bilge
C5 pumped out? well

Demulsibility of a lube oil is defined as an emulsion of different

C5 _________________. grades of oil

To correctly identifies the position of the journal when the operating at its normal
C5 shaft is ______. operating speed

A good quality oil used in main propulsion engine resistant to permanent

C5 lubrication systems should be _____________. emulsification

Main propulsion engine lube oil sumps should be

C5 constructed _________. with a sloped bottom

If the chemical analysis of a lube oil sample taken from the

main propulsion machinery indicates an increased
C5 neutralization number the _______. acidity has increased

Very small irregularities on the seat and disk of a globe

valve may be manually repaired with the valve in place by
C5 the process known as _____________. lapping in

Gate valves should not be used for throttling as wire drawing of the disc
C5 __________. will result

Valves used in the machinery space piping systems, and right-hand closing
C5 constructed with threaded valve systems, must be _____. (clockwise)
 enable a pump and its
suction line to remain
primed prior to starting
C5 Foot valves are primarily designed to _____. the pump
When assembling a run of liquid service piping, which of
the following factors should be considered? I. How the type
of fittings used will affect the flow II. What type of gasket
material should be used III. What radius should be used for
C5 each bend in the run I, II & III

Before performing any maintenance on a hydraulic system Bleed off all pressure
C5 storing energy in an accumulator, you should _____. within the system

Which of the following precautions should be observed Fluid viscosity always

concerning the introduction of a fire resistant fluid into a increases as a normal
C5 hydraulic system? result of its use.

The by-products of oxidation, as a result of water removed by cellulose

C5 contamination of hydraulic oil, are generally _____. type filters

relief valves in the

After installing a new hydraulic pump in a system, what system should be
C5 special attention should be given to the hydraulic system? readjusted

A hydraulic system gear pump being fed from a reservoir

frequently indicates signs of excessive pitting after two A vacuum condition has
months of service. Which of the following would most developed in the
C5 likely contribute to this condition? reservoir

find that the pressure

will prevent the
If you attempt to tighten a leaking hydraulic fitting with components from being
C5 pressure on the system, you will _____. tightened

can clog filters and

Lint from cleaning rags can be harmful to hydraulic systems promote component
C5 because the lint _____. leakage

Zinc anodes are installed in a marine raw-water cooling

C5 system to _____________. control electrolysis
 water temperature
Assuming oil and water flow rates remain the same, what outlet temperature will
would be the effect of scale formation occurring on the decrease and the lube
inside of the cooling water tubes of a lube oil heat oil temperature will
C5 exchanger? increase

Tube scaling in heat exchangers causes the heat transfer thermal conductivity of
C5 rate to decrease because the _____. the scale is very low

The rate of heat transfer between the hot and cold fluids vary from section to
passing through a shell-and-tube type heat exchanger will section throughout the
C5 _____. heat exchanger

The minimum delivery pressure required for diesel engine firing pressure in the
C5 fuel oil injection depends primarily on the ___________. engine

The amount of fuel injected into a diesel engine cylinder by a metering helix inside
C5 a unit injector, is controlled by ___________. the pump

Fuel oil penetration into the cylinder of a diesel engine is reduced by finer
C5 ___________. atomization

The injection pressure of a hydraulic fuel injection nozzle increasing compression

C5 can be increased by _______. on the pressure spring

Fuel supplied by each unit injector on a two-stroke/cycle

single acting diesel engine is directed into each cylinder at a
C5 very high pressure through the ___________. spray tip of the injector
Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

101.35 m 14.7 m 1.02 m 10.35 m

Assembling the lube oil 15 PPM Oil

A 100 PPM oily water purifier as a separator A magnetic duplex Content Monitor
separator. and aligning it to the strainer. of Oily Water
bilge overboard. Separator

allowed working nominal inside nominal outside

cross-section area
pressure diameter diameter

American Petroleum Seconds Saybolt

Seconds Saybolt Furol viscosity index
Institute number Universal number
number number

machinery space
ballast tanks sludge tanks cargo hold bilges bilges

bilge well connected to bilge system will

bilge well aft connected that valve, plus the lose vacuum and
to that valve will siphon second bilge well being all of the above prevents the other
its contents to the pumped will be bilges from being
forward bilge wells completely emptied pumped out

Close the pressure gage Secure the casing vapor Secure the stuffing box Trip the three way
isolation valves. vent line. sealing water line. dump valve.

completely charge the pump the hydraulic bleed off all

accumulators to fluid into the drain the accumulators stored energy
prevent system energy accumulators to and purge with oxygen from the
loss prevent fluid loss accumulators

Direction of flow
Direction of flow through the valve Direction of flow
depends upon the type Direction of flow should should be from
through the valve is
unimportant. of seat design used in be from above the seat. below the seat.
the valve.
 first and second
distiller feedwater first and second stage
feed inlet box stage flash
heater vapor separators chambers

delay the
compression
drain water from the air drain water from the check pump alignment process until the
receiver cylinders motor is up to its
speed
check the shaft
and impeller
visually inspect the
dynamically balance assembly on
the shaft and impeller rings after about an all of the above centers to see if
hour of service
the ring surfaces
are true
give the pump motor, provide a means of enable the pump
afford the pumping
or driver, positive supplying sealing fluid system protection and its suction
protection when line to remain
for the impeller shaft against water hammer
operating in a shutoff stuffing box primed prior to
and surging
condition starting the pump
provide drain/return retain the lube oil
have no plating joints of lines that are no greater be provided with only a as long as possible
than before it
90° perfectly horizontal
24 inches from the recirculates
bottom
pump suction through the
system
low pressure
vaporization in the first- heat exchange in each
heat exchange in the steam admitted to
stage distiller
first- stage feedbox stage flash chamber the feedwater
condenser heater

Impeller Electric motor Eye Volute

The system pressure For precise regulation No shaft liner is

It receives its oil supply must be lowered when of the bearing needed in the
from a branch line of maneuvering in port to temperature, the area of the
the main lube oil
prevent blowing the system is required to babbitted bearing
system. outer oil seal have its own oil cooler. surface.

lobe type screw type volute type axial piston type

high speed
heavily loaded and
low and moderate continuous
high- speed ball gear shaft bearings
speed ball bearings operation of roller
bearings bearings
 compression set
low fluid pressure high fluid flow low fluid temperature or wear

maintain radial
prevent water leakage prevent wear of
alignment between the absorb all impeller the pump casing
pump impeller and shaft end thrust to the atmosphere and impeller
casing

motor overload would relief valve would open motor would overheat pump would
open overheat

measure the present

open the relief valve to ensure the balance port openings to ensure center the steam
prevent accidental piston is on the piston in the
reassembly will be the
starting downstroke cylinders
same

packing gland mechanical seals lantern rings wear rings

vent valve
vent valve attached to attached to the
positive head the casing at the top of mechanical seal casing at the top
the volute of the volute
due to the
due to the inability of in order to overcome inability of this
this type of pump to lift
primarily to lubricate the potential energy of type of pump to
water to cover the
the shaft seals water in the discharge lift water to cover
suction or eye of the line the suction or eye
impeller
of the impeller

Prior to each cargo At each biennial At least once a

At least once a year.
discharge operation. inspection. year.

pump discharge
pump would be very pump would vibrate stuffing box would leak capacity is
noisy excessively excessively reduced

Reciprocating Gear Rotary Centrifugal

 Vapor pockets
Rough casing volute Heavy fluid in the flow formed in the
Worn wearing rings.
surfaces. stream. suction flow
stream.

Trip the three-way

Close the pressure gage Close the sealing line
Stop the pump solenoid dump
valves valves to the pump valve

The drive belts will The unloaders will jam The intercooler will leak The compressor
squeal shut will vibrate

The solenoid
The pump discharge
pressure will remain at controlled, three- The movement of
The fluid viscosity will any system
the same pressure prior position, spring increase during actuator will now
to the relief valve being centered control valve operation.
response will be be slower.
repaired. quicker.

the temperature at a measure of the water an emulsion of different the ability of oil to
separate from
which oil flows rapidly in a lube oil system grades of oil water

when the main if the bilges

to inject cleaning condenser becomes to connect the rose box become flooded
additives when the fouled, in order to to the independent and they can not
bilges are extremely provide additional bilge suction be emptied by any
dirty cooling water other means
circulation
select the proper
use the same wetting install a smaller size install only a filter size of filter so
oil on the element as is filter to allow for consisting of a treated that air flow is not
used in the compressor expansion of the paper element restricted
lubrication system element

using a positive stop-check valves

displacement installing eductors in all installing a swing check installed in the
reciprocating bilge bilge rose boxes before each bilge valve bilge suction
pump manifolds

There is minor air The coalescer

The bilge suction is The flow control valve leakage into the beads are severely
completely flooded. '14' is completely open. separator. fouled.

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

bilge-well connected to bilge system will
that valve, plus the bilge-well aft connected bilge system will lose lose vacuum and
second bilge-well being to that valve will vacuum and prevent prevent the other
pumped will be siphon its contents with the other bilges from bilges from being
completely emptied the forward bilge-well being pumped out pumped out
attempt to pump
attempt to pump out out another bilge
another bilge well to well to determine
open the bilge pump remove each of the determine if the entire if the entire
for inspection suction manifold valves system is affected system is affected

the ability of oil to

the temperature at a measure of the water the ability of oil to separate from
which oil flows rapidly in a lube oil system separate from water water

increasing its speed to

just at the moment required operating just beginning to
prior to being stopped speed just beginning to rotate rotate

resistant to
free from all chemical quickly chemically readily saponified with permanent
additives oxidized water emulsification

with drain/return lines

so as to never be terminating just above
integral with the main only of nonferrous, or at the designed with a sloped
engine foundation noncorrosive metals normal level bottom

demulsibility has foaming is guaranteed acidity has

viscosity has decreased improved to occur increased

honing refacing spotting in lapping in

the installation of an
the pressure drop will equalizing line will be wire drawing of
be excessive air binding will develop necessary the disc will result

direction of opening
right-hand opening left-hand closing and closing is right-hand closing
(clockwise) (counter clockwise) unimportant (clockwise)
give a pump motor or enable a pump
driver positive provide a means of afford the pumping and its suction
protection when supplying sealing fluid system protection line to remain
operating in a shutoff for the impeller shaft against water hammer primed prior to
condition stuffing box and surging starting the pump

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

Operate the machine Bleed off all

Pressurize the system until it reaches normal Disconnect the pump pressure within
to test for leaks temperature pressure control switch the system
Deterioration of
paints, seals,
Deterioration of paints, metals, and
seals, metals, and Decreased wear rates electrical
electrical insulation of components is an Only chemically active insulation may
may occur. advantage of its use. filters may be used. occur.

harmless and have no

gums, varnishes, and always neutralized by effect on system gums, varnishes,
acids oil additives components and acids

The system should be the filters and

the filters and strainers drained and renewed strainers should
should be checked System return pressure with a fluid of different be checked
frequently should be readjusted operating charateristics frequently

Abnormal Operating oil A vacuum

pressurization is A partial restriction in temperature is condition has
occurring in the the return line has determined to be developed in the
reservoir developed below normal reservoir
find that the
pressure will
dislodge any scale in prevent the
be successful every cause the system to the tubing, and it will components from
time vibrate damage the system being tightened

can clog filters and

promote
can cause rusting of breaks down hydraulic solidifies and causes component
internal parts fluid cracked lines leakage

control
inhibit oxidation prevent scaling eliminate corrosion electrolysis
 water
temperature
outlet
water temperature water temperature water temperature temperature will
outlet temperature will outlet temperature will outlet temperature will decrease and the
decrease and the lube increase and the lube increase and the lube lube oil
oil temperature will oil temperature will oil temperature will temperature will
decrease decrease increase increase

thermal
flow through the heat conductivity of
surface area of the tube cooling fluid outlet exchanger becomes the scale is very
decreases temperature decreases more turbulent low

vary from section

remain constant to section
remain constant along vary according to the throughout the heat throughout the
the tube’s length fluid pressures exchanger heat exchanger

degree of cylinder air compression ratio of duration of the firing pressure in

turbulence the engine combustion period the engine

varying the clearance

varying the physical between the injector
the firing pressure in length of the plunger cam and the injector a metering helix
the cylinder stroke rocker arm inside the pump

nonexistent in the
dependent on fuel increase by finer precombustion reduced by finer
injection cut-off atomization chamber system atomization

increasing
compression on
increasing fuel oil increasing the injector removing shims from the pressure
booster pump pressure nozzle orifice size under the nozzle spring spring

spray tip of the

high pressure fuel line spill deflector check valve injector
Com Question Choice A

A three-phase alternator is operating at 450 volts with

the switchboard ammeter indicating 300 amps. The kw
meter currently indicates 163.6 KW, with a power factor 17.8 KW
of 0.7. If the power factor increases to 0.8, the KW meter
reading would increase by______.
C6
An ohmmeter reading of 'zero' ohm between the ends of
a wire conductor would provide a positive indication a partial ground
C6 of______.

A tubular fuse should always be removed from a fuse

panel with ________.
a screwdriver
.
C6
The timer element found in a reverse power relay obtains a separate battery
C6 its operating torque from________ . source

Two DC drive propulsion motors provide input to a single

output reduction gear. Upon relieving the watch, you
notice that the starboard motor indicators show zero a tripped reverse
current compared to normal voltage and current power relay
indicated on the port motor. The problem with the
starboard motor could be_____.
C6
automatically hold
The full torque electric brake on an electric cargo winch the load as soon as
functions____________. current to the
machine is shut off
C6
short the test leads
Before measuring an unknown resistance with an and calibrate the
ohmmeter, you should _____. meter reading to
‘zero’
C6

On a main switchboard, If all three ground detection The bulbs are

lamps burn with equal intensity when the test button is operating properly
depressed, which of the listed conditions is indicated?
C6
The use of four diodes, in a full-wave bridge rectifier provide
circuit, will_________. unidirectional
. current to the load
C6
 prevent the motor
from restarting
A low-voltage protection circuit as used in the electric automatically on
motor starting equipment, will ____. restoration of
voltage

C6

While paralleling two alternators, the synchronizing

lamps remain lit as the synchroscope pointer approaches synchroscope is
defective or broken
the 0º. This would indicate that the ____.
C6

The Wheatstone bridge is a precision measuring resistance

instrument utilizing the principle of changes in______ .
C6

An open primary coil in a simple transformer will be Low resistance value

indicated by which of the listed conditions? on the primary coil.
C6
When insulation failure produces a low resistance current Sparking at the
path between two conductors, the resulting condition is brushes
C6 known as ___.

Before testing insulation with a megohmmeter, the insulation may be

windings of large machines should be grounded for damaged
about 15 minutes before the test because the _______.
C6

normal temperature
The rated temperature rise of an electric motor is the rise above the
______________.
standard ambient
. temperature at rated
load

C6

short circuit the

Before touching a small capacitor connected to a de- terminals to make
energized circuit, or even one that is completely sure that the
disconnected, you should _____. capacitor is
discharged
C6

If field excitation is suddenly lost to an alternator lose its load and

operating in parallel, that alternator will ____. tend to overspeed
C6
 An electric tachometer receives the engine speed signal small generator
mounted on the
from a_______ engine
C6

A resistance in a circuit of unknown value is to be tested the ammeter in

series and the
using the voltmeter/ammeter method. Therefore, the voltmeter in parallel
meters should be connected with _________.
with the resistance
C6
If the bearings of an electrical generator are falling more check the bearing
frequently than expected and the lubricating oil is insulating block on
C6 sludging then you should ____. one end of the unit
examining the
You can determine if a circuit breaker has tripped by
position of the
____
C6 handle
In general, polyphase induction motors can be started on across-the-line
C6 full line voltage by means of ________ . starters

required to desolder
Tightly knit metal braid wire can be used with a printed components on the
circuit board when______. board

C6

check the supply line

phase sequence,
You are reconnecting to a three-phase induction motor to and motor rotation
with appropriate
the supply line. To prevent possible damage to the load, indicators,
due to the wrong direction of rotation, you should ____. connect then
correspondingly
marked leads
C6

Contactors can
Which of the following statements represents the main handle heavier loads
difference between a relay and a contactor? than relays.

C6
 Where a thermal-acting breaker is required to be used in
an area of unusually high, low, or constantly fluctuating second bimetal
temperatures, an ambient compensating element must element
be used. This element consists of a _____________.
C6

In a diesel electric plant, raising the generator's field

excitation will cause the DC propulsion motor to increase in speed
_________ .
C6

While underway onboard a DC diesel-elecric drive ship, notify the bridge

you notice excessive sparking of the brushes on the main that you will need to
propulsion motor. You should first_____. slow down
C6

hook the jaws of the

To properly use a hook-on-type volt/ammeter in checking instrument around
current flow, you must first________ . the insulated
conductor
C6
The device that most commonly utilizes the principle of rheostat
C6 electromagnetic induction is the________ .

If the driving torque, such as that produced by a diesel

engine, creates pulsations when coupled with a
synchronous generator operating in parallel; the harmonic coupling
generator rotor may be periodically pulled ahead or
behind its normal position as it rotates. This condition is
sometimes called__________.
C6
When a battery is continuously exposed to low
temperature, the best procedure to keep it from freezing remove the battery
is to _____. caps
C6
propulsion
In an AC synchronous motor electric propulsion plant, generator field
propeller speed is controlled by varying the_____ .
C6 strength
Which of the following physical characteristics does a
wound- rotor induction motor possess that a squirrel End plates
C6 cage motor has none?
Which of the motors for the devices listed below is fitted Winch
C6 with an instantaneous overload relay?
While starting a main propulsion synchronous motor, the
ammeter pegs out at maximum and then returns to the motor has started
proper value after synchronization. This indicates properly
the_______.
C6
 An alternator operating in parallel begins to vibrate flashover at the
severely and eventually trips out on the reverse power alternator collector
relay. The cause of the vibration was a result rings
of_________.
C6

Which of the following statements represents an For use as a voltage

application of a silicon controlled rectifier? reference diode.
C6

The variable resistance placed in the rotor circuit of a frequency control

wound-rotor induction motor provides for_______ .
C6
When a megohmmeter is used to test the insulation of a the capacitance of
large motor, the initial dip of the pointer toward “zero” is the windings
C6 caused by ___.

When testing the rotor of a synchronous motor for short low or zero voltage
circuit, a low voltage source is applied across the rotor drop reading, while
coils through the collector rings. A coil having a short the other coils will
circuit will be indicated by a_____. have higher readings
C6
Electric propulsion coupling excitation is reduced at slow prevent coupling
C6 speed to ________ . overheating

cause high currents

AC generator operating in parallel loses its excitation to be induced in the
without tripping the circuit breaker. This will ____. field windings

C6

reduce the voltage

Autotransformer starters or compensators are sometimes applied to the motor
used with polyphase induction motors to_______ . during the starting
period

C6

increases magnetic
The current at which a magnetic-type overload relay pull on the plunger
tends to trip may be decreased by raising the plunger and requires less
further into the magnetic circuit of the relay. This action current to trip the
___. relay
C6
A grounded switch or cables will be indicated by a zero
C6 megohmmeter reading of ___.
 Moisture as a result of condensation occurring inside of
the cargo winch master switches, can be reduced using strip heaters
by______ inside the switch box
.
C6

use a motor driven

When using a megohmmeter to determine which shunt high capacity
field coil is grounded in a DC machine, you must____. megohmmeter
C6

The effect of carrying field excitation excessively high on tendency for the
the synchronous motor will result in a ____. motor to overspeed
C6

A direct current passing through a wire coiled around a piezoelectric device

soft iron core is the description of a simple______.
C6

buoyancy of the
indicator in the
A hydrometer measures specific gravity by comparing the liquid in water with
the buoyancy of the
____. same indicator in
the liquid being
measured
C6

Magnet chatter or 'pumping' occurring in a magnetic chattering contacts

contactor can be caused by___________. on the control relay
C6

If a three-phase induction motor malfunctions and drops the motor will

continue to run if it
to a single-phase (one supply line open)____. is not heavily loaded
C6

If the centrifugal switch or relay used for cutting out the starting winding will
C6 starting winding of a split-phase induction motor fails to burn out
open once the motor is in operation, the ____.

Which of the following statements represents the Be certain that the

C6
important factor that must be considered when replacing replacement diode is
a faulty diode in a generators excitation field rectifier the same polarity as
assembly? the one removed
 Which of the listed battery charging circuits is used to Trickle charging
C6 maintain a wet-cell, lead-acid, storage battery in a fully circuit
charged state during long periods of disuse?

One factor that determines the frequency of an

C6
alternator is the_______. number of magnetic
. poles

C6
The frequency output of an operating alternator is relative speed of the
controlled by the________. rotor poles

An open shunt field in a direct current machine may be one line terminal to
located by connecting the field circuit to an external
power source, equal to the rated field voltage or less, and each
C6 coil lead in
succession
tested with a voltmeter from _____________.

When using an ohmmeter to test a semiconductor diode,

C6
you find a low resistance in both the forward and reverse short
bias directions. This indicates that the diode has
a/an_____.

C6
An accidental path of low resistance, allowing passage of short circuit
abnormal amount of current is known as a/an_______ .

Which of the damages listed can occur to the Rapid corrosion of

C6 components of a winch master control switch, if the switch components.
cover gasket becomes deteriorated?

Protection against sustained overloads occurring in

molded-case circuit breakers is provided by a/an_______. thermal acting trip
C6

The shunt use in an ammeter should be connected series with the load
C6
in_______. and in parallel with
. the meter
movement
The method used to produce electron emission in most
C6 thermionic emission
vacuum tubes is known as __________.

C6
The purpose of having low voltage protection for an prevent severe
electric motor circuit is to ___. arcing or sparking

The output voltage of a 440 volt, 60 hertz, AC generator

C6 number of poles
is controlled by the____ .
 Which of the listed devices is used to measure pressure
C6 Rectifier
and convert it to an electrical signal?
The field winding is
C6
Which of the following statements is true concerning a energized for
polyphase synchronous propulsion motor? starting purposes
only.
A semiconductor that decreases in resistance with an
C6 thermistor
increase in temperature is known as a______ .

On some diesel-electric ships, the DC propulsion motor raising the generator

C6 will only attain half speed when the generator fields are engine speed
fully excited. Speeds above this are obtained by______ .

The air gap in an induction motor should be checked excessive bearing

C6 periodically with a feeler gauge, to prevent possible wear
____.

using a storage
C6
Loss of residual magnetism in an alternator or generator battery or battery
can be corrected by _____? charger to ‘flash’ the
field

Which of the following electric motors would be the

C6 safest and most reliable to use on the main deck of a Watertight motors
vessel in foul weather conditions?

C6
A molded-case circuit breaker provides protection against electromagnet
short circuits by using a/an______ .
C6 Any electric motor can be constructed to be ___ explosion proof
The leads from an ohmmeter are attached to the leads of
C6 an AC motor field coil. A reading of infinity open field coil
indicates_______.

The micro switch at

While on watch in the engine room at sea with only one the generator
ship's service turbine alternator on line, the entire plant throttle trip vibrated
C6 suddenly blacks out without warning. After restoring open, allowing the
power, the cause for this casualty was attributed to which main breaker to
of the following faults? open via the under
voltage trip.

C6
A motor using a rheostat in the motor circuit to vary the wound-rotor
speed is called______ . induction motor
 The foil wire may
Why is it a poor practice to use a high wattage soldering become loose and
C6 iron when soldering or desoldering components on a separate from the
printed circuit board? circuit board.

An AC generator panel is fitted with two synchronizing the generators are

lamps and a synchroscope. When paralleling, if the
out of phase and
C6 synchroscope pointer is at the noon position and one one lamp is burned
synchronizing lamp is bright while the other remains out
dark, this indicates that ___.

The transformer
When replacing a defective transformer in a parallel connections must be
C6
transformer configuration, which of the following actions made same as
must be carried out to ensure proper operation of the before with regard
equipment it serves? to the indicated
polarity

Prior to using an analog type ohmmeter, the leads are

purposely shorted together. Which of the following The batteries should
C6 actions should be taken if, when adjusting to ‘zero’
ohms, the indicating needle can not be returned to ‘zero’ be replaced
on the scale?

An insulation resistance test is performed on a particular The temperature of

C6
piece of electric instrument. In addition to the resistance the machine at the
reading, what information listed below should be entered time the resistance
in the electrical log? reading was taken

Which of the following conditions will occur if the The brake will be set
C6 solenoid coil burns on a cargo winch with an electrical by spring force.
brake?

The variables in
digital systems are
Which of the following statements concerning analog and fixed quantities and
C6 the variables in
digital devices are correct?
analog systems are
continuous
quantities.

The number of cells in a 12 volt lead-acid battery

C6 six cells
is_______.
 so as not to load
C6
When troubleshooting electronic equipment, you should down the circuit and
use a high impedance multimeter _______. obtain erroneous
voltage readings

trip out the

generator when
C6
Undervoltage trips are frequently installed on there is insufficient
switchboard circuit breakers to ___. voltage being
delivered to
distribution circuits

On a vessel with turbo-electric drive, which of the

C6
following conditions would indicate that the propulsion Tripped main motor
motor had cut-out from synchronization with the interlocks
propulsion generator?

The force that causes free electrons to flow in a

C6 conductor producing electric current is called ______. resistance force

The rated temperature and rise of an electric motor is average temperature

C6 the ______. at any given latitude
Materials that retain a large part of their magnetization,
after the magnetizing force is removed, are said to have
C6 ______. low hysteresis loss
Alternating current circuits develop resistance,
inductance and capacitance. The inductance of a coil is
C6 expressed in _____. henrys
The number of cycles per second occurring in AC voltage
C6 is know as the ______. frequency
The combined effect of inductive reactance, capacitive
reactance, and resistance in an AC series circuit is known
C6 as _____. impedance

opposes any charge

Inductance is the property of an electric circuit that in the current flow
C6 _____. through the circuit
 remotely open and
C6 A magnetic relay is most commonly used to ____. close contacts

On an engine throttle control system, the auxiliary

control circuits are provided with devices to prevent
excessive over travel of the actuating valve by the control
C6 motor. limit switches
An adjustable resistor, whose resistance can be changed
without opening the circuit in which it is connected, is
C6 called a ____. rheostat

remotely open and

C6 The purpose of a magnetic relay is to ______. close contacts
Electric circuits are protected against overloads and short
C6 circuits by means of a/an ______. circuit breaker
The basic “control action” of a magnetic amplifier is variations in the load
C6 dependent upon _____. capacities

Although saturable reactors are extremely useful in some core hysteresis

C6 applications, their gain is low because of _____. losses

Capacitors are commonly used on power supply circuits filter out 'ripple'
C6 for engine room automation consoles to______. from rectification

The mandatory operating characteristic of a pure

amplifiers the______. I. form of the input and output
energy must be the same II. ratio of the output change to
C6 input change must be a value greater than 1(one) I only
Which of the listed devices is used to measure pressure
C6 and convert it to an electrical signal? Transducer
Which of the listed conditions describes the effect on
intrinsic semiconductor operation as a result of a Conductivity will
C6 temperature increase? increase
A signal derived from a controlled function and returned
C6 to the initiating point is called a/an_____. feedback signal
 Increased ambient
temperature
decreases the
Which of the following statements describes the service life of
significance of ambient temperature in relation to the electronic
C6 service life of electronic components? components.
The heating conductors as a result of resistance in a
distribution circuit causes a power loss expressed as
C6 _____. line loss

As an armature revolves within a magnetic field, friction

is developed between the rotated magnetized particles
as they pass though each magnetization cycle. This
C6 results in ____. hysteresis loss

Line losses in a distribution circuit are kept to a minimum using higher voltage
C6 by _____. and lower current

For practical purposes, in a simple series circuit

employing two resistors, a drop of one half the source a resistance equal to
C6 voltage will occur across one resistor if it has _____. the other

The existing resistance of conductor is dependent upon material and

C6 its length, cross-sectional area ____. temperature

directly as its length

and inversely as its
C6 The resistance of a conductor varies ______. cross-sectional area

A. obtain the
Large cable sizes are formed as individual conductors that flexibility required
C6 may be comprised of several smaller strands to ____. for easy handling

To minimize magnetic field interaction between electrical at right angles and

conductors in physical proximity, it is best to keep them as far as practicable
C6 ______. from each other

have higher output

Nickel-cadmium batteries are superior to lead-acid voltages and require
C6 batteries at high discharge rates because they ____. no maintenance
 need fewer cells in
Nickel-cadmium storage batteries are superior to lead- series and use less
C6 acid batteries because they ____. mounting space

difference in weight
between water and
the mass of the
A hydrometer indicates specific gravity by comparing the liquid being
C6 ____. measured

Protection against sustained overloads occurring in

C6 molded-case circuit breakers is provided by a/an ____. thermal acting trip

trip out the

generator when
there is insufficient
voltage being
Undervoltage trips are frequently installed on delivered to
C6 switchboard circuit breakers to ___. distribution circuits

The breaker will trip

again if immediately
C6 A result of an overloaded circuit __________. reset

increases magnetic
The current at which a magnetic-type overload relay pull on the plunger
tends to trip may be decreased by raising the plunger and requires less
further into the magnetic circuit of the relay. This action current to trip the
C6 ___. relay
examining the
position of the
C6 You can determine if a circuit breaker is tripped by ___. handle

The arc resulting from the tripping of a circuit breaker is directing the arc into
C6 prevented from damaging the contacts by _____. an arc chute

A switchboard for an AC electrical system requires the

C6 use of which of the following devices? Frequency meter
 A switchboard for a AC electrical distribution system, will
be provided with which of the following components? I.
C6 Frequency meter II. Ammeter III. Voltmeter I, II & III
The timer element found in a reverse power relay obtains a separate battery
C6 it operating torque via ___ source
The operating torque of the upper induction disc-type
element, or timer element, of an AC reverse power relay
C6 is obtained from ___ electromagnets

the power flow is

The timer element of a reverse power relay cannot be the same as the
C6 energized unless ___. tripping direction

The final step in testing a circuit for a ground involves the

use of a megohmmeter. A grounded switch or cable will
C6 be indicated by a megohmmeter reading of ___. zero

ontactors and relays

are mounted on
Motor controllers are seldom troubled by grounds non-conducting
C6 because ___. panels

is indicated by the
ground detecting
A ground in an electrical circuit outside the engine room lamps on the main
C6 ___. switchboard

Accidental contact
between one line
Which of the following represents a characteristic of an and ground does not
C6 ungrounded electrical distribution system? cause an outage

darkened
A current-carrying conductor makes accidental contact switchboard ground
C6 with a wiring conduit. This will be indicated by a ___. detecting lamp

In a three-phase electrical system. Three ground

detecting lamps are provided. If all three lamps REMAIN
at half brilliance when the ground detecting test switch is there are no grounds
C6 operated ___. present

The load is receiving

An autotransformer is equipped with a 50% tap, a 65% minimum voltage
tap and an 80% tap. Which of the following statements is and maximum
C6 true concerning a load connected to 50% tap? current
 AC to DC and control
A silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) is a solid state device relatively high load
C6 used to change_______. current

Silicon diodes which are designed for a specific reverse

breakdown voltage, and are most often used in electronic
C6 power supply voltage regulators, are called________. Zener diodes
A resistor placed in parallel to the output of a power aids in output
C6 supply______. voltage regulation

A device used in an electrical circuit to change alternating

C6 current to direct current, is known as a______. rectifier
Provides DC power
Which of the following statements represents an for a main
C6 application of a silicon controlled rectifier? propulsion motor.

provide
The use of four diodes, in a full -wave bridge rectifier unidirectional
C6 circuit, will_____. current to the load

On AC vessels, which of the following statements

represents the most difficult problem involved in The voltage must be
obtaining a DC potential suitable for use by computer rectified and made
C6 components? ripple free.

You have installed a Zener diode in parallel with a load.

While measuring the voltage across the Zener diode it is
found that it does not change as the current through the is working as it
C6 load increases. This means that the Zener diode_______. should
AC generator are protected against malfunctions due to
C6 prime mover power loss by the use of ____. reverse power relays

The amount of voltage induced in the stator windings of the strength of the
C6 a modern AC generator depend mainly on ____. magnetic field

As load is added to an AC generator provided with lowering frequency

constant field excitation, the prime mover slows down and lowering
C6 with the effect of ___. generated voltage
raise the no-load
The governor control switch of an alternator is moved to speed setting of the
C6 the ‘raise’ position. This action will ___. governor

reduce the load on

C6 When securing an AC generator, you should FIRST ___. the unit
 Regarding and AC generator connected to the main
electrical bus; as the electric load and power factor vary,
a corresponding change is reflected in the generator
armature reaction. These changes in armature reaction
C6 are compensated for by the ____. voltage regulator

One important difference between wye-connected and

delta-connected generators is that delta connections line voltage equal to
C6 have ____. the phase voltage

prevent moisture
from condensing in
The main purpose of an electric space heater installed in the wind rings
C6 a large AC generator is to ____. during shutdown
A DC generator which is used to supply direct current in
order to maintain an AC generator field is commonly
C6 known as a/an ______. exciter

If a shipboard AC generator experiences voltage failure, an open in the rotor

C6 the cause may be due to ____. field circuit

permit higher
voltage for electric
motor operation and
Transformers are used onboard ships with AC generators low voltage for
C6 to _____________. lighting circuits

The frequency meter

While on watch in the engine room, you are setting up to should be used to
parallel alternators. The switchboard has a synchroscope determine that the
and synchronizing lamps. If the synchroscope is broken, incoming alternator
which of the steps listed is the most essential before an frequency is slightly
C6 alternator can be parallel with the bus? higher than the bus

VAR’s will increase

If the field current of a paralleled AC generator is and the power
increased above normal, what will be the net result to factor will be more
C6 the VAR’s and power factor? lagging

When two generators are operating in parallel, what will

first occur if the engine driving generator #1 suddenly Generator #2 will
C6 loses power? motorize
 cause high currents
An AC generator operating in parallel loses its excitation to be induced in the
C6 without tripping the circuit breaker. This will ____. field windings

when the ship’s

generators have
The safest time to close the ship’s main switchboard been de-energized
C6 “shore power” circuit breaker would be ____. from the main bus

Motorization of an AC generator is undesirable because it puts an excessive

C6 ____. load on the bus
A change in field excitation of an alternator operating in
C6 parallel will cause change in its _____. reactive power

An AC generator panel is fitted with two synchronizing

lamps and a synchroscope. When paralleling, if the the generators are
synchroscope pointer is at the noon position and one out of phase and
synchronizing lamp is bright while the other remains one lamp is burned
C6 dark, this indicates that ___. out
Which of the following actions must be carried out prior Increase the
C6 to closing the alternator circuit breaker? alternator voltage

Two AC generators of the same capacity are operating in

parallel. One with zero speed droop setting and the
other with a 5% speed droop. If its capacity is not maintain the
exceeded, the unit whose governor has a zero speed frequency of the
C6 droop setting will ____. system

An alternator is being paralleled with one on the line. At

the INSTANT the circuit breaker is closed, the frequency
C6 of the incoming alternator will normally ____. decrease
124 The specific gravity of the electrolyte solution in a is not effected
lead acid battery ____. during charging

125 A hydrometer is used to measure the ____. water pressure in a

deck pipeline

126 A molded-case breaker provides protection against shading coil

short circuits by using a/an ____.
127 A circuit breaker differs from a fuse in that a circuit melts and must be
breaker ____. replaced

128 You can determine if a circuit breaker has tripped by looking for a
____ burned-out link

129 When the operating handle of a molded-case circuit in the opened

breaker is in the mid-position, the circuit breaker is position
indicated as being ___.
130 The purpose of the automatic bus transfer is to provide over-
____. current protection
to the lighting
distribution panel

131 A shore power circuit breaker should be closed only in a shipyard

___.

132 The part of the shipboard electrical system used to governor relay box
control the distribution of power to the branch
circuits, is the ___.
133 A bus disconnect link is used to isolate ___. different bus
phases form the
equalizer
connection
134 An Ac generator is prevented from becoming back pressure trip[
motorized by the use of a/an ___
135 A generator is prevented from becoming motorized back pressure trip
by the use of a/an ___
136 The operating torque of the disk or timer element in line voltage
an AC reverse power relay is obtained from _____.

137 The timer element of a reverse power relay will the movement if
activate when ___ the disk is damped
by a permanent
magnet

138 A reverse-power relay will prevent AC generator automatically

motorization by ___. speeding up the
prime mover
139 Which of the following devices are protected from Exciters
being motorized by a reverse-power relay?
140 Part of the insulation of practically all electrical plastic
machinery is in the form of organic compounds
which contain some amount of ____.
141 Electrical machinery insulation will break down more frequent megger
rapidly to ___. testing

142 The dielectric constant of dry air or a vacuum is ___. 10

143 Which of the following materials is a good electrical silver

insulator?
144 A ground can be determined as an electrical shunt field
connection between the wiring of a motor and its
____.
145 A grounded switch or cables will be indicated by a infinity
megohmmeter reading of ___.
146 Motor controllers are seldom troubled with grounds the auxiliary
because ___. contacts have a
high resistance
connection

147 When a low input voltage is imparted to a device step-down

which then delivers a high output voltage, the device transformer
is known as a ____.
148 Which of the following statements is true concerning The current to the
step-down transformer operation? primary side is the
same as the
current from the
secondary side
149 Power transformers are rated in _____. kilowatt-volts
150 Relative to the secondary winding of a step-up same number of
transformer, the primary winding will have ____. turns but smaller
wires
151 The function of a step-down potential transformer is voltage and
to reduce the load ____. current

152 Heat sinks are most frequently used with_____. vacuum tubes
153 On a digital numerical display readout, what would 6
be the minimum number of LED segments required
to form and display any digit 0 through 9?

154 The schematic symbol for an operational amplifier in circle

an analog circuit is a______.
155 Which of the following statements correctly applies The collector
to transistors? separates the
emitter and base.

156 A carbon resistor which is color coded as red, violet, 0.2

brown,and silver in bands A thru D respectfully,
would indicate a tolerance of_______.

157 A carbon resistor has a resistance of 50 ohms, and green, black,

a tolerance of 5 percent. What would be the black, and silver.
respective colors indicated for bands A, B, C and D
for this resistor?
158 A carbon resistor has the following color bands; 4700 ohms + or -
Band A is yellow, followed by violet, gold, and silver. 10%
What is the ohmic value of the resistor?
159 What would be the ohmic value of a carbon resistor 42,750 to 47,250
if the color bands A, B, C, and D were yellow, green, ohms
orange, and gold respectively.
160 A carbon resistor operating in electrical equipment decrease its
that is NOT properly cooled will______. reliability factor

161 Germanium semiconductor diodes are commonly potentiometers

used as_______.
162 A cycloconverter (CCV) is a static power converter converts ac power
that_______. to dc power in a dc
propulsion
drivesystem

163 The conversion of constant frequency power into rectifiers and

adjustable frequency power in a modern AC thyristors
propulsion drive system is commonly achieved
through the use of_____.
164 A saturable reactor uses relatively small DC currents low frequency high
to control______. power loads
165 In the flow of one cycle of single phase AC current two time
past any given point in a circuit, the maximum
current peak occurs ____.
166 In an AC circuit, the inductive reactance of a coil frequency of the
varies with the ____. circuit
167 Capacitance in an AC circuit will ____. oppose any
change in circuit
voltage

168 An AC circuit has capacitance arranged in series. If line frequency

the line voltage remains constant, the capacitive
reactance value can be varied by changing the
_____.
169 Decreasing frequency in a capacitive circuit while decrease in total
maintaining a constant circuit voltage, will result in impedance
a/an _____
170 Voltage generated by modern revolving field AC brushes on slip
generators is fed to the bus by means of _____. rings

171 AC and DC generators are similar in that they ____. both operate at 60
cycles

172 The frequency output of an operating alternator is strength of the

controlled by the ____. magnets used
Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

23.2 KW 30.6 KW 37.8 KW 23.2 KW

continuity open circuit a short circuit continuity

a pair of insulated
fuse pullers any insulated object fuse pullers
metal pliers

electromagnets line voltage the main bus electromagnets

a tripped reverse overheating of the a tripped variable a tripped reverse

current relay load inverter frquency converter current relay

act as a backup automatically govern automatically govern automatically hold

brake in the event the lowering speed the hoisting speed of current to the as
the load as soon
the mechanical of the load the load
brake should fail machine is shut off

short the test leads

adjust the meter’s change the meter’s center the meter’s and calibrate the
pointer to mid-scale batteries pointer at infinity meter reading to
‘zero’

the voltage to the

All three phases are there are grounds in dark lamp is less The bulbs are
two of the three
grounded than that of the operating properly
phases system

allow a very high convert direct offer high opposition provide

leakage current from current to to current in two unidirectional current
the load alternating current directions to the load
allow the motor to trip circuit trip circuit prevent the motor
restart automatically contactors when the contactors when the from restarting
on restoration of motor develops a motor overspeeds automatically on
voltage without short circuit due to due to low voltage restoration of voltage
manually resetting. low voltage

alternator power alternator voltages incoming alternator synchroscope is

factors are in phase are equal is running too fast defective or broken

amperage capacitance inductance resistance

An infinite resistance No voltage on the No voltage on the

Overloaded
value on the output of the output of the
secondary coil.
secondary coil. secondary coil. secondary coil.

High megger
an open a short circuit a short circuit
readings

armature will have a static charge of the insulation may be static charge of the
greater number of machine may give a covered with machine may give a
leakage paths false reading moisture false reading

permissible
average temperature difference in the normal temperature
ambient rise above the
average temperature rise due to
temperature of the standard ambient
at any given latitude resistance at 10% motor due to temperature at rated
overload existing weather load
conditions

short circuit the

terminals to make
be equipped with an tag it with a de- gently tap the body sure that the
insulated fuse puller energized tag with a screwdiriver capacitor is
discharged

become overloaded operated at the supply excessive lose its load and tend
same load but with current to the bus
and slow down to overspeed
reduced voltage
 vibrating reed meter
stroboscopic sensing generating a voltage small generator
bimetallic sensing mounted on the
device device proportionate to engine
engine speed

the ammeter in the ammeter in series

both meters in both meters in parallel and the and the voltmeter in
series with the parallel with the voltmeter in series parallel with the
resistance resistance
with the resistance resistance

check the replace the bearing replace the thrust check the bearing
connections to the with a sealed roller bearing of the prime insulating block on
output leads type mover one end of the unit
checking for which examining the
looking for a
of the breakers is all of the above position of the
burned-out link
warm handle
compensator autotransformer primary-resistor across-the-line
starters starters starters starters

electrically produced
magnetic fluxes reactance in the required to desolder
conductor resistance would cause in circuit must be kept components on the
is not a factor accuracies in to a minimum board
adjacent
components

check the supply line

connect the phase connect the motor phase sequence, and
connect the phase indicator to the motor rotation with
and use the ‘jog’
indicator to the motor leads, rotate buttn to determine\ appropriate
supply voltage then the motor by hand the direction of the indicators, then
connect the motor and then connect to connect
rotation
the supply voltage. correspondingly
marked leads

Contactors are made

A relay is series
Contactors control from silver and Contactors can
connected and a
current and relays relays are made handle heavier loads
contactor is parallel
control voltage. from copper. than relays.
connected.
 second
cylindrical spring on conical spring on the electromagnet second bimetal
the contact arm contact arm element

affect main motor

speed if done in
affect generator
decrease in speed conjunction with increase in speed
speed only higher generator
engine speeds

decrease the speed decrease the main decrease the motor notify the bridge that
of the main you will need to slow
generator voltage field current
generator down

de-energize the connect the voltage short the test leads hook the jaws of the
circuit to allow test leads to the instrument around
and calibrate the
connection of the appropriate the insulated
instrument to zero
instrument in series terminals conductor

diode transistor transformer transformer

direct coupling peaking hunting hunting

disconnect the securely cover the keep the battery keep the battery fully
battery battery fully charged charged

electric coupling number of energized prime mover speed prime mover speed
field strength main motor poles

End rings A centrifugal switch Slip rings Slip rings

Fan Pump Machine tool Winch

field windings are power transmission motor has started

slip rings are dirty
grounded cables are grounded properly
the alternator was overspeeding of the the dropping of load the alternator was
operating out of operating out of
vibrating alternator by that alternator
synchronism synchronism

To provide DC power For sensing flame in To eliminate power To provide DC power

for a main an automated for a main propulsion
supply hum.
propulsion motor. burner. motor.

use as a split-phase speed control

speed control voltage control motor

the dielectric
the capacitance of the capacitance of
good insulation absorption effect of the windings
the circuit the insulation

high voltage drop fluctuating steady voltmeter low or zero voltage

reading, while the voltmeter reading, reading, while the drop reading, while
other coil readings while the other coil other coil readings the other coils will
will have an equal or readings are steady are fluctuating have higher readings
lower value

increase speed increase shaft prevent coupling prevent coupling

control torque slippage overheating

increase the output not affect the faulty cause high currents
amperage between cause the slip rings generator due to the to be induced in the
the armature and to melt compensation of the field windings
the bus other generators

increase the voltage allow the voltage to reduce the voltage

provide a backup
for be either stepped up applied to the motor
means of voltage
"across-the-line or down, depending during the starting
regulation for
starting" on the application, period
emergency starting to ensure full torque

increases magnetic reduces magnetic reduces magnetic increases magnetic

pull on the plunger pull on the plunger pull i\on the plunger pull on the plunger
and requires more and requires less and requires more and requires less
current to trip the current to trip the current to trip the current to trip the
relay relay relay relay

being unsteady in being unsteady in

infinity zero
the high range the low range
installing a light bulb coating the switch venting the switch using strip heaters
in the pedestal stand epoxy sealer with
box internals box regularly inside the switch box

remover all main

insulate the field disconnect each disconnect each
line lead
frame from the shunt field coil shunt field coil before
connections before testing
ship’s hull before testing testing

Tendency for the

loss of motor speed tendency for the motor to fall out of tendency for the
regulation motor to overheat motor to overheat
step

electromagnetic
magnetic shield electromagnet electromagnet
domain

buoyancy of the
density of a indicator in the liquid
mass of substance
measured with the between water and substance
difference in volume in water in water with the
density of the same the liquid measured the same subjectofin
with the density buoyancy of the
same indicator in the
substance air liquid being
measured

mechanical dirt or grease on magnetic lock out of chattering contacts

interference in the pole faces the contacts on the control relay
contacts

the motor will the motor will the motor will

more torque will e immediately stop immediately stop continue to run if it is
developed and not be able to and can only be
be restarted restarted at no load not heavily loaded

motor will motor torque will be starting winding will

motor will
immediately stall above normal at
overspeed burn out
under load rated speed

Replacement of a
diode also requires The replacement
Never alter the balancing of the diode must be Be certain that the
diode alignment to rotor with a one- dipped in varnish replacement diode is
cause a change nin piece rotor prior to installation the same polarity as
the neutral place lamination to be to protect against the one removed
shrunk fit and keyed humidity
to the shaft
Normal charging Quick charging High ampere Trickle charging
circuit circuit charging circuit circuit

number of turns of strength of the number of magnetic

wire in the armature magnets used output voltage poles
coil

number of turns of strength of the relative speed of the

wire in the armature magnets used output voltage rotor poles
coil

one field coil to each any suitable ground any field pole to one line terminal to
adjacent field coil in to any available line each field coil lead each coil lead in
turn lead succession

good resistive good capacitive

open short
quality quality

open circuit polarized ground polarized ground short circuit

Sparking at the
Overheating of the Contamination of Rapid corrosion of
winch motor
winch motor. lube oil. switch components.
brushes.

overvoltage release thermal overload current overload thermal acting trip

relay relay

parallel with the parallel with the series with the load series with the load
load and in series load and in parallel and in series with and in parallel with
with the meter with the meter the meter the meter movement
movement movement movement
photoelectric secondary electric cold cathodic thermionic emission
emission emission electric emission

prevent excessive prevent excessive

current from current from
protect against
prevent the motor developing as it is developing as it is
reversal of power in attempting to deliver attempting to deliver
from overspeeding the main circuit its required its required
horsepower horsepower

prime mover speed load on the exciter output exciter output voltage
alternator voltage
Reducer Transformer Transducer Transducer

Resistance is The starting current The motor is started The motor is started
gradually added to is held below the as an induction as an induction
the rotor circuit. rated current. motor. motor.

resistor diode thermopile thermistor

lowering the
rotating brush decreasing raising the generator
generator engine
alignment excitation engine speed
speed

rotor contact with changes in armature electrical damage to excessive bearing

the stator magnetic strength the rotor wear

running the allowing the running the rotor in using a storage

generator at normal generator to run the opposite battery or battery
speed with the field 10% of normal direction for 5 charger to ‘flash’ the
rheostat fully speed for 5 minutes minutes field
counterclockwise

Sealed motors Drip proof motors Enclosed motors Watertight motors

shading coil arc quencher burn away strip electromagnet

short proof ground proof overload proof explosion proof

shorted field coil grounded field coil shunted field coil open field coil

The micro switch at

the generator throttle
Someone pushed The standby
The main air trip vibrated open,
the trip button to generator started
compressor automatically and allowing the main
the 'shore power' suddenly stopped. breaker to open via
breaker. became motorized. the under voltage
trip.

squirrel-cage regenerative braking synchronous motor wound-rotor

induction motor motor induction motor
 The solder needs to The foil wire may
The circuit board be kept to a dull The circuit board will become loose and
material may heat dissipating blister and warp. separate from the
become brittle. finish circuit board.

the incoming the generators are in the generator the generators are
generator voltage is phase but one lamp breaker may be out of phase and one
too low is burned out closed lamp is burned out

The iron core must secondary leads The transformer

The iron core of the be grounded to 10 must be grounded connections must be
transformer must be minutes to remove for 10 minutes to made same as before
flashed to pre- any residual remove static with regard to the
magnetize it magnetism charges indicated polarity

The test reading

The lead clips should The test reading
should be added to should be The batteries should
be replaced subtracted from be replaced
each final reading each final reading

The complete
The maximum nameplate data The temperature of
allowable operating The normal from the resistance the machine at the
temperature of the the machine rise of
temperature test instrument used time the resistance
machine to obtain the reading was taken
reading

Nothing will happen;

The motor will The load suspended the winch will The brake will be set
overspeed and burn from the cargo continue to operate by spring force.
up. boom will fall. as usual.

The variables in
digital systems are
Analog devices are Operations in a
There are no basic fixed quantities and
superior in accuracy digital device are
differences between the variables in
compared to digital performed
the two systems. analog systems are
devices. simultaneously. continuous
quantities.

three cells four cells twelve cells six cells

 whenever a low
for AC
to prevent excess impedance meter is so as not to load
current flow through measurements only not available, down the circuit and
and a low resistance
the meter that regardless of the obtain erroneous
meter for DC
would damage it components being voltage readings
measurements tested.

trip out the generator

trip out the breaker trip out generators trip out generators
when there is
if the generator when there is in the event of insufficient voltage
overspeeds by 5% reversal of power in severe arcing or being delivered to
but continues to run the main circuit sparking distribution circuits

Excessive vibration Overheated crosstie Closed contact in the Excessive vibration of

of the vessel busses field circuits the vessel

electromotive force inductive force dietetic force electromotive force

permissible
difference in the
normal temperature ambient normal temperature
rise above the average temperature temperature of the rise above the
standard ambient rise due to motor due to standard ambient
temperature at rated resistance at 10% existing weather temperature at rated
load overload conditions load

high permanence high flux density high ductility high permanence

ohms mhos farads henrys

phase angel wave form half mode frequency

reactance total reactance resonance impedance

opposes any charge aids any changes in opposes any charge

in the applied aids any changes in the current through in the current flow
voltage the applied voltage the circuit through the circuit
 provide transformer
secondary winding
provide inductive over-current provide capacitance remotely open and
power of a circuit protection to a circuit close contacts

overlap sensors differential relays analog relays limit switches

bleeder resistor bridge variable shunt strip rheostat

open a circuit only in provide overcurrent

the event of protection during relay voltages at remotely open and
overload starting increased power close contacts

amplifier diode capacitor circuit breaker

changes in the the type of core the construction of variations in the load
inductance material the core capacities
inductive resistance
in the control IR drop throughout
winding the load winding all of the above core hysteresis losses
decrease the
act as a permanent average value of the filter out 'ripple' from
prevent overloads load output voltage rectification

II only Both I and II Neither I nor II I only

Reducer Transformer Rectifier Transducer

Capacitive reactance Inductive reactance Resistivity will Conductivity will

will decrease will decrease increase increase

monitoring signal inverse signal reverse signal feedback signal

Ambient Ambient Increased ambient
temperature should temperature is not A reduced ambient temperature
be as high as significant as long as temperature causes decreases the service
possible to drive off the relative humidity a corresponding life of electronic
moisture. is kept low. reduced service life. components.

line droop IR drop hysteresis line loss

copper loss eddy-current loss capacitive reaction hysteresis loss

adding rubber
insulation increasing the
conductors to the using higher current number of thermal using higher voltage
circuit and lower voltage relays in the circuit and lower current

half the resistance at least ten times

value of the other the resistance of the a resistance equal to
resistor other a partial short circuit the other
capacitive and
inductive reactance material and reactance and material and
and insulation insulation material temperature

inversely as the inversely as its

length and directly directly as its length length and inversely directly as its length
as it cross-sectional and directly as its as its cross-sectional and inversely as its
area cross-sectional area area cross-sectional area

reduce the number

reduce the overall of supports needed A. obtain the
weight of the wire for a horizontal flexibility required for
run overhead run all of the above easy handling

parallel and as close at right angles and parallel to and as far at right angles and as
as possible to each as close as possible as practicable from far as practicable
other to each other each other from each other

deliver a large
need fewer cells in amount of power deliver a large
connected series and can be amount of power and
and less mounting recharged in a can be recharged in a
space shorter time all of the above shorter time
put out higher can remain idle and can remain idle and
voltages and require keep a full charge for keep a full charge for
no maintenance a long time all of them above a long time

density of a buoyancy of the

substance in water indicator in the mass of substance buoyancy of the
with the density of liquid being measured with the indicator in the liquid
the same substance measured as density of the same being measured as
in air compared to water substance compared to water

overvoltage release reverse current relay low voltage relay thermal acting trip

trip out the generator

trip out generators trip out generators trip out the breaker when there is
in the event of when there is if the generator insufficient voltage
severe arcing or reversal of power in overspeeds by 5% being delivered to
sparking the main circuit but continues to run distribution circuits

The thermal
element must be
The breaker handle replaced after an
will lock in the overload trip has
The breaker handle tripped position occurred before it The breaker will trip
will lock in the OFF until the thermal can be restored into again if immediately
position element cools down service reset

reduces magnetic reduces magnetic increases magnetic increases magnetic

pull i\on the plunger pull on the plunger pull on the plunger pull on the plunger
and requires more and requires less and requires more and requires less
current to trip the current to trip the current to trip the current to trip the
relay relay relay relay
examining the
checking for the looking for a looking for the position of the
warm breaker burned-out link tripped breaker light handle

designing the an inverse timed instantaneous

contacts to open thermal trip for magnetic trip for directing the arc into
slowly short circuit currents over load currents an arc chute

Induction voltage Current transformer

Ohmmeter regulator governor Frequency meter
I only I & II II & III I, II & III
a separate battery
line voltage the main bus electromagnets source

a separate battery
the main bus source line voltage electromagnets

the movement of
the disk is the power flow is the power flow is the
one generator is dampened by a the opposite to the same as the tripping
fully motorized permanent magnet tripping direction direction

steady in the high unsteady in the low

infinity range range zero

shock mounts on
cabinet heaters special insulation is controller panels ontactors and relays
always keep internal used on wire for greatly reduce are mounted on non-
components dry vital circuits vibration conducting panels

is of no is indicated by the
cannot be detected consequence to is indicated at the ground detecting
under normal engineering branch circuit lamps on the main
conditions personnel breaker panel switchboard

Accidental contact
Double ground faults between one line Accidental contact
on different phases Ground detection and ground will between one line and
will not cause an systems are always cause an ground does not
outage unnecessary outage cause an outage

darkened darkened
low switchboard high switchboard switchboard switchboard ground
wattmeter reading wattmeter reading synchronizing lamps detecting lamp

there is a short
ground on all three the switch must be the light bulbs are there are no grounds
phases replaced improper voltage present

The load is receiving The load is receiving The load is receiving

minimum voltage maximum voltage maximum voltage The load is receiving
and minimum and minimum and maximum minimum voltage and
current current current maximum current
DC to AC and control DC to AC and control AC to DC and control AC to DC and control
relatively low load relatively high load relatively low load relatively high load
current current current current

compensating
tunnel diodes hot -carrier diodes diodes Zener diodes
is a temperature corrects power prevents excessive aids in output voltage
compensator factor currents regulation

current transformer condenser shunt rectifier

Used in photo cell Provides DC power
Used as a voltage sensor circuits for Used to eliminate AC for a main propulsion
reference diode. boiler burners. power supply hum. motor.

allow a very high convert direct offer high opposition provide

leakage current from current to to current in two unidirectional current
the load alternating current directions to the load

A stepdown Vessel vibrations Rectifiers cannot The voltage must be

transformer is affect the voltage operate with voltage rectified and made
always required. source. regulators. ripple free.

does not regulate as is working as it

is shorted is open it should should
main bus disconnect a separate battery reverse current
links backup relays reverse power relays
the number of slip
the number of fields rings connected to the strength of the
poles energized the commutator all of the above magnetic field

Increasing frequency Increasing frequency lowering frequency lowering frequency

and increasing and lowering and increasing and lowering
generated voltage generated voltage generated voltage generated voltage
lower the no-load lower the raise the no-load
raise the percentage speed setting of the percentage of speed speed setting of the
of speed droop governor droop governor
A. open the switch the voltage decrease the field
generator circuit regulator to excitation to reduce the load on
breaker ‘manual’ minimum the unit
governor speed
droop setting balance coil phase-balance relay voltage regulator

line voltages equal

to the vector sum of phase voltage 90º line current equal to line voltage equal to
the phase voltages out of sync the phase current the phase voltage

prevent moisture
prevent the keep the lube oil from condensing in
windings from prevent acidic pitting warm for quick the wind rings during
becoming brittle of the slip rings starting shutdown

rotor stator armature exciter

the brushes shifting
out of the neutral excessive locked- an open in the rotor
plane rotor current a rotating slip ring field circuit

increase power decrease power permit higher voltage

output to output to for electric motor
modulating modulating operation and low
frequency frequency voltage for lighting
change frequency controllers controllers circuits

A portable phase The frequency meter

The breaker should sequence indicator should be used to
be closed when The breaker should must be used to determine that the
open synchronizing be closed when both verify the incoming alternator
lamp is dark and the synchronizing lamps information form frequency is slightly
other is bright are bright the lamps higher than the bus

VAR’s will increase VAR’s will decrease VAR’s will decrease

and the power and the power and the power VAR’s will increase
factor will be more factor will be more factor will be more and the power factor
leading lagging leading will be more lagging

Generator #1 circuit Generator #1 circuit Generator #2 engine

breaker will trip on breaker will trip on will automatically Generator #2 will
overload reverse power shut down motorize
not affect the faulty increase the output
generator due to the amperage between cause high currents
compensation of the cause the slip rings the armature and to be induced in the
other generators to melt the bus field windings

only after the ship’s when the ship’s

generator have been generators have been
directly paralleled to at any time in a if a quick disconnect de-energized from
those on shore shipyard coupling is used the main bus

the generator will be high voltage pulses

damaged when it may damage the it puts an excessive
reverses its rotation commutator all of the above load on the bus

alternator frequency phase sequence active power reactive power

the incoming the generators are in the generator the generators are
generator voltage is phase but one lamp breaker may be out of phase and one
too low is burned out closed lamp is burned out
Decrease the line increase the line Decrease the line Increase the
voltage voltage frequency alternator voltage

maintain the
assume the smaller have poor sensitivity frequency of the
share of the load characteristics have poor response system

increase not change be exactly 60 hertz decrease

gives an indication remains the same would read close gives an indication
of the state of during discharge to 1.830 when of the state of
charge of the discharged charge of the
battery battery
specific gravity of a amount of potable power developed specific gravity of a
battery electrolyte water a vessel is by a salt water battery electrolyte
taking on service pump

electromagnet arc quencher burn away strip electromagnet

trip to break the is enclosed in a gives no indication trip to break the
circuit and may be tube of insulating of having opened circuit and may be
reset. material with metal the circuit reset.
ferrules at each
end
checking for which examining the checking if it is hot examining the
of the breakers is position of the position of the
warm handle handle
in the closed tripped reset tripped
position

Step-down voltage provide energize the provide emergency

to the lighting emergency power emergency power to the
distribution panel to the lighting switchboard from lighting distribution
distribution panel the main panel
switchboard
If a quick
disconnect
coupling is used
bridge control disconnect links main switchboard main switchboard
panel

one bus bar from positive and the generator the generator circuit
the ground negative buses circuit breaker breaker from the
detection system from the neutral from the bus bus

overspeed trip governor controls reverse power reverse power relay

relay
overspeed trip governor controls reverse power reverse power relay
relay
the main bus a separate battery electromagnets electromagnets
source

the power flow is the power flow is the load difference the power flow is
the opposite to the the same as the generators is more the same as the
tripping direction tripping direction than 10 percent tripping direction

automatically tripping the tripping the panel tripping the

redirecting the generator circuit board main switch generator circuit
load breaker breaker
Wave guides Alternators Amplidynes Alternators
asbestos water fibre water

low loading of high temperatures high operating high temperatures

motors and and vibration frequencies and vibration
generators
1 100 1000 1

wood copper gold wood

metal framework circuit beaker interpole metal framework

zero being unsteady in being unsteady in zero

the low range the high range
the contactor and these are separate the resistor banks the contactor and
relays are switches for the are composed of relays are mounted
mounted on a non- motor and the individual series on a non-
conducting panel control connected units conducting panel

primary secondary step-up step-up transformer

transformer transformer transformer

The resistance on The voltage to the The voltage to the The voltage to the
the primary side is primary side is the primary side is primary side is
lower than the same as the greater than the greater than the
secondary side voltage from the voltage from the voltage from the
secondary side secondary side secondary side
kilowatt-amps ampere-turns kilovoltamperes kilovoltamperes
more turns twice as many fewer turns fewer turns
turns

voltage and power current and voltage and

increase line increase line increase line circuit
circuit voltage
power transistors LEDs LCDs power transistors
7 9 8 7

triangle square trapezoid triangle

LED and LCD are The three The emitter The three terminals
the two basic types terminals are separates the base are called the
of transistors. called the emitter, and collector. emitter, base, and
base, and collector.
collector.
0.01 0.05 0.1 0.05

gray, black, brown, green, black, gray, black, brown, green, black, black,
and silver. black, and gold. and gold. and gold.

47 ohms + or - 5% 4.7 ohms + or - 4.7 K ohms + or - 4.7 ohms + or -

10% 5% 10%

42.75 to 47.25 4,275 to 4,725 427,500 to 42,750 to 47,250

ohms ohms 472,500 ohms ohms

change its value increase its always operate at decrease its

inversely reliability factor the same ohmic reliability factor
proportional to the value
amount of heat
generated and
time in service

rectifiers photocells power sources rectifiers

provides converts dc power provides constant provides adjustable

adjustable to ac power in an frequency output frequency to power
frequency to power ac propulsion power to an an ac propulsion
an ac propulsion motor acpropulsion drive drive motor
drive motor motor

transformers and potentiometers rheostats and rectifiers and

resistors and diodes resistors thyristors

high frequency low low frequency low high frequency low frequency high
power loads power loads high power loads power loads
one time four times three time two time

resistance of the current of the voltage of the frequency of the

circuit circuit circuit circuit
stop current flow allow current flow rectify the current oppose any change
once the capacitor in only one in circuit voltage
is fully charged direction

resistance number of number of line frequency

commulating poles interpoles

increase in decrease in circuit decrease in decrease in circuit

apparent power current capacitive current
reactance
brushed on a direct connections slip rings on a direct connections
commutator from the stator commutator from the stator

both rectify the both initially both supply three- both initially
voltage before generates phase power generates
delivery alternating alternating voltages
voltages
number of turns of relative speed of output voltage relative speed of
wire in the the rotor poles the rotor poles
armature coil
Com Question Choice A

A full-wave rectifier has one diode burned out in an

open condition, what will be the output Zero
characteristic of the device?
C7

A molded-case breaker provides protection against shading coil

short circuits by using a/an_______.
C7

A solid-state circuit is inoperative; the first action that wiggle all the
components to check
should be taken is to_______. for loose connections
C7

As a general rule, the first troubleshooting action to draw a one line

be taken in checking faulty electric control devices is diagram of the
to______ . circuitry
C7

Controller contacts should be routinely cleaned blowing with

by______. compressed air
C7

Heat sinks are frequently used with____ . vacuum tubes

C7
In an impressed current cathodic protection system, connected to the hull
the anode is_______ but does not waste
. away
C7

In order to check the performance of a transistor

removed from its circuit, the instrument to be used impedance meter
should be a/an_____.
C7

Most three-phase induction motors of five (5) autotransformer

horsepower or less, are started by_______. starters
C7
 The charge of a lead-acid battery can be restored adding acid to the
by________. electrolyte
C7
The charging of lead-acid storage batteries will
always result in_________. the danger of lead
. poisoning
C7

The division of kilowatt load between two paralleled amount of field

excitation to the
alternators is determined by the______ . lagging machine
C7

The electrolyte in a lead-acid storage battery consists

of distilled calcium chloride
water and ___________
C7
Third color band on a resistor is used to indicate
the_______. first significant figure
of the resistance
C7
To determine if a stator coil is grounded, you should
use a/an _______. ground detection
. lamp
C7
Output currents
What precaution should be taken with a vessel's should be carefully
impressed current cathodic protection system after a monitored to assure
drydocking period during which the hull has been operation at nearly
painted? 100 % capacity for
C7 proper curing
When a megohmmeter is being used to test
insulation
resistance, current leakage along the surface of the dipping toward zero
insulation is indicated by the megohmmeter's pointer then raising slowly
______ .
C7

When testing a capacitor with an analog type there is no meter

ohmmeter, a good capacitor will be indicated deflection
by________.
C7
reheat the circuit in an
When troubleshooting an electronic circuit, a cold oven to an even
solder joint can be located with the aid of an temperature and
ohmmeter. Once the problem has been located, you recheck with an
should______.
C7 ohmmeter
 When troubleshooting electronic equipment, the
first step to be taken before testing the circuit voltage remove the suspected
component
is to_____.
C7
for AC measurements
When troubleshooting electronic equipment, you only and a low
should use a high impedance multimeter ________. resistance meter for
DC measurements
C7

When troubleshooting most electronic circuits, "loading effect" sensitivity of more than
can be minimized by using a voltmeter with a/an________ 1000 volts/ohm

C7
Disconnect the brush
Which of the following precautions should you take pigtails from their contacts
when securing propulsion generators and motors for and discharge carbon
an extended period of time? dioxide into the units to
keep them dry.
C7

Which of the listed items will stop a motor due to a

reduction in voltage and restart it when the voltage is Renewable link fuse
restored to normal?
C7
Resistor's circuit must be
While troubleshooting a circuit in an engine room central de-energized and at
control console, a resistor is suspected of being faulty. Which of least one end of the
the following precautions must be observed if an ohmmeter is component isolated.
to be used to check its value?
C7
While troubleshooting a circuit in an engine room central Resistor's circuit must be
control console, a resistor is suspected of being faulty. Which of de-energized and at
the following precautions must be observed if an ohmmeter is least one end of the
to be used to check its value? component isolated

C7

Why is it a poor practice to use a high wattage The circuit board will
soldering iron when soldering or desoldering blister and warp.
components on a printed circuit board?
C7

Press the brushes against

Which of the following statements represents the the slip ring with a
C7 FIRSTstep in seating new brushes on slip rings? woodblock.

replace all bearings

Before reassembling any machinery, you regardless of length of
C7 should______. service
 Periodic testing by a shoreside support technician
using a special camera which can detect potentially
dangerous loose or corroded bus bar and controller
C7 connections is termed_______. visual pyrotronics

suspended by wire
To protect the rotor of a motor disassembled for slings in one corner of
C7 maintenance or overhaul, it should be______. the shop

When removing ball or roller bearings from the shaft

C7 of a motor, you should use a______. wheel puller

Complete maintenance of electrical motors should

C7 include periodic checks for machine_____. vibration

disconnecting coil ends,

insulating each, and short
Temporary repairs to an open DC propulsion circuiting the two
C7 armature coil can be made by_____. commutator bars

If a small electric motor is immersed in salt water it

should be_____. I. washed in fresh water II. dried in
C7 an oven both I and II

Rubber insulation
Which of the following statements best describes the coated with a layer of
C7 material known as varnished cambric? tin.

flashed with direct

The windings of electric generators during short idle current to remove any
C7 periods should be_____. residual magnetism

Electrical leads and insulation on a motor should be heat -resisting

C7 painted with______. aluminum

Which of the listed procedures should be carried out

to prevent moisture damage to electrical apparatus Strap silica gel around
C7 during extended periods of idleness? the commutator.
 Space heaters should
Which of the following procedures should be used to be used to prevent
maintain a large electric motor during periods of condensation of
C7 inactivity? moisture.

Which of the listed precautions should be taken when cleaning

the internals of a motor with compressed air? I. Open the
machine on both ends so as to allow the air and dust to escape
II. Be certain that the circuit breaker is opened and tagged on
the feeder panel III. Be certain that the air is clean and as dry as
C7 possible I, II & III

Which of the listed precautions should be observed Disconnect the motor

before spraying liquid solvent on the insulation of an from the power
C7 electric motor? source.

Delicate parts should be

cleaned with a brush and
Which of the following statements is true concerning an approved safety
C7 the cleaning of electrical contacts? solvent.

Which of the following methods should be used to Sanding with 0000

C7 dress the face of silver-plated contacts? sandpaper

apply tape to the

The proper way to apply plastic electrical tape to an braided cover, but
C7 electric cable splice is to______. avoid touching it

maintain a relatively
constant temperature
Thermal strip heaters are provided in DC main in the motor
C7 propulsion motors to______. enclosure

Air gap readings should be taken on electrical

generation machinery periodically to ___. I.
determine the need for cleaning II. check the
C7 condition of the bearings I only

Air gap readings should be periodically taken for

electrical generation equipment. The best tool to use cloth (non-metallic)
C7 to take these measurements is a ____. tape measure

Which of the following statements concerning the When necessary, they

maintenance of solid-silver Contacts in relay and should always be dressed
C7 auxiliary control circuits is correct? with a wire wheel
 The best tool to use to remove bearing from the shaft
C7 of a motor would be a ___. wheel puller

If a small motor has been immersed in salt water, it

should be ___. I. Thoroughly rinsed in fresh water
and completely dried II. Initially started with reduced
C7 voltage both I and II

The air gap provided an induction motor should be

checked periodically with a feeler gage to detect any increase in rotor
C7 ____. bearing wear

Two contributors of electronic console failures are periodic changing or

cleaning of console
heat and vibration. To combine some of their effect, ventilation and control
preventive maintenance procedures should include room air conditioning
C7 ____. filters

The brushed should be

If an alternator is to be inactive for a considerable lifted off the slip rings to
period of time, which of the following action should prevent pitting of the
C7 be taken? metal by electrolytic action

Which of the following materials is recommended for

C7 finishing the slip rings after grinding or turning? crocus cloth

To effectively clean a commutator in good physical

C7 condition, you should use ___. a canvas wiper

the paint dust is composed

The removal of paint from electrical equipment such of abrasive and semi-
as generators, should be cautiously undertaken conducting materials
C7 because ____. which impair insulation

determine the
Air gap readings should be taken periodically on condition of the
C7 electrical generation equipment to ___. bearings

Air gap readings for electrical generating equipment

should be taken periodically to ___. I. determine the
condition of the bearings II. prevent damage to the
C7 rotor and stator both I and II
 A tubular fuse should always be removed from a fuse a pair of insulated
C7 panel with ___. metal pliers

The three line connections

Which of the following actions must be carried out in the motor terminal box
before a voltage tester can be used to test the three must be disconnected and
C7 line fuses to a three-phase motor? tagged

place the leads across

To check the three line fuses of three-phase system the ‘hot’ ends of the
C7 consisting of a three-phase motor, you must ____. fuses

Four lamps are connected in parallel in a single

circuit. If one of the lamp burns out, the others will burn with their
C7 _____. original intensities

When shipboard electrical distribution circuits are decrease, causing an

connected in parallel, additional parallel circuits will increase in the line
C7 cause the total circuit resistance to ____. current
If you disconnect and arrange both ends of a three conductor
cable, without any contact between the individual conductors.
A low ohmic value between the ends of a single conductor
would indicate _____.
continuity of the
C7 conductor
With both ends of a three conductor cable disconnected and
arranged without the conductors touching each other, an
ohmmeter reading of 'zero' ohms between the ends of one
conductor would indicate _____________.

C7 continuity

A common type of protective covering used on

C7 electrical conductors is _____. rubber or plastic

A common type of protective covering used on

C7 electrical conductors is _____________. babbitt sheathing

Which of the following characteristics is most critical

in determining the size of the cable to used in a inductance per unit
C7 particular circuit? length
 It creates a larger
When a replacing a fuse with one of a higher rating voltage drop in the
C7 than the original, which of the following is true? circuit being protected

A fuse the blows often should be replaced only with lower current and
C7 a fuse of ___. higher voltage rating
Fuses of 10 ampere
rating and less are
virtually harmless
Which of the following precautions should be taken when energized and
C7 when a blow fuse, rated at 10 amperes, is replaced? may be handled freely

When mixing electrolyte, which if the following Add the acid to the
C7 precautions should always be observed? water

When the electrolyte level of a lead-acid storage

battery has decreased due to normal evaporation,
C7 the level should be reestablished by adding _____. distilled water only

From the standpoint of safety, you should never The resulting gas is
allow salt water to enter a lead-acid storage battery respiratory irritant
C7 or come in contact with sulfuric acid because ____. that can be fatal

When a battery is continuously exposed to low

temperatures, the best procedure to keep it from keep the battery fully
C7 freezing is to _____. charged

Which of the substances listed be applied to battery

C7 terminals to help prevent corrosion? Petroleum jelly

keeping connections
light and casing
C7 Proper storage battery maintenance includes ____. surface clean

making certain
Maintenance of alkaline batteries should connections are tight
C7 include_____. and clean
 flushing with large
amounts of fresh water
and seeking medical
First aid treatment for battery acid or alkali burns, attention ashore or by
C7 especially in the eyes, includes _____. radio

the temperature of the

When charging a 100 amp-hour lead-acid battery electrolyte should not be
C7 ____. allowed to exceed 90

add distilled water to

When a nickel-cadmium battery begins gassing while each cell to increase
connected to the battery charging circuit, you the specific gravity of
C7 should____. the electrolyte

Which of the listed battery charging circuits is used to

maintain a wet-cell, lead-acid, storage battery in a Normal charging
C7 fully charged state during long periods of disuse? circuit

A lead-acid battery is considered fully charged when electrolyte gasses

C7 the ____. freely

Caution must be exercised during the charging of the acid will become
C7 lead-acid storage batteries as ____. weaker

When charging lead-acid batteries, you should prevent excessive

reduce the charging rate as the battery nears its full gassing and
C7 charge capacity to ____. overheating

When charging lead-acid batteries the charging rate

should be reduced as the battery nears its full charge prevent damaging
C7 to ____. battery plates

When a lead-acid battery begins gassing freely while

C7 receiving a normal charge, the charging should ____ be decreased

Which of the following problems is indicated if lead- An excessive charging rate

acid battery begins to gas violently when it is first is being applied to the
C7 placed on charge? battery
 If violent gassing occurs when a lead-acid storage charging rate is too
C7 battery is first placed on charge, the ____. high

Under normal conditions, storage batteries used for

starting the emergency diesel generator are
maintained in a charged state by which of the
C7 following methods ? Equalizing charge

Regarding battery charging rooms, ventilation should horizontally near the

C7 be provided __________. batteries

During the charging process of storage batteries, the

charging rooms should be well ventilated because highly poisonous
C7 _____. gases are released

visually inspecting the

When trouble shooting a lead-acid storage battery, a electrolyte levels of
C7 weak or dead cell is best detected by ____. each cell

The most accurate

hydrometer reading is
Which of the following statements concerning the obtained immediately
C7 specific gravity of a battery electrolyte is true? after water is added

buoyancy of the indicator

in the liquid in water with
the buoyancy of the same
A hydrometer measures specific gravity by comparing indicator in the liquid
C7 the ____. being measured
Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

Half-wave rectified Full-wave rectified Equal to the AC input Half-wave rectified

electromagnet arc quencher holding coil electromagnet

check the DC supply check all the resistors change all transistors check the DC supply
voltage voltage

test all fuses and the apparatus test all fuses and
measure the line take megger readings insulate measure the line
from ground
voltage voltage

wiping with a clean filing with a bastard dressing with crocus wiping with a clean
dry cloth file cloth dry cloth

power transistors tunnel rectifier diodes magnet power transistors

connected to the hull insulated from the hull insulated from the hull insulated from the hull
and does not waste but deteriorates with and does not waste
and deteriorates with away. time away.
time

voltmeter or transistor ohmmeter or sensitive ohmmeter or

tester transistor tester potentiometer transistor tester

across-the-line across-the-line
reactor starters resistor starters
starters starters
passing an alternating passing a direct by adding water to the passing a direct
electric current electric current electric current
electrolyte
through the cell through the cell through the cell

a dangerously a dangerously
increased level of
dangerous acid burns explosive gas being explosive gas being
electrolye
liberated liberated

amount of field load-speed number of field poles load-speed

excitation to the characteristics of the characteristics of the
per alternator
leading machine governors governors

muriatic acid
hydrogen chloride sulfuric acid sulfuric acid

number of zeros number of zeros

following the first two second significant
tolerance of the following the first two
significant figures in resistancethe
figure of
resistor significant figures in
the resistance value the resistance value

ammeter megger magneto megger

A slight (10-15%) Reference cell voltages The unit should

The unit should
overcurrent to the should be maintained remain off for the
remain off for the
anodes should be at half the normal
specified amount of specified amount of
allowed in order to range for
time so as not to time so as not to
speed drying. approximately 48
disturb curing. disturb curing.
hours.
fluctuating around a kicking slightly down continually rising as kicking slightly down
constant resistance scale as voltage is test voltage is applied applied voltage is
scale as
reading applied

the meter deflects to a the meter deflects to a the meter deflects to a

low resistance value low resistance value the meter deflects to a low resistance value
and increases rapidly and slowly increases low resistance value and slowly increases
to a higher value, but towards infinity and remains there towards infinity
stays fairly low
reheat connection reheat the connection reheat connection
do nothing as this is with a soldering tool with a match and with a soldering tool
the normal condition and recheck with an recheck with an and recheck with an
ohmmeter ohmmeter ohmmeter
 check the voltage check the voltage
set the meter to the supply from the power check the current flow supply from the power
lowest range through the circuit
source source
whenever a low
to prevent excess so as not to load down impedance meter is so as not to load down
current flow through the circuit and obtain not available, the circuit and obtain
the meter that would erroneous voltage regardless of the erroneous voltage
damage it readings components being readings
tested
input impedance much input impedance
input impedance much much greater than the
less than the impedance sensitivity of less than greater than the
across which the voltage 1000 ohms/volt impedance across which impedance across
the voltage is being which the voltage is
is being measured measured being measured
Lift the brushes from
Lift the brushes from commutator collector
Lift the brushes from Disconnect the brush
commutator collector rings pigtails from their contacts commutator collector rings rings and use the
and circulate cool dry air and circulate air through and use the built-in heater
to prevent moisture built-in heater to
through the units the units. prevent moisture
accumulation
accumulation

Low voltage Non-renewable link Low voltage release Low voltage release
protection circuit fuse circuit circuit

Resistor's circuit must

Correct polarity must be Meter leads must not be The meter case must be be de-energized and
observed because reverse twisted so as to cancel out grounded prior to at
bias will damage the the individual magnetic attaching the leads least one end of the
component. fields. component isolated.
The meter case must be Correct polarity must be Meter leads must not be Resistor's circuit must
grounded prior to observed because reverse twisted so as to cancel out be de-energized and
attaching the leads. bias will damage the the individual magnetic
component. fields. at
least one end of the
component isolated

The foil wire bonded The circuit board has a The solder is kept to a The foil wire bonded
to the board may to the board may
low melting dull heat dissipating come loosened
come loosened from from
temperature. finish.
the board the board
Lay sandpaper
between the brush
Lay sandpaper between and the slip ring and
the brush and the slip ring
and slide the sandpaper Increase brush pressure Apply seating compound slide the sandpaper
back and forth under the and run at no load for 3 to under the brushes and run back and forth under
brush. 4hours. atno load for 2 hours. the brush.

clean any corroded apply a heavy coat of clean any corroded

surfaces and file all oil to all mating coat all parts with surfaces and file all
burrs smooth surfaces alemite grease burrs smooth
heat sensitive heat sensitive
thermography corrosion electrolysis electric vibroanalysis thermography

returned to the frame

supported by two "V" stowed upright on its as soon as the supported by two "V"
notched wood blocks shaft bearings are removed notched wood blocks

rawhide hammer brass mallet soft iron pry bar wheel puller

watertight integrity speed droop reactive power vibration

disconnecting coil
ends, insulating each,
connecting the coil ends grounding the coil ends and short circuiting
directly to a pair of and short circuiting the removing the sparking the two commutator
negative brushes commutator bar brushes bars

II only I only neither I or II I only

Paper impregnated with

mineral oil, specially
Cotton cloth coated wrapped with nonmetallic Cotton cloth coated
Felted asbestos sealed with insulating tape, and coated with with insulating
with varnish. varnish. varnish. varnish.

relieved of all
allowed to cool slowly capacitive charge by
to ambient kept warm by using grounding the kept warm by using
temperatures strip or space heaters conductors strip or space heaters

heat -resisting acrylic insulating varnish insulating white lead insulating varnish

Fill the motor housing Cover the equipment

with CO2 to inert the Place heat lamps in with a canvas Place heat lamps in
space. the motor housings. tarpaulin. the motor housings.
A thin layer of air Compressed air should Space heaters should
-drying varnish should be blown over areas Spraying a solvent be used to prevent
be applied on the where dust is periodically to remove condensation of
windings. deposited. carbon dust. moisture.

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

Disconnect the motor

Slow the motor down Secure all ventilation Preheat the insulation from the power
to low speed. in the area. to assist in cleaning. source.
Delicate parts should
The contact surfaces be cleaned with a
Compressed air should Magnetic brushes should be greased to brush and an
be used to blow out should be used to increase contact approved safety
metallic dust. remove metallic dust. resistance. solvent.

All of the above are Sanding with 0000

Filing Burnishing correct. sandpaper

wind the tape so that apply the tape in one heat the tape with a wind the tape so that
each turn overlaps the non -overlapping layer soldering iron for good each turn overlaps the
turn before it only bonding turn before it

provide an additional
prevent moisture prevent the rotor from means of starting prevent moisture
buildup in windings warping resistance buildup in windings

both I and II II only neither I nor II both I and II

tapered, long blade tapered, long blade

gage
They should be filed with a
fine-cut file when
projections extend beyond
the contact surface
dial indicator inside micrometer gage
They should be filed
When black silver oxide is with a fine-cut file
present. It should always
be removed from the When necessary, they when projections
contact surface with coarse should be spray painted extend beyond the
sandpaper with electrical shellac contact surface
rawhide hammer brass mallet wooden mallet wheel puller

I only II only neither I nor II both I and II

any decrease in motor an increase in increase in apparent any increase in rotor

magnetizing current hysteresis loss power factor bearing wear
periodic changing or
cleaning of console
systematic rotation of
circuit cards with those ventilation and control
from spares to allow daily inspection of console room air conditioning
component cooling foundation bolts all of the above filters
The brushed should
Insulation resistance be lifted off the slip
It should be disconnected readings should be taken The windings and collector
from the prime mover and weekly to ensure rings should be protected rings to prevent pitting
raised off its bearing resistance is not with a thin coat of grease of the metal by
supports deteriorating or oil electrolytic action

grade 00 sandpaper canvas wiper smooth file crocus cloth

trichloride ethylene kerosene a commutator stone a canvas wiper

the paint dust is
phase windings frequently composed of abrasive
the mechanical shock of become isolated from each
paint removal lessens the paint dust build up has a other due to dust and semi-conducting
di-electric strength of the tendency to cause interference at the materials which impair
insulation corrosion
provide for the correct terminals insulation
proper tightening of
determine the amount the field coil bolts and
of varnish that can be correct lateral determine the
applied to correct adjustment of the increase machine condition of the
insulation problems field coils efficiency bearings

I only II only neither I nor II both I and II

a screwdriver fuse pullers any insulated object fuse pullers

The starter must be

The starter must be placed Nothing need to be done placed in the STOP
The fuses must be in the STOP position to as long as the motor is position to stop the
removed from the circuit stop the motor running under a light load motor

make sure the motor make sure the motor

is operating at full load place the leads across is operating at full load
place the starter in the to guard against a the bottom ends of to guard against a
‘stop’ position false reading the fuses false reading

burn with their

all go out become dimmer become brighter original intensities

increase, causing a increase, causing a decrease, causing an decrease, causing an

drop in the line decrease in the line increase in the line increase in the line
current voltage voltage current

the presence of a that the conductor is continuity of the

an infinite resistance partial ground not circuit conductor

the resistance is
a partial ground infinite a short circuit continuity

plain paper silver sheathing Babbitt sheathing rubber or plastic

plain paper silver sheathing fibrous braid fibrous braid

voltage rating weight per unit length current rating current rating
 It increases the
efficiency of the
It reduces the equipment by allowing It endangers the It endangers the
possibility of short more current to be apparatus it is apparatus it is
circuits used supposed to protect supposed to protect

the recommended the recommended

higher current and higher current and current and voltage current and voltage
voltage rating lower voltage rating rating rating

Replace blown fuse Replace blown fuse

Short out the fuse Use needle-nose pliers with one of equal with one of equal
before removing it to remove fuse form voltage and ampere voltage and ampere
from the circuit the circuits capacity capacity

Use a heavy duty Add the water to the Mix the solution Add the acid to the
aluminum pail acid outdoors water

a weak solution of a strong solution of

sulfuric acid and sulfuric acid and
sulfuric acid only distilled water distilled water distilled water only

The primary
combining salt water with
constituent, sodium, lead-acid creates an The resulting gas is
the resulting gas is reacts lethally with invisible gas resulting in respiratory irritant
extremely flammable lead peroxide severe corrosion that can be fatal

remove the battery securely cover the keep the battery fully
caps battery Disconnect the battery charged

Zinc chromate Lead hydroxide Lead peroxide Petroleum jelly

making sure
electrolyte level is insulating the maintaining a high keeping connections
below the separator terminals with naval charging rate at all light and casing
plates jelly time surface clean

checking the replacing the making certain

electrolyte weekly electrolyte every 5 top off with sulfuric connections are tight
using a hydrometer years acid as needed and clean
 flushing with large
amounts of fresh
wiping the affected area all of the above may be
with a clean dry cloth and drying the acid or alkali acceptable treatments water and seeking
resting quietly for several with a rag followed by depending on the severity medical attention
hours applying a light cream of the burn ashore or by radio

the source of power

the source of power for The charging rate should
charging should be be no greater than 125% for charging should be
approximately 2.5 volts per of the battery amp-hour always start with a approximately 2.5
cell rating trickle charge rate volts per cell
add potassium
hydroxide to each cell
do nothing as this is a to reduce the specific do nothing as this is a
normal condition gravity of the increase the charging normal condition
when charging electrolyte rate when charging

High ampere charging

Trickle charging circuit Quick charging circuit circuit Trickle charging circuit
specific gravity of all
cells reaches the
specific gravity of all cells terminal voltage correct value and no
reaches the correct value
and no longer increases battery charger reaches a constant longer increases over
over a period of 1 to 4 ammeter indicates a value at a given a period of 1 to 4
hours positive reading temperature hours

both plates are lead peroxide in the

hydrogen gas is being charging chemically to negative plate is hydrogen gas is being
continuously liberated lead sulfate poisonous continuously liberated

prevent excessive
allow equalization of reduce lead sulfate increase lead peroxide gassing and
cell voltages deposits formation overheating

allow equalization of reduce lead sulfate increase lead peroxide prevent damaging
cell voltages deposits formation battery plates

be increased remain unchanged shut off be decreased

insufficient compartment An excessive charging

ventilation is being a short circuit exists in one The battery is undergoing rate is being applied to
provided of the battery cells its normal charging rate the battery
 specific gravity of the
battery must be given charging rate is too electrolyte solution is charging rate is too
an emergency charge low too low high

Fast charging Trickle charging Reverse charging Trickle charging

at the lowest point of at the highest point of only when charging is at the highest point of
the room the room in progress the room

without ventilation highly explosive gases without ventilation highly explosive gases
excessive gassing will will otherwise the battery will not will otherwise
occur accumulate take a full charge accumulate

taking each cell’s

taking an open circuit comparing the specific temperature with a comparing the specific
voltage test of gravity test of the calibrated mercury gravity test of the
individual cells electrolyte in each cell thermometer electrolyte in each cell
The specific gravity
reading is lowered
The specific gravity reading
The electrolyte becomes is lowered when the The temperature does not when the electrolyte
less dense when it is electrolyte temperature affect the specific gravity temperature has
cooled has increased of the electrolyte increased

buoyancy of the
indicator in the liquid
in water with the
density of a substance in difference in volume mass of substance buoyancy of the same
water with the density of between water and the measured with the density indicator in the liquid
the same subject in air liquid measured of the same substance being measured
Com Question Choice A
A compound gage is used for measuring pressures both
above and below __________.

latent pressure

C8

Which of the nondestructive testing methods listed is

most often used to accurately detect external defects in Magnetic particle
welded metals?

C8

All portable electric tools should have a ground overloading the motor
connection to prevent __________. from a short

C8

The operation of machining a uniformly roughened or

checked surface on round stock in a lathe is called crosshatching
__________.

C8

The dead center of a lathe can be properly used only after counter bored
the end of the work piece has been __________.

C8

Work that cannot readily be mounted between lathe lathe dog

centers is usually held in a __________.

C8
 To safely change spindle speeds on a lathe, you must first engage the feed change
__________. lever

C8

In machine shop practice, a center gauge is used for 60° thread cutting tools
checking the angle of______________ .

C8

When a lathe is used for thread cutting, the number of lead screw and head
threads per inch produced is determined by the speed
relationship between the __________. stock spindle

C8

The most accurate method of measuring the setting of an outside micrometer

inside caliper is to use a/an __________.

C8

A continuous watertight bulkhead on a MODU may also structural bulkhead

be a/an_____________.

C8

To commence cutting threads with a metal lathe, you feed-change lever

should engage the __________.

C8

A record of the types and strengths of steels used on a general plans

MODU is called ______.

C8
 The test of metals which measures the resistanceof the hardness test
metal to impact is called____________.

C8

A follower rest should be used with a lathe to machine large diameter stock
__________. between centers

C8

A tool used for measuring or laying out angles is called compass rule
a_______.

C8

the pipe will be

completely blocked by
Joints in pipelines must be properly aligned before they even the slightest
are connected because __________. amount of
misalignment
C8

Ferrous metals are metals containing __________. a large percentage of

copper

C8
Which of the devices is commonly used in measuring the
clearances between the main engine bearings and the
crankshaft?
Copper shims

C8

Which of the following describes the purpose of a striker Absorbs machinery

or doubler plate? vibration

C8
 lightly to avoid dulling
the tool
When steel, cast iron, or other metals with surface scale
are being turned, the first roughing cut should be taken
C8 __________.

Which of the metals listed below can be cut with the Cast iron
highest operating lathe speed?

C8

Which of the listed metals can usually be drilled without Tungsten

lubrication?

C8

Regarding MODU construction, bulkheads in the quarters continuous

are generally

C8
A compound Bourdon tube type pressure gauge is
capable of measuring __________.
humidity and
temperature

C8
Before power to a lathe is turned on, it is a good shop
practice to first hand feed the carriage to ensure
__________.
the workpiece is secure
in the lathe

C8
An allowance may be made for expansion and
contraction in piping with the use of expansion joints
or_________.
union bulkhead fittings

C8
 What type of gasket is used on high pressure steam wire-inserted rubber
flange joints?

C8

be certain it is a
C8 When using a chisel, you should _____. nonsparking type

C8 The proper use of a flat chisel is for cutting _____. inside corners

The temper is likely to be drawn out from a chisel edge hold it next to a wet
C8 when you _____. grinding wheel

What precautions should be followed when using a chisel Do not strike the
C8 having a mushroom head? mushroomed portion.

Which of the chisels listed should be used for cutting oil

C8 grooves? Diamond point

Rapid wear on the extreme outer corners to the cutting insufficient feed
C8 edges of a drill bit is the result of the drill having _____. pressure
 A drill that wobbles while the drill press is in operation
may _____. I. be bent II. have a severly worn shank III.
C8 have been placed in the chuck off center I only

C8 If the speed of a drill is too great, the drill will _____. cut faster

Rapid wear on the extreme outer corners to the cutting not enough cutting
C8 edges of a drill bit is the result of the drill having _____. speed

Before boring a blind tapered hole, a good shop practice drill to the large
C8 to follow is to _____. diameter of the taper

If a drill press is used to completely bore through a metal

plate, feed pressure on the drill bit should be eased as the
bit breaks through the bottom of the hole to prevent overspeeding the
C8 _____. spindle

Failing to decrease the feed pressure on a drill as its point cut an elongated hole in
begins to break through the bottom of the workpiece will the bottom of the
C8 cause to drill to _____. workpiece

When drilling blind holes with a standard drill press, the

proper method of stopping the progress of the drill adjusting the spindle
C8 boring through the work is by _____. return spring
 move the drive belt to a
One of the steps required to increase the drilling speed of smaller diameter
C8 a drill press is to _____. spindle pulley

Which of the following types of files will produce a fine

C8 finish when draw filing? Mill cut

C8 Mill files are always _____. single cut

bearing too hard on the

C8 Pinning is often caused by _____. file

C8 The tang of a file is the part that _____. is opposite the handle

C8 Using a file without a handle may result in _____. pinning

Heavy pressure on the ends of a file will cause the work

C8 surface to become _____. rough
 A new file should be broken in carefully by filing a piece of stainless steel stock
C8 _____. using light pressure

Which of the files listed is commonly referred to as a ‘rat-

C8 tail’ file? Small flat

The terms rough, coarse, bastard, second cut, smooth distance between the
C8 and dead smooth refer to the _____. parallel cuts on the file

C8 Which of the files listed will have coarsely spaced teeth? Bastard cut

The terms rough, coarse, bastard, second cut, smooth

C8 and dead smooth refer to the _____. both A and C are correct

C8 A file coated with oil and stowed away will _____. both B and C are correct

Pushing the file endways (or with axis), under pressure,

C8 against the work, is called _____. cross filing
 A Reed and Prince screwdriver should be used only on a
Reed and Prince screw, and a Phillips screwdriver should
only be used on a Phillips screw in order to avoid
C8 damaging the _____. I. tool II. screwhead both I and II

Which of the screwdrivers listed is fastest and most

C8 convenient when tightening many screws? Ratchet

When cutting with a handheld hacksaw, you should apply only on the forward
C8 downward pressure on the hacksaw frame _____. stroke

For cutting thin tubing or sheet metal, the proper the teeth pointing
C8 hacksaw blade should have _____. towards the handle

A hacksaw blade with 14 teeth per inch should be used to angle iron and heavy
C8 cut _____. pipe

A hand hacksaw blade is normally installed in the saw the blade will always
frame with the teeth pointing away from the saw handle, break if installed
C8 because _____. otherwise

apply maximum
pressure at the start of
C8 A hacksaw blade will start a cut more easily if you _____. the cut
 When coming to the end of a cut using a hand hacksaw, reduce cutting speed
C8 you should _____. and pressure

The term referring to the amount or degree the teeth of a

hacksaw blade are pushed out or canted from the blade
C8 center is known as _____. set

The type of tooth set on a hacksaw blade where every

third tooth remains straight, while the other two are
C8 alternately set is known as _____. Rake

Sewing faster than a rate of 40 to 50 strokes per minute

C8 while using a hand held hacksaw will generally _____. dull the blade

When cutting sheet metal too thin to be held in your

hand while using a hand held hacksaw, the sheet metal
C8 should be placed between two _____. blocks of wood

Which of the saws listed would be more suitable for

cutting metal in tight quarters or flush to a surface where
C8 a hand held hacksaw frame could not be used? Stab saw

Which of the saw blades listed, when mounted in a hand

held hacksaw frame, will cut on both the forward and
C8 reverse strokes? None of the above
 With respect to machine shop “taps and dies”, a plug tap chasing the threads on a
C8 is correctly used for _____. circular rod

C8 To finish tapping a blind hole, it is best to use a _____. plug tap

C8 The names plug, bottom, and taper refer to _____. drill press parts

starting threads in a
C8 A taper tap is correctly used for _____. hole

control the tightness of

C8 Round split dies are usually adjustable to _____. the thread fit

If you are cutting external threads by hand and you start be cut crooked on the
C8 the die at an angle, the threads will _____. work

The diameter of a hole drilled for tapping threads into a smaller than the tap
C8 piece of stock should be _____. diameter
 The tool used for cutting external pipe threads is called a
C8 pipe _____. stock and die

.A thread die will be easier to start if the end of the shaft

C8 to be threaded is slightly _____. chamfered
VHF- A compound gage is used for measuring pressures both above atmospheric pressure
FM and below __________.
service

Internal Which of the nondestructive testing methods listed is most All of the options
commu often used to accurately detect external defects in welded
nicatio metals?
n

3 All portable electric tools should have a ground connection to burning out the motor
prevent __________. from an overload

4 The operation of machining a uniformly roughened or checked swaging

surface on round stock in a lathe is called __________.

5 The dead center of a lathe can be properly used only after the tapered
end of the work piece has been __________.
6 Work that cannot readily be mounted between lathe centers is lathe dog
usually held in a __________.

7 To safely change spindle speeds on a lathe, you must first engage the feed change
__________. lever

8 In machine shop practice, a center gauge is used for checking screw threads
the angle of______________ .

9 When a lathe is used for thread cutting, the number of threads drive motor and spindle
per inch produced is determined by the speed relationship
between the __________.

10 The most accurate method of measuring the setting of an engineer's scale

inside caliper is to use a/an __________.

11 A continuous watertight bulkhead on a MODU may also be centerline bulkhead

a/an_____________.

12 To commence cutting threads with a metal lathe, you should back gear lever
engage the __________.
13 A record of the types and strengths of steels used on a MODU construction portfolio
is called ______.

14 The test of metals which measures the resistanceof the metal brinell test
to impact is called____________.

15 A follower rest should be used with a lathe to machine round stock to a finished
__________. dimension

16 A tool used for measuring or laying out angles is called caliper rule
a_______.

17 Joints in pipelines must be properly aligned before they are misalignment permits
connected because __________. excessive expansion

18 Ferrous metals are metals containing __________. no iron

19 Which of the devices is commonly used in measuring the Plasti-gauge

clearances between the main engine bearings and the
crankshaft?
20 Which of the following describes the purpose of a striker or Absorbs machinery
doubler plate? vibration

21 When steel, cast iron, or other metals with surface scale are lightly to avoid dulling the
being turned, the first roughing cut should be taken tool
__________.

22 Which of the metals listed below can be cut with the highest Cast iron
operating lathe speed?

23 Which of the listed metals can usually be drilled without Steel

lubrication?

24 Regarding MODU construction, bulkheads in the quarters are structural

generally

25 A compound Bourdon tube type pressure gauge is capable of wet bulb and dry bulb
measuring __________. temperatures

26 Before power to a lathe is turned on, it is a good shop practice the lathe is level
to first hand feed the carriage to ensure __________.
27 An allowance may be made for expansion and contraction in bends or loops in the line
piping with the use of expansion joints or_________.

28 What type of gasket is used on high pressure steam flange wire inserted asbestos
joints?

29 When using a chisel, you should _____. wear gloves

30 The proper use of a flat chisel is for cutting _____. slots or keyways

31 The temper is likely to be drawn out from a chisel edge when soak it in hot oil for
you _____. lengthy periods

32 What precautions should be followed when using a chisel Use only light hammer
having a mushroom head? blows with the chisel.

33 Which of the chisels listed should be used for cutting oil Round nose
grooves?
34 Rapid wear on the extreme outer corners to the cutting edges not enough cutting speed
of a drill bit is the result of the drill having _____.

35 A drill that wobbles while the drill press is in operation may I & II
_____. I. be bent II. have a severly worn shank III. have been
placed in the chuck off center

36 If the speed of a drill is too great, the drill will _____. cut slower

37 Rapid wear on the extreme outer corners to the cutting edges too much clearance angle
of a drill bit is the result of the drill having _____.

38 Before boring a blind tapered hole, a good shop practice to bore a straight hole
follow is to _____.

39 If a drill press is used to completely bore through a metal plate, overheating the drill
feed pressure on the drill bit should be eased as the bit breaks
through the bottom of the hole to prevent _____.

40 Failing to decrease the feed pressure on a drill as its point form a tapered hole in the
begins to break through the bottom of the workpiece will bottom of the workpiece
cause to drill to _____.
41 When drilling blind holes with a standard drill press, the proper using a depth stop
method of stopping the progress of the drill boring through
the work is by _____.

42 One of the steps required to increase the drilling speed of a move the drive belt to a
drill press is to _____. smaller diameter motor
pulley

43 Which of the following types of files will produce a fine finish Bastard
when draw filing?

44 Mill files are always _____. double cut

45 Pinning is often caused by _____. chalking the file

46 The tang of a file is the part that _____. has crosscut teeth

47 Using a file without a handle may result in _____. pinning

48 Heavy pressure on the ends of a file will cause the work surface rough
to become _____.

49 A new file should be broken in carefully by filing a piece of bronze stock using light
_____. pressure

50 When using a chisel, you should _____. hold the tool lightly

51 The proper use of a flat chisel is for cutting _____. slots or keyways

52 The temper is likely to be drawn out from a chisel edge when soak it in hot oil for
you _____. lengthy periods

53 What precautions should be followed when using a chisel Do not strike the
having a mushroom head? mushroomed portion.

54 Which of the chisels listed should be used for cutting oil Diamond point
grooves?
55 Rapid wear on the extreme outer corners to the cutting edges too much clearance angle
of a drill bit is the result of the drill having _____.

56 A drill that wobbles while the drill press is in operation may I & II
_____. I. be bent II. have a severly worn shank III. have been
placed in the chuck off center

57 If the speed of a drill is too great, the drill will _____. cut slower

58 Rapid wear on the extreme outer corners to the cutting edges not enough margin width
of a drill bit is the result of the drill having _____.

59 Before boring a blind tapered hole, a good shop practice to bore a straight hole
follow is to _____.

60 If a drill press is used to completely bore through a metal plate, overheating the drill
feed pressure on the drill bit should be eased as the bit breaks
through the bottom of the hole to prevent _____.

61 Failing to decrease the feed pressure on a drill as its point break cleanly through the
begins to break through the bottom of the workpiece will bottom of the workpiece
cause to drill to _____.
62 When drilling blind holes with a standard drill press, the proper moving the working table
method of stopping the progress of the drill boring through
the work is by _____.

63 One of the steps required to increase the drilling speed of a change the terminal
drill press is to _____. connections of the drive
motor

64 Which of the following types of files will produce a fine finish Double cut
when draw filing?

65 Mill files are always _____. second cut

66 Pinning is often caused by _____. cleaning the file

67 The tang of a file is the part that _____. fits into the handle

68 Using a file without a handle may result in _____. injury to your hand
69 Heavy pressure on the ends of a file will cause the work surface smooth
to become _____.

70 A new file should be broken in carefully by filing a piece of brass stock using heavy
_____. pressure

71 The terms rough, coarse, bastard, second cut, smooth and distance between the
dead smooth refer to the _____. parallel cuts on the file

72 Which of the files listed will have coarsely spaced teeth? Smooth cut

73 The terms rough, coarse, bastard, second cut, smooth and coarseness of file teeth
dead smooth refer to the _____.

74 A file coated with oil and stowed away will _____. both B and C are correct

75 Pushing the file endways (or with axis), under pressure, against cross filing
the work, is called _____.
76 A Reed and Prince screwdriver should be used only on a Reed both I and II
and Prince screw, and a Phillips screwdriver should only be
used on a Phillips screw in order to avoid damaging the _____.
I. tool II. screwhead

77 Which of the screwdrivers listed is fastest and most convenient Ratchet

when tightening many screws?

78 When cutting with a handheld hacksaw, you should apply on the forward stroke and
downward pressure on the hacksaw frame _____. backward stroke

79 For cutting thin tubing or sheet metal, the proper hacksaw the teeth pointing
blade should have _____. towards the handle

80 A hacksaw blade with 14 teeth per inch should be used to cut thin tubing or sheet metal
_____.

81 A hand hacksaw blade is normally installed in the saw frame cutting fluid must flow
with the teeth pointing away from the saw handle, because down the teeth
_____.

82 A hacksaw blade will start a cut more easily if you _____. coat the saw blade with
soap before starting the
cut
83 When coming to the end of a cut using a hand hacksaw, you reduce cutting speed and
should _____. pressure

84 The term referring to the amount or degree the teeth of a choke

hacksaw blade are pushed out or canted from the blade center
is known as _____.

85 The type of tooth set on a hacksaw blade where every third Double alternate
tooth remains straight, while the other two are alternately set
is known as _____.

86 Sewing faster than a rate of 40 to 50 strokes per minute while dull the blade
using a hand held hacksaw will generally _____.

87 When cutting sheet metal too thin to be held in your hand blocks of wood
while using a hand held hacksaw, the sheet metal should be
placed between two _____.

88 Which of the saws listed would be more suitable for cutting Hole saw
metal in tight quarters or flush to a surface where a hand held
hacksaw frame could not be used?

89 Which of the saw blades listed, when mounted in a hand held None of the above
hacksaw frame, will cut on both the forward and reverse
strokes?
90 To finish tapping a blind hole, it is best to use a _____. plug tap

91 The names plug, bottom, and taper refer to _____. pipe fittings

92 A taper tap is correctly used for _____. producing tapered threads

in a hole

93 Round split dies are usually adjustable to _____. control the tightness of
the thread fit

94 If you are cutting external threads by hand and you start the be cut crooked on the
die at an angle, the threads will _____. work

95 The diameter of a hole drilled for tapping threads into a piece the same size as the tap
of stock should be _____. diameter

96 The tool used for cutting external pipe threads is called a pipe threader
_____.
97 .A thread die will be easier to start if the end of the shaft to be chamfered
threaded is slightly _____.

98 Round split dies are usually adjustable to _____. allow threading up to a

shoulder

99 The type of tooth set on a hacksaw blade where every third Wave
tooth remains straight, while the other two are alternately set
is known as _____.

100 A hacksaw blade with 14 teeth per inch should be used to cut drill rod and tool steels
_____.

101 A hacksaw blade will start a cut more easily if you _____. file a nick where the cut is
to be started

102 Which of the following types of files will produce a fine finish Bastard
when draw filing?

103 If you are cutting external threads by hand and you start the be out of round on the
die at an angle, the threads will _____. work
104 When cutting sheet metal too thin to be held in your hand blocks of steel
while using a hand held hacksaw, the sheet metal should be
placed between two _____.

105 Failing to decrease the feed pressure on a drill as its point jam in the workpiece and
begins to break through the bottom of the workpiece will tend to whirl it around
cause to drill to _____.

106 A file coated with oil and stowed away will _____. both B and C are correct

107 Which of the saws listed would be more suitable for cutting Stab saw
metal in tight quarters or flush to a surface where a hand held
hacksaw frame could not be used?

108 If the speed of a drill is too great, the drill will _____. rapidly dull

109 The tool used for cutting external pipe threads is called a pipe stock and die
_____.

110 Which of the chisels listed should be used for cutting oil Flat cold
grooves?
111 The terms rough, coarse, bastard, second cut, smooth and size of the file
dead smooth refer to the _____.

112 What precautions should be followed when using a chisel Use only light hammer
having a mushroom head? blows with the chisel.

113 The tang of a file is the part that _____. fits into the handle

114 Mill files are always _____. single cut

115 If a drill press is used to completely bore through a metal plate, the drill bit from jamming
feed pressure on the drill bit should be eased as the bit breaks and spinning the
through the bottom of the hole to prevent _____. workpiece

116 Pinning is often caused by _____. bearing too hard on the

file

117 Which of the saw blades listed, when mounted in a hand held Rod
hacksaw frame, will cut on both the forward and reverse
strokes?
118 The temper is likely to be drawn out from a chisel edge when grind it for long periods of
you _____. time with excessive
pressure

119 A drill that wobbles while the drill press is in operation may I, II & III
_____. I. be bent II. have a severly worn shank III. have been
placed in the chuck off center

120 A Reed and Prince screwdriver should be used only on a Reed both I and II
and Prince screw, and a Phillips screwdriver should only be
used on a Phillips screw in order to avoid damaging the _____.
I. tool II. screwhead

121 The proper use of a flat chisel is for cutting _____. flat stock

122 Rapid wear on the extreme outer corners to the cutting edges too much clearance angle
of a drill bit is the result of the drill having _____.

123 The diameter of a hole drilled for tapping threads into a piece smaller than the tap
of stock should be _____. diameter

124 A new file should be broken in carefully by filing a piece of stainless steel stock using
_____. light pressure
125 One of the steps required to increase the drilling speed of a change to a larger
drill press is to _____. diameter spindle

126 When drilling blind holes with a standard drill press, the proper gaging chuck motion
method of stopping the progress of the drill boring through
the work is by _____.

127 When cutting with a handheld hacksaw, you should apply only on the forward stroke
downward pressure on the hacksaw frame _____.

128 The terms rough, coarse, bastard, second cut, smooth and distance between the
dead smooth refer to the _____. parallel cuts on the file

129 .A thread die will be easier to start if the end of the shaft to be chamfered
threaded is slightly _____.

130 The names plug, bottom, and taper refer to _____.

131 The term referring to the amount or degree the teeth of a set
hacksaw blade are pushed out or canted from the blade center
is known as _____.
132 A taper tap is correctly used for _____. starting threads in a hole

133 Which of the files listed will have coarsely spaced teeth? Bastard cut

134 Sewing faster than a rate of 40 to 50 strokes per minute while dull the blade
using a hand held hacksaw will generally _____.

135 Which of the screwdrivers listed is fastest and most convenient Ratchet
when tightening many screws?

136 When coming to the end of a cut using a hand hacksaw, you reduce cutting speed and
should _____. pressure

137 Pushing the file endways (or with axis), under pressure, against cross filing
the work, is called _____.

138 To finish tapping a blind hole, it is best to use a _____. taper tap
139 Heavy pressure on the ends of a file will cause the work surface tapered
to become _____.

140 A hand hacksaw blade is normally installed in the saw frame the blade will always
with the teeth pointing away from the saw handle, because break if installed
_____. otherwise

141 For cutting thin tubing or sheet metal, the proper hacksaw 32 teeth per inch
blade should have _____.

142 Rapid wear on the extreme outer corners to the cutting edges too much clearance angle
of a drill bit is the result of the drill having _____.

143 Before boring a blind tapered hole, a good shop practice to drill to the small diameter
follow is to _____. of the taper

144 When using a chisel, you should _____. wear safety glasses

145 Using a file without a handle may result in _____. injury to your hand
146 For mild steel and general work, the correct angle of a drill 118
point is _______ degrees.

147 In gas welding system, a hose with blue color indicates it oxygen
contain _____________.

148 Some heavy duty screwdrivers are made with a square shank allow turning with wrench
to _____________.

149 Pipe threads are made with the use of __________. File a nick where the cut is
to be started

150 In Lathe machine, what is the best thing to do to machine hard Tempering
and irregular form of metal object to its designed shape?

151 What do you call an operation where one end of the product Drilling
diameter is smaller than the other end?

152 A side from welding, the best material to use in bonding pipes High speed drill
carrying low temoerature liquids or fluids is _____________.
153 Which of the following items below is the hardest tools tip that Diamond
can endure the highest speed and have the smallest wear
when used in the operation of a center lathe or electric driven
shaper onboard?

154 For a safe, smooth and effective operation of a modern lathe Tool bit
machine onboard, which of the listed tools below should be
attached in the tool post?

155 The type of force that tends to move toward the center is centripetal force
______________.

156 Which among the cutting tool materials retains the lowest Cemented carbide
wear resistance when the tool bit is used in machining hard
metal materials through the modern center lathe machine
onboard?

157 What shape or form of the metal material can the electric Round
shaper onboard be used safely and effectively?

158 Cutting tools in a shaper can also be used in a ___________. lathe

159 Which of the following is widely used to supply power to Air

pneumatically-operated hand tools?
160 If the speed of the drill is too great, the drill will rapidly dull
______________.

161 A thread chaser is a hand tool that should only be used for restoring damage threads
_____________.

162 Which of the following items listed below is a force that tends Centripetal force
to make the weight move out in a straight or fly off a target?

163 Which of the following involves the shaping of metals usually Casting
into a rod or tube cross section, by forcing a block of material
through appropriate shape disc?

164 Which of the parts of the center lathe listed below is needed to Tool post
turn a right head thread into a left head thread?

165 How do you make it easier for a hand hacksaw to cut a work It will dig into the work
piece? piece and tend to whirl
around

166 The proper method of stopping the progress of the drill boring using a depth stop
through the work in a standard drill press is by
_______________.
167 What is the kind of metal material to be given the highest Aluminum
revolution using the center lathe onboard with a high-speed
tool bit without coolant for a safe and effective machining?

168 One of the steps required to increase the drilling speed of the move the drive belt to a
drill press is to _____________. smaller diameter spindle
pulley

169 Shapers cutting tool and its tool slide is controlled by the vertical feed handle
_____________.

170 In a simple machine gearing, which of the following is called Idler

the follower gear and driving gear?

171 Which of the following permits the freedom of the pinion to Flexible coupling
take up its correct alignment with the gear wheel?

172 In order to tighten the bolts of a diesel engine crankpin bearing torque wrench
to the exact tension specified by the engine manufacturer, you
should use a/an _______________.

173 Which type of motion does a cutting tool of a shaping machine Back and forth
encounters in cutting a work secured in a vise?
174 Which of the following devices listed below should be used to Wheel dressing tool
reshape a grinding wheel?

175 Which of the files listed will have coarsely spaced teeth? Bastard cut

176 Which of the following items below defines the amount of the Feed
tool advanced per revolution on a lathe machine?

177 For a safe and effective threading operation on a lathe series of gears
machine, the desired number of threads can be perfectly
attained by using the_________.

178 A taper shank drill is removed from the drill press spindle with leather mallet
a ____________.

179 Which angle are you looking for when center gage is used? Drill center

180 Why is the acetylene working pressure being kept below 15 To prevent acetone fire
psig when making gas welding or burning?
181 To properly drill an oil hole in a bushing in a lathe machine, you tailstock
would mount the crotch center in the ______.

182 How is the proper storage of oxygen and acetylene cylinders Upright with the cylinder
should be considered? caps screwed on
Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

absolute pressure atmospheric pressure flow pressure atmospheric pressure

All of the options Visible dye penetrant Ultrasonics Visible dye penetrant

burning out the motor electric shock if the tool grounding the plastic electric shock if the tool
from an overload is shorted case through a short is shorted

checkering knurling swaging knurling

convexed center drilled tapered center drilled

crotch center chuck spindle chuck

disengage the spindle stop the lathe rotation disengage the feed stop the lathe rotation
clutch reverse lever

drill points screw threads screw thread pitch 60° thread cutting tools

lead screw and feed rod lead screw and head

drive motor and spindle spindle and feed rod stock spindle

engineer's scale dial indicator thread micrometer outside micrometer

exterior bulkhead centerline bulkhead joiner bulkhead structural bulkhead

split or half-nut back gear lever thread-chasing dial split or half-nut

construction portfolio builder's documentation Certificate of Inspection construction portfolio

charpy test tensile testing brinell test charpy test

threads on long slender work mounted on the round stock to a threads on long slender
shafts lathe carriage finished dimension shafts

micrometer protractor caliper rule protractor

condensate
excessive strain on the excessive strain on the
misalignment permits accumulates rapidly
joints will result if they joints will result if they
excessive expansion when flanges are not
are misaligned are misaligned
properly aligned

no iron a large percentage of a large percentage of a large percentage of

iron aluminum iron

Persian blue Plasti-gauge Wooden gaging pegs Plasti-gauge

Provides a surface for Provides landing surface Provides landing surface

the application of force, for the sounding bob of Prevents valve stem for the sounding bob of
over travel.
or the a tank sounding a tank sounding
slowly to prevent tool deep enough to get rapidly in a continuous deep enough to get
chatter under the scale chip under the scale

Soft brass Aluminum Mild steel Aluminum

Steel Monel Brass Brass

structural watertight non-structural non-structural

temperature and wet bulb and dry bulb pressure and vacuum pressure and vacuum
pressure temperatures

the carriage is all locking devices have all locking devices have
the lathe is level
lubricated been released been released

unions retractable flanges bends or loops in the bends or loops in the

line line
wire inserted asbestos rubber metallic metallic

wear gloves hold the tool lightly wear safety glasses wear safety glasses

flat stock slots or keyways half-round grooves flat stock

grind it for long periods grind it for long periods

of time with excessive soak it in hot oil for grind the cutting angle of time with excessive
pressure lengthy periods too small pressure

Remove the ragged Use only light hammer Knock off the ragged Remove the ragged
edges by grinding. blows with the chisel. edges with a hammer. edges by grinding.

Round nose Flat cold Square nose Round nose

too much clearance not enough cutting not enough margin too much clearance
angle speed width angle
I, II & III I & II II & III I, II & III

rapidly dull cut slower not cut rapidly dull

too much clearance not enough margin too much clearance

too much cutting speed angle width angle

drill to the small drill to the small

use a taper reamer diameter of the taper bore a straight hole diameter of the taper

the drill bit from the drill bit from

jamming and spinning jamming and spinning
drilling undersized holes the workpiece overheating the drill the workpiece

break cleanly through jam in the workpiece form a tapered hole in jam in the workpiece
the bottom of the and tend to whirl it the bottom of the and tend to whirl it
workpiece around workpiece around

moving the working

table using a depth stop gaging chuck motion using a depth stop
move the drive belt to a change the terminal move the drive belt to a
smaller diameter motor connections of the drive change to a larger smaller diameter
pulley motor diameter spindle spindle pulley

Bastard Double cut Second cut Mill cut

double cut Swiss patterned second cut single cut

bearing too hard on the

dropping the file chalking the file cleaning the file file

does the cutting has crosscut teeth fits into the handle fits into the handle

your work becoming

rounded overheating of the file injury to your hand injury to your hand

tapered smooth rounded rounded

monel stock using brass stock using heavy bronze stock using light bronze stock using light
heavy pressure pressure pressure pressure

Small half round Small triangular Small round Small round

distance between the

parts of the file shape of the file size of the file parallel cuts on the file

Second cut Dead smooth cut Smooth cut Bastard cut

distance between the

parallel cuts of a file size of the file coarseness of file teeth both A and C are correct

cause the file to slide

across the work and cause dust and metal
cause the file to prevent fast, clean particles to collect in
overheat cutting the teeth both B and C are correct

stroke filing draw filing standard form filing cross filing

I only II only neither I or II both I and II

Square shank Offset Standard Ratchet

on the forward stroke only on the backward only when cutting non only on the forward
and backward stroke stroke ferrous metals stroke

the blade and teeth of

32 teeth per inch ‘all-hard’ quality 14 teeth per inch 32 teeth per inch

thin tubing or sheet

cast iron and soft steel metal drill rod and tool steels cast iron and soft steel

cutting pressure is most cutting pressure is most

easily put on the cutting fluid must flow the blade will overheat easily put on the
forward stroke down the teeth if installed otherwise forward stroke

coat the saw blade with turn the saw blade at

file a nick where the cut soap before starting the right angles to the saw file a nick where the cut
is to be started cut frame is to be started
stop applying the change to a finer cut increase cutting speed reduce cutting speed
cutting fluid blade and pressure and pressure

pitch choke blade cut set

Alternate Double alternate Wave Rake

cause the blade to cut not change how the

sharpen the blade faster blade cuts dull the blade

blocks of steel pieces of sand paper pieces of cloth blocks of wood

Coping saw Back saw Hole saw Stab saw

Hardened Flexible Rod Rod

starting the threads on reversing the threads in the second cut when the second cut when
a circular rod a hole threading a blind hole threading a blind hole

taper tap finishing tap bottoming tap bottoming tap

pipe fittings measuring instruments machinist’s hand taps machinist’s hand taps

deepening the extent of

producing tapered existing threads in a finishing the threading starting threads in a
threads in a hole hole operation in a blind hole hole

to help start the die

allow threading on squarely on the round allow threading up to a control the tightness of
oversized stock stock shoulder the thread fit

be out of round on the be rough, weak and straighten out after the be cut crooked on the
work easily broken third revolution work

larger than the tap the same size as the tap the same size as the smaller than the tap
diameter diameter bolt diameter diameter
cutter threader ratchet cutter stock and die

peened reamed center drilled chamfered

absolute pressure latent pressure flow pressure atmospheric pressure

Visible dye penetrant Magnetic particle Ultrasonics Visible dye penetrant

electric shock if the tool is overloading the motor grounding the plastic case electric shock if the tool is
shorted from a short through a short shorted

checkering crosshatching knurling knurling

convexed counter bored center drilled center drilled

crotch center chuck spindle chuck

disengage the spindle stop the lathe rotation disengage the feed stop the lathe rotation
clutch reverse lever

drill points 60 screw thread pitch 60

lead screw and head stock spindle and feed rod lead screw and feed rod lead screw and head stock
spindle spindle

outside micrometer dial indicator thread micrometer outside micrometer

exterior bulkhead structural bulkhead joiner bulkhead structural bulkhead

feed-change lever split or half-nut thread-chasing dial split or half-nut

general plans builder's documentation Certificate of Inspection construction portfolio

hardness test tensile testing charpy test charpy test

large diameter stock work mounted on the threads on long slender threads on long slender
between centers lathe carriage shafts shafts

micrometer compass rule protractor protractor

excessive strain on the the pipe will be condensate accumulates excessive strain on the
joints will result if they are completely blocked by rapidly when flanges are joints will result if they are
misaligned even the slightest amount not properly aligned misaligned
of misalignment

a large percentage of iron a large percentage of a large percentage of a large percentage of iron
copper aluminum

Persian blue Copper shims Wooden gaging pegs Plasti-gauge

Provides a surface for the Provides landing surface Prevents valve stem over Provides landing surface
application of force, or the for the sounding bob of a travel. for the sounding bob of a
tank sounding tank sounding

slowly to prevent tool deep enough to get under rapidly in a continuous deep enough to get under
chatter the scale chip the scale

Soft brass Aluminum Mild steel Aluminum

Brass Monel Tungsten Brass

non-structural watertight continuous non-structural

temperature and pressure pressure and vacuum humidity and temperature pressure and vacuum

the carriage is lubricated all locking devices have the workpiece is secure in all locking devices have
been released the lathe been released
unions retractable flanges union bulkhead fittings bends or loops in the line

metallic rubber wire-inserted rubber metallic

wear safety glasses hold the tool lightly be certain it is a wear safety glasses
nonsparking type

inside corners flat stock half-round grooves flat stock

hold it next to a wet grind it for long periods of grind the cutting angle too grind it for long periods of
grinding wheel time with excessive small time with excessive
pressure pressure

Do not strike the Remove the ragged edges Knock off the ragged Remove the ragged edges
mushroomed portion. by grinding. edges with a hammer. by grinding.

Diamond point Flat cold Square nose Round nose

insufficient feed pressure too much clearance angle not enough margin width too much clearance angle

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

cut faster rapidly dull not cut rapidly dull

too much cutting speed not enough cutting speed not enough margin width too much clearance angle

use a taper reamer drill to the large diameter drill to the small diameter drill to the small diameter
of the taper of the taper of the taper

drilling undersized holes overspeeding the spindle the drill bit from jamming the drill bit from jamming
and spinning the and spinning the
workpiece workpiece

break cleanly through the cut an elongated hole in jam in the workpiece and jam in the workpiece and
bottom of the workpiece the bottom of the tend to whirl it around tend to whirl it around
workpiece
moving the working table adjusting the spindle gaging chuck motion using a depth stop
return spring

move the drive belt to a change the terminal change to a larger move the drive belt to a
smaller diameter spindle connections of the drive diameter spindle smaller diameter spindle
pulley motor pulley

Mill cut Double cut Second cut Mill cut

single cut Swiss patterned second cut single cut

dropping the file bearing too hard on the cleaning the file bearing too hard on the
file file

does the cutting fits into the handle is opposite the handle fits into the handle

your work becoming overheating of the file injury to your hand injury to your hand
rounded
tapered smooth rounded rounded

monel stock using heavy brass stock using heavy stainless steel stock using bronze stock using light
pressure pressure light pressure pressure

wear gloves wear safety glasses be certain it is a wear safety glasses

nonsparking type

inside corners flat stock half-round grooves flat stock

hold it next to a wet grind it for long periods of grind the cutting angle too grind it for long periods of
grinding wheel time with excessive small time with excessive
pressure pressure

Remove the ragged edges Use only light hammer Knock off the ragged Remove the ragged edges
by grinding. blows with the chisel. edges with a hammer. by grinding.

Round nose Flat cold Square nose Round nose

insufficient feed pressure not enough cutting speed not enough margin width too much clearance angle

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

cut faster rapidly dull not cut rapidly dull

too much cutting speed not enough cutting speed too much clearance angle too much clearance angle

use a taper reamer drill to the large diameter drill to the small diameter drill to the small diameter
of the taper of the taper of the taper

drilling undersized holes overspeeding the spindle the drill bit from jamming the drill bit from jamming
and spinning the and spinning the
workpiece workpiece

jam in the workpiece and cut an elongated hole in form a tapered hole in the jam in the workpiece and
tend to whirl it around the bottom of the bottom of the workpiece tend to whirl it around
workpiece
using a depth stop adjusting the spindle gaging chuck motion using a depth stop
return spring

move the drive belt to a move the drive belt to a change to a larger move the drive belt to a
smaller diameter motor smaller diameter spindle diameter spindle smaller diameter spindle
pulley pulley pulley

Bastard Mill cut Second cut Mill cut

double cut Swiss patterned single cut single cut

dropping the file chalking the file bearing too hard on the bearing too hard on the
file file

does the cutting has crosscut teeth is opposite the handle fits into the handle

your work becoming overheating of the file pinning injury to your hand
rounded
tapered rounded rough rounded

monel stock using heavy bronze stock using light stainless steel stock using bronze stock using light
pressure pressure light pressure pressure

parts of the file shape of the file size of the file distance between the
parallel cuts on the file

Second cut Dead smooth cut Bastard cut Bastard cut

distance between the size of the file both A and C are correct both A and C are correct
parallel cuts of a file

cause the file to overheat cause the file to slide cause dust and metal both B and C are correct
across the work and particles to collect in the
prevent fast, clean cutting teeth

stroke filing draw filing standard form filing cross filing

I only II only neither I or II both I and II

Square shank Offset Standard Ratchet

only on the forward stroke only on the backward only when cutting non only on the forward stroke
stroke ferrous metals

32 teeth per inch 14 teeth per inch 32 teeth per inch

angle iron and heavy pipe cast iron and soft steel drill rod and tool steels cast iron and soft steel

the blade will always cutting pressure is most the blade will overheat if cutting pressure is most
break if installed easily put on the forward installed otherwise easily put on the forward
otherwise stroke stroke

apply maximum pressure file a nick where the cut is turn the saw blade at right file a nick where the cut is
at the start of the cut to be started angles to the saw frame to be started
stop applying the cutting change to a finer cut blade increase cutting speed and reduce cutting speed and
fluid pressure pressure

pitch set blade cut set

Alternate Rake Wave Rake

sharpen the blade cause the blade to cut not change how the blade dull the blade
faster cuts

blocks of steel pieces of sand paper pieces of cloth blocks of wood

Coping saw Back saw Stab saw Stab saw

Hardened Flexible Rod Rod

taper tap finishing tap bottoming tap bottoming tap

measuring instruments drill press parts

starting threads in a hole deepening the extent of finishing the threading starting threads in a hole
existing threads in a hole operation in a blind hole

allow threading on to help start the die allow threading up to a control the tightness of
oversized stock squarely on the round shoulder the thread fit
stock

be out of round on the be rough, weak and easily straighten out after the be cut crooked on the
work broken third revolution work

larger than the tap smaller than the tap the same size as the bolt smaller than the tap
diameter diameter diameter diameter

cutter stock and die ratchet cutter stock and die

peened reamed center drilled chamfered

allow threading on to help start the die control the tightness of control the tightness of
oversized stock squarely on the round the thread fit the thread fit
stock

Alternate Double alternate Rake Rake

angle iron and heavy pipe thin tubing or sheet metal cast iron and soft steel cast iron and soft steel

apply maximum pressure coat the saw blade with turn the saw blade at right file a nick where the cut is
at the start of the cut soap before starting the angles to the saw frame to be started
cut

Mill cut Double cut Second cut Mill cut

be cut crooked on the be rough, weak and easily straighten out after the be cut crooked on the
work broken third revolution work
blocks of wood pieces of sand paper pieces of cloth blocks of wood

break cleanly through the cut an elongated hole in form a tapered hole in the jam in the workpiece and
bottom of the workpiece the bottom of the bottom of the workpiece tend to whirl it around
workpiece

cause the file to overheat cause the file to slide cause dust and metal both B and C are correct
across the work and particles to collect in the
prevent fast, clean cutting teeth

Coping saw Back saw Hole saw Stab saw

cut faster cut slower not cut rapidly dull

cutter threader ratchet cutter stock and die

Diamond point Round nose Square nose Round nose

distance between the both A and C are correct coarseness of file teeth both A and C are correct
parallel cuts of a file

Do not strike the Remove the ragged edges Knock off the ragged Remove the ragged edges
mushroomed portion. by grinding. edges with a hammer. by grinding.

does the cutting has crosscut teeth is opposite the handle fits into the handle

double cut Swiss patterned second cut single cut

drilling undersized holes overspeeding the spindle overheating the drill the drill bit from jamming
and spinning the
workpiece

dropping the file chalking the file cleaning the file bearing too hard on the
file

Hardened Flexible None of the above Rod

hold it next to a wet soak it in hot oil for grind the cutting angle too grind it for long periods of
grinding wheel lengthy periods small time with excessive
pressure

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

I only II only neither I or II both I and II

inside corners slots or keyways half-round grooves flat stock

insufficient feed pressure not enough cutting speed not enough margin width too much clearance angle

larger than the tap the same size as the tap the same size as the bolt smaller than the tap
diameter diameter diameter diameter

monel stock using heavy brass stock using heavy bronze stock using light bronze stock using light
pressure pressure pressure pressure
move the drive belt to a change the terminal move the drive belt to a move the drive belt to a
smaller diameter motor connections of the drive smaller diameter spindle smaller diameter spindle
pulley motor pulley pulley

moving the working table adjusting the spindle using a depth stop using a depth stop
return spring

on the forward stroke and only on the backward only when cutting non only on the forward stroke
backward stroke stroke ferrous metals

parts of the file shape of the file size of the file distance between the
parallel cuts on the file

peened reamed center drilled chamfered

pipe fittings measuring instruments drill press parts

pitch choke blade cut set

producing tapered threads deepening the extent of finishing the threading starting threads in a hole
in a hole existing threads in a hole operation in a blind hole

Second cut Dead smooth cut Smooth cut Bastard cut

sharpen the blade cause the blade to cut not change how the blade dull the blade
faster cuts

Square shank Offset Standard Ratchet

stop applying the cutting change to a finer cut blade increase cutting speed and reduce cutting speed and
fluid pressure pressure

stroke filing draw filing standard form filing cross filing

bottoming tap finishing tap plug tap bottoming tap

rounded smooth rough rounded

cutting pressure is most cutting fluid must flow the blade will overheat if cutting pressure is most
easily put on the forward down the teeth installed otherwise easily put on the forward
stroke stroke

the teeth pointing 14 teeth per inch 32 teeth per inch

towards the handle

too much cutting speed not enough cutting speed not enough margin width too much clearance angle

use a taper reamer drill to the large diameter bore a straight hole drill to the small diameter
of the taper of the taper

wear gloves hold the tool lightly be certain it is a wear safety glasses
nonsparking type

your work becoming overheating of the file pinning injury to your hand
rounded
 29 90 45 118

acetylene nitrogen water oxygen

allow it to be used as pry prevent the shank from permit striking with a allow turning with wrench
bar bending hammer

Apply maximum pressure Coat the saw blade with Place the saw blade facing File a nick where the cut is
at the start of the cut oil before starting the cut the saw frame to be started

Boring Centering Refacing Centering

Boring Tapering Refacing Tapering

Boring tool Reamer Inside cutting tool Reamer

Cast alloy High speed steel Ceramics Diamond

Center punch Drill bit Lathe dog Tool bit

centrifugal force rotary force accelerated force centripetal force

Ceramics Cast alloy High speed steel High speed steel

Circle Triangular Flat Flat

circular saw grinder planer planer

Compressed gas Oxygen Nitrogen Air

cut faster cut slower not cut rapidly dull

enlarging existing threads cutting original threads straightening tapered restoring damage threads
threads

Force impact Centrifugal force Gravitational force Centrifugal force

Forging Extruding Sintering Extruding

Indexing dial Feed screw Universal chuck Feed screw

It will not break cleanly It will cut an elongated It will form a tapered hole It will dig into the work
through the bottom of the hole in the bottom of the in the bottom of the work piece and tend to whirl
work piece work piece oiece around

marking the drill bit adjusting the spindle nick mark the chuck using a depth stop
return spring motion
Mild steel Cast iron Bronze Aluminum

move the drive belt to a change the terminal change to a larger move the drive belt to a
smaller diameter motor connections of the drive diameter spindle smaller diameter spindle
pulley motor pulley

number of strokes rocker arm movement horizontal feed handle vertical feed handle

Pinion Helical Reduction Idler

Pinion shaft Fixed coupling Rotor shaft Flexible coupling

pipe wrench monkey wrench adjustable wrench torque wrench

Rotary Circulate Up and down Back and forth

Round nose tool Oil stone Sharp nose tool Wheel dressing tool

Second cut Dead smooth cut Smooth cut Bastard cut

Speed Depth Gear Feed

speed of chuck adjustment of belts angle tool bit series of gears

taper punch vice grip drill drift drill drift

Thread pitch Center punch 60 deg cutting tool 60 deg cutting tool

To prevent a possible To prevent torch flameout To prevent explosion To prevent explosion

torch backfire
universal chuck 3-jaw chuck tool post tailstock

Upright with the cylinder Horizontal with the Horizontal with the Upright with the cylinder
caps off cylinder caps off cylinder caps screwed on caps screwed on
 Com Question Choice A

when the nut is no

The nut of the bowl assembly is confirmed
C9 longer move after
tight___________.
several hammer blows

4/3 Way valve is a type of directional valve with 4 positions and 3

C9 ___________ . method of operation

The size of flexible hose used in a hydraulic the thickness of the

C9 system is indicated by______________. tube wall

Good maintenance is decisive and best be

C9 achieved in the engine room if there natural routine work
is________________.

What is used as a jointing materials for fresh and Hard Paper

C9 sea water pipes?

A welding procedure used for joining dissimilar

C9 metals used in the construction of a MODU would construction portfolio
be recorded in the

C9 Most common type of hydraulic pump is _____. gear pump

Which of the following will speed up the recovery heating the appliance
C9 process when performing maintenance on a only
refrigeration system _______?

A hydraulic system where all oil goes back to the A4V system
C9 tank is termed as____________.
 Before carrying-out maintenance to the engine, through a solenoid
C9 one should __________. operated valve

make a starting mark

C9 An aligning punch is used to_______________. for a drill

Misalignment and
C9 What factors shorten the life of valve springs? compression

Which of the fittings listed should be used for the

C9 installation of piping to permit removal of the Nipple
pump for servicing?

A fixed displacement pump is a hydraulic pump in discharge capacity is

C9 dependent on the
which the________. consumption

The following are parts of the main bowl of

C9 body
purifier except___________.

Improper maintenance of fuel oil burner in an increase feedwater

C9 auxiliary boiler could result to ________. consumption

It will cause severe

What will happen when there is an excessive
C9 vibration when the
wear on a centrifugal pump shaft? pump is operating

Expansion valve maintenance should include

C9 lapping the seat
which of the following procedures?
 As part of a safe and effective maintenance
onboard, the first valve to be opened first after
C9 the complete assembly of a newly ovehauled and Luboil inlet
clean big luboil cooler is the_____.

What will be the result of badly leaking Overfeeding of the

C9 refrigeration compressor discharge valves? expansion valve

C9 A dial indicator is used to measure________. positive readings only

One of the four basic components of hydraulic

C9 system that provides the flow of oil in the system pump
is called__________.

In hydraulic system, all machines which are

C9 consumers of hydraulic power equipped with motor
________.

Important check to be done during overhauling of wear ring clearance

C9 the pump is the______. against impeller

What should be done if localized scoring is Correct the cause of

C9 discovered on the pump shaft sleeve during scoring and install a
routine maintenance inspection? new shaft sleeve.

Routine maintenance on a Central Control Room

C9 hermetically sealed air conditioning unit should changing the air filter
include__________.

The filter element of hydraulic oil in the system is disposable

C9 ___________.
 Return port of a hydraulic directional valve is
C9 T
designated by letter __________.

After installing a new hydraulic pump in a system, The filters and

C9 what special attention should be given to the strainers should be
hydraulic system? checked frequently.

An oil film of a lubricant is affected by the______. working temperature

C9 of the engine

If the drive belts on an air compressor were check the operation of

C9 squealing during start up, you should _____. the unloaders

Cylinder inlet valve failure in a low pressure air mechanical failure in

C9 compressor can be caused by _____. the unloader

A squealing sound occurring from within an

operating reciprocating air compressor is an tight compressor
C9 indication of _____. bearing

If an electric motor driven air compressor fails to

C9 start, it may be due to a _____. tripped overload relay

If the electric motor driving an air compressor

C9 fails to start, the cause may be a _____. control line leak

Excessive lube oil consumption by a reciprocating using oil having an

C9 air compressor can be caused by _____. excessive viscosity
 Excessive lube oil consumption by a reciprocating leakage in the
C9 air compressor is an indication of _____. intercooler

A dirty intercooler inn the ship service air

C9 compressor will result in _____. unloader malfunction

One cause of leaky valves in a low pressure air excessive discharge

C9 compressor may be attributed to _____. pressure

The leaking valves in a low pressure,

reciprocating, air compressor can result from uneven piston stroke
C9 _____. in the compressor

A leaking suction valve in the second stage of a compressor final

two stage, high pressure, air compressor can discharge
C9 cause excessively high _____. temperature

leakage through the

If the intercooler relief valve lifts while an air low pressure
compressor is operating under load, you should unloaded control
C9 check for _____. diaphragm

Which of the following problems would be the

probable cause for the faulty operation of a lifting of intercooler
C9 reciprocating air compressor suction valve? relief valve

A reciprocating air compressor is running roughly

and vibrating excessively, indicating that the
C9 _____. belts are too tight

Which of the following statements concerning

C9 braze welding is/are correct? All of the above.
 The acetylene
Which of the following is true concerning the regulator hose outlet
hose threads on compressed gas oxy-acetylene thread connection is
C9 regulators and torches? “right handed”

never allow more than

When welding or burning with an oxy-acetylene 10 PSIG pressure in
C9 torch, _____. the oxygen hose

Protective equipment to be used while carrying

out oxy-acetylene welding should always include Repairs to containers
C9 _____. used in chemical
non-sparking tools
processes, especially
strong alkaline
solutions, are
effectively
Which of the following statements concerning accomplished with
C9 In order
braze to minimize
welding distortion in a weldment due braze welding.
is/are correct?
to shrinkage, you should _____. I. use
intermittent welds rather than continuous welds
wherever possible II. make fewer passes with
large electrodes as opposed to many passes with
small electrodes III. use restraining forces such as
C9 clamps, jigs, and fixtures I, II & III

You should never watch the arc generated during

electric arc welder with the naked eye because serious flash burns
C9 _____. will result

When welding mild steel with a shielded metal-

arc electrode, and getting only shallow increase the
C9 penetration, you should _____. amperage

When arc welding, the flux that covers the

C9 electrode is used to _____. control penetration

Why is a chemical covering applied to a welding

stick electrode, rather than using a bare Protect the welder
C9 electrode? from electric shock.
 increase the
In certain circumstances, weldments are temperature gradients
C9 preheated before each pass to _____. in the weld areas
First, weld
attachments which
will restrain the points
Which of the following statements is correct of maximum
C9 concerning welding sequences? contraction.

When securing an oxyacetylene outfit for an hand valves on the

C9 extended period, you should close the _____. torch only
open the acetylene
cylinder valve only ¼
to ½ turn and leave
When welding with and oxyacetylene outfit, the wrench on the
C9 _____. valve stem

In oxy-acetylene welding outfit, each cylinder has

a regulator and two pressure gages. One pressure
gage indicates cylinder pressure and the other
C9 gage is used to indicate _____. hose pressure

An acetylene pressure regulator should never be this gas become

adjusted to maintain pressures exceeding 15 psig extremely unstable
C9 (103.4 kPa) because _____. under this condition

Acetylene should never be used at pressures in slightest shock could

C9 excess of 15 psig because the _____. cause an explosion
Careful handling compressed gas bottles should
include _____. I. stowing, to avoid them from
crashing into one another II. keeping them away
from flame, high heat, and direct sunlight III.
C9 keeping the valve protection caps in place I, II & III

Which of the following practices is considered to Routinely greasing or

be safe for the handling and use of compressed lubricating the valves
C9 gas cylinders? on oxygen cylinders.
 A flare-type tubing connector is used in the
hydraulic hatch-cover system and has developed a replace both the
slight leak. To stop the leak you should tubing sections and
C9 __________. the fitting

The tool used to makeup connection fittings for

small diameter copper tubing is called a/an
C9 _____. adjustable belling tool

C9 Flux is used when soldering, in order to _____. ensure proper tinning

Soft solders have relatively low melting points

C9 and consist mainly of _____. copper base alloys

Engine operating conditions may be indicated by

the color of the exhaust smoke. Black smoke
C9 could indicate ________. an overloaded engine

White smoke issuing from the exhaust of an

C9 auxiliary diesel engine could mean _______. the engine is cold

White smoke exhausting from a diesel engine can

C9 be caused by a _______. cracked cylinder liner

If a diesel engine is smoking excessively under

C9 load, the cause could be ________. plugged injector holes

Black smoke exhausting from an operating diesel

engine is an indication of poor combustion which clogged air intake
C9 may be caused by _______. passages
 Black smoke exhausting from a diesel engine may
C9 be caused by ______. insufficient fuel

Thermocouple pyrometers are sued on large,

main propulsion diesel engines to indicate the lube oil at the bearing
C9 temperature of the ______. supplies

when the
When a waste heat boiler is installed in the turbocharger is in
C9 exhaust gas bypass would be used _____. operation

An exhaust gas bypass is installed on a waste heat recycle exhaust gas to

C9 boiler in order to ______. the turbocharger

Critical speeds occurring within the operating

speed range of a main propulsion diesel engine
may be changed, or have their damaging effects engine support
C9 reduced by a/an _________. vibration isolator

Combustion knock occurring in a diesel engine

C9 can be caused by ______. Insufficient fuel

The loss of a diesel engine cylinder air charge

through leaky valves, pistons rings, worn or Low firing pressure
scored liners, would be indicated by which of the and high mean
C9 following sets of exhaust of conditions? effective pressure

If a small auxiliary diesel engine will not crank but

can be barred over, the trouble may be due to Air bound fuel
C9 _________. injectors
 Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

when marks on the when marks on the

by a torque wrench body and nut are by hand only body and nut are aligned
aligned

4 ports and 3 positions 2 ports and 3

4 positions and 3 ports 4 ports and 3 positions
positions

the numerical inside diameter of the numerical

a color code on the designation found on the designation found on
armor the 'skin' of the hose the tube the 'skin' of the hose

all engine personnel are high degree of safety maintenance work high degree of safety
present

Asbestos Rubber Plastics Rubber

ASTM specifications welding plan Coast Guard file welding plan

centrifugal pump piston pump rotary pump piston pump

chilling the recovery close the cooling chilling the recovery

chilling the recovery vessel and heating the water valve of vessel and heating the
vessel only appliance condenser appliance

close loop system A2V system open loop system open loop system
 shut-off the jacket engage turning gear engage turning gear and
close the fuel oil valve cooling heating and switch off power switch off power

completely loosen a mark centers and lines line up corresponding line up corresponding
jammed bolt in layout work holes in adjacent parts holes in adjacent parts

Compression and Fatigue and

Corrosion and fatigue Fatigue and compression
corrosion compression

Coupling Quick disconnect Union Union

discharge pressure is discharge capacity is discharge capacity is discharge capacity is

constant changing constant constant

hood nut bolt bolt

decrease boiler decrease boiler

fan motor failure fuel oil pump failure
efficiency efficiency

There will be an It can cause damage in It will allow interstage There will be an
excessive leakage past leakage in the pump excessive leakage past
the stuffing box
the packing gland casing glands the packing gland

Ensuring that the Ensuring that the

thermal bulb is in good clean the seat with heat up the expansion thermal bulb is in good
contact with the suction abrasive valve contact with the suction
line. line.
Sea water outlet Sea water inlet Luboil outlet Sea water outlet

Continues running of the Damage to the Flooding of the Continues running of the
compressor condenser receiver compressor

scribed layout lines on torque of a shaft

shaft eccentricity shaft eccentricity
vertical surfaces

power motor valve pump

pump relief valve tank motor

mechanical seal wear ring clearance

pump shaft condition impeller condition
condition against impeller

Check for parallel Reassemble the pump

Reassemble the pump alignment of the and set the governor Correct the cause of
and provide more water sleeve radial face to scoring and install a new
to obtain a slower
leak off for lubrication. the sleeve bore. shaft sleeve.
speed.

changing compressor renewing container

recharging the system changing the air filter
lubricant vacuum

to be sent back to
to be disposed after
reusable manufacturer for disposable
second use
recondition
S R P T

The system should be

The relief valves in the drained and renewed The filters and strainers
All system pressure
system should be should be readjusted. with a fluid of should be checked
readjusted. different operating frequently.
characteristics

excessive "drag" of the working temperature of

thinner grade of oil moving parts of the thicker grade of oil the engine
engine

check for a receiver

outlet valve which check for a defective
may be partially high-pressure cut-out check the operation of
check the air filter closed switch the unloaders

excessive moisture
flywheel misalignment insufficient rocker arm build-up in the mechanical failure in the
with the driving motor clearance receiver unloader

badly leaking tight compressor

compressor overload motor overload unloaders bearing

broken discharge
leaking discharge valve jammed suction valve unloader tripped overload relay

leaking unloader tripped circuit breaker defective pop valve tripped circuit breaker

increasing the operating carrying the oil level intercooler or carrying the oil level
pressure differential higher than normal aftercooler leaks higher than normal
leakage in the worn or broken piston defects in the high worn or broken piston
aftercooler rings pressure loader rings

decreased compression higher than normal water in the higher than normal
ratio power consumption lubricating oil power consumption
running with an air filter
element different from excessive operating excessive operating
that required by the hours without carrying hours without carrying
original manufacturer’s the compressor out preventive out preventive
specifications running too fast maintenance maintenance

operating the
excessive compressor compressor at abrasion by dust and
discharge pressure excessive speed dirt abrasion by dust and dirt

second stage discharge pressure in the first stage discharge first stage discharge
pressure intercooler pressure pressure

a defective pressure a leak in the leaking high pressure leaking high pressure
switch or pilot valve intercooler piping discharge valves discharge valves

compressor operation
carbon build up in the in an area of high faulty operation of a faulty operation of a
piston ring belt relative humidity cylinder unloader cylinder unloader

Repairs to working
compressor is parts or containers foundation bolts are foundation bolts are
overloaded used
motorinischemical
overloaded loose loose
A braze welded joint processes, especially
should be cooled strong alkaline Braze welding is an Braze welding is an
immediately with cold solutions, are exceptionally good exceptionally good
water or forced air draft effectively method of repairing method of repairing
to reduce the intensity accomplished with malleable (special malleable (special
of the heat path. braze welding. heattreated) iron. heattreated) iron.
The oxygen regulator The torch oxygen inlet The torch acetylene
hose outlet thread hose thread inlet hose thread The torch oxygen inlet
connection is “left connection is “right connection is “right hose thread connection
handed” handed” handed” is “right handed”
it is important to it is important to
remember that the remember that the
oxygen cylinder and never allow more than acetylene hose thread never allow more than
hose thread connections 15 PSIG pressure in connections are right 15 PSIG pressure in the
are left handed the acetylene hose handed acetylene hose

ear plugs tinted goggles steel toe safety shoes tinted goggles
A braze welded joint
should be cooled Braze welding is an Braze welding is an
immediately with cold acceptable method of acceptable method of
water to obtain the repairing malleable repairing malleable iron
highest strength. iron and mild steel. All of the above. and mild steel.

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

arc blow will burn our the fumes are highly slag and metal splatter serious flash burns will
face toxic will get in your eyes result

speed up your
use a lower current electrode travel use larger electrodes increase the amperage

reduce metal fatigue

reduce oxidation and warpage increase heat transfer reduce oxidation
Stabilize the electron
emission rate and
Shield the arc during the produce the uniform Shield the arc during the
welding process to temperatures in the welding process to
prevent oxidation. Prevent arc blow. heat affected zone. prevent oxidation.
 allow the user the use
of smaller welding eliminate the need for
reduce internal stresses rods post heating reduce internal stresses
Each successive
welded part should be
First, weld the joints that Make a weld across an restrained to lock in First, weld the joints that
will tend to contract the unwelded plate joint stresses and avoid will tend to contract the
most. in adjoining members. cracking. most.

cylinder valves and close cylinder valves and cylinder valves and close
torch valves when close torch valves with torch valves when
pressure in hoses and 4 to 5 pounds of pressure in hoses and
regulators is zero cylinder valves only pressure in the hoses regulators is zero
open the acetylene
cylinder valve only ¼ to
open the acetylene valve a leaking hose must be a flashback of flame ½ turn and leave the
until the hose pressure repaired by binding into the hose is wrench on the valve
is 25 PSIG with tape normal stem

tip pressure upstream pressure arc pressure hose pressure

this gas become

the fusible plug will rapid deletion of extremely unstable
the relief valve will lift blowout acetylene is hazardous under this condition

acetylene cylinders have

a maximum allowable fusible plug will blow slightest shock could
pressure of 15 pisg out relief valve will lift cause an explosion

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

Using oxygen as a The storage of the

substitute for cylinders in a well- Cracking the valve on The storage of the
compressed air for ventilated a hydrogen cylinder to cylinders in a well-
pneumatic tools. compartment. clear dust and dirt. ventilated compartment.
 shut down the power shut down the power
unit and use two unit and use two
keep the system in wrenches to avoid stop the system and wrenches to avoid
operation and tighten damaging the tubing use only one wrench damaging the tubing
the flare nut when tightening to tighten the flare nut when tightening

adjustable tube roller flaring tool tubing expander flaring tool

decrease the melting decrease the surface control the soldering decrease the surface
point of the solder tension of the solder iron temperature tension of the solder

silver base alloys lead base alloys nickel base alloys lead base alloys

an insufficient speed clogged drain holes in

droop setting the oil control rings complete combustion an overloaded engine

there is too much lube the turbocharger is

the engine is overloaded oil in the cylinders fouled the engine is cold

high combustion high compression fuel with a high

temperature pressure vanadium content cracked cylinder liner

low exhaust back early fuel injection in compression pressure

pressure one of the cylinders in one of the cylinders plugged injector holes

insufficient fuel for clogged air intake

water in the fuel combustion burning lubricating oil passages
excessive scavenging air high coolant
pressure temperature a clogged air cleaner a clogged air cleaner

cooling water leaving fuel oil entering the exhaust gases at exhaust gases at various
each cylinder injector various locations locations

at low loads to
at high loads to prevent during periods of high prevent corrosion in at low loads to prevent
overheating steam demand the boiler corrosion in the boiler

bypass a portion of minimize moisture minimize moisture

bypass exhaust gas at the exhaust gas at condensation in the condensation in the
high loads to prevent peak loads for better boiler gas passages at boiler gas passages at
excessive back pressure efficiency low loads low loads

definer or viscous fluid lightened crankshaft spherically seated definer or viscous fluid
damper flywheel crankshaft bearing damper

Low coolant High ambient Carbon buildup on the Low coolant

temperature temperature nozzle holder temperature

Low compression Low compression Low firing pressure Low compression

pressure and high pressure and low and low exhaust pressure and high
exhaust temperature exhaust temperature temperature exhaust temperature

Corrosion of starting Corrosion of starting

battery terminal A leaky fuel pump A defective engine battery terminal
connections relief valve governor connections
Com Question Choice A

The standard outside diameter pipelines to

enable pipes of reception facilities to be
connected with the ships discharge pipelines for 215 mm
C10 residues from machinery bilges should
be_________.

Plastic material may be discharged overboard Prohibited to throw

C10 from a vessel if it is __________. overboard

One of the requirements for an oil tanker

operating with Dedicated Clean Ballast shall be Segregated Ballast
C10 that it is equipped with_________. Tanks and PL

Which list is not required to be provided as part A list of agencies or

C10 of the appendices of the Shipboard Oil Pollution officials in regularly
Emergency Plan? visited ports.

The change in its

Why is it important for fuel oil tank not to be specific volume when
C10 topped off when loading cold oil? heated may cause an
overflow
 The change in its
Why is it important for fuel oil tank not to be specific volume when
C10 topped off when loading cold oil? heated may cause an
overflow

The Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan an explanation and

C10 must include __________. purpose of the plan

overboard only
through an approved
C10 Bilges may be pumped . oily water separator
and oil content
monitor

When using mechanical foam to fight a bilge fire,

C10 the stream of foam is most effective when at a vertical surface
directed .

The term 'discharge', as it applies to the spilling, leaking,

C10 pollution regulations, means __________. pumping

Before a vessel can pump oily water within a

Special Area, it has to comply with the following be underway
C10 conditions except_________.
 Which of the following classes of fire would
C10 Class A
probably occur in the engine room bilges?

When bunkering is completed, the hoses should cleaned internally with

C10 be __________. a degreaser

If you observe any situation which presents a Close the valves at the
C10 safety or pollution hazard during fuel transfer manifold.
operations which action should you take first?

To whom is the first report rendered in the oil

C10 Ship's agent
pollution contingency plan of the vessel?

The process of grinding, shredding, or reducing

C10 the size of sewage particles is known as bulking
__________.

Which should be done with the ashes from your discharge at sea
vessel’s incinerator which has burned packages provided you are more
C10 containing plastic? than 25 miles offshore
 Fueling results in the collection of waste oil in Adding sinking agents
C10 drip pans and containers. Which is an approved and discharging it into
method of disposing of the waste oil? the water

Small oil spills on deck is prevented from going closing the lids on the
C10 overboard by ______: vents

The best way to combat an engine room bilge foam extinguisher and
C10 fire is through the use of a_____________ . low velocity water fog

Most minor spills of oil products are caused

C10 human error
by______.

The operator of each vessel subject to the the name of each

C10 pollution regulations is NOT required to keep person designated as a
written records of __________. person in charge

The fixed CO2 fire extinguishing system has been After any personnel in
activated to extinguish a large engine room bilge fireman outfits reenter
C10 fire. When is the best time to vent the the engine room.
combustible products from the engine room?
 The regulations that were passed to implement
C10 MARPOL 73/78 concerning oil pollution apply to All of the above
a U.S. flag vessel that sails on which waters?

Which statement is true concerning gasoline It will sink more

C10 spill? rapidly than crude oil.

Is it possible to discharge overboard plastic No, it is prohibited to

C10 material from a vessel? discharge

When a vessel violates the oil pollution laws,

C10 Licensed officers only
who may be held responsible?

With no environmental forces present, the

C10 center of gravity of an inclined vessel is vertically longitudinal centerline
aligned with the .

On a tanker ship, sanitary inspections of the Master and Second

C10 crew's quarters are the responsibility of the Mate
__________.
 Sanitary inspections of the crew's quarters are Master and Second
C10 the responsibility of the____. Mate

Among other restrictions, an oil tanker may not more than 12 nautical
discharge an oily mixture into the sea from a
C10 cargo tank, slop tank, or cargo pump room bilge miles from the nearest
land
unless the vessel is_________ .

Under the Pollution Regulations, when you keep a record for two
C10 dump garbage in to the sea you must years
__________.

When amendments are made to the Shipboard and cannot be

C10 Oil Pollution Emergency Plan, the revisions must implemented without
be submitted to the Coast Guard __________. approval

When amendments are made to the Shipboard and cannot be

C10 Oil Pollution Emergency Plan, the revisions must implemented without
be submitted to the administration __________. approval

Under the Pollution Regulations, garbage

C10 two years
disposal records must be kept for __________.
 Which substance is NOT considered to be "Oil" Oil mixed with dredge
C10 under the pollution prevention regulations? spoil

A precaution you should take before bunkering is plug the scuppers

C10 to __________

Which is a mandatory section of the shipboard Reporting

C10 Oil Pollution Emergency Plan? requirements

Which is not a mandatory part of the Shipboard Diagrams

C10
Oil Pollution Emergency Plan?

The scuppers had been plugged as required at

the time an oil spill occurs on deck. After
C10 remove the plugs from
shutting down the transfer, the engineroom
should first be informed and then __________.

Shipboard Oil
Prevention and
C10 SOPEP means _______. Environmental
Protection
 circulating them
A ocean going ship having an inoperative oily through the lube oil
C10 water separator may dispose of its bilge slops purifier to remove
by_______________ . water and debris

The preferred type of pollution control for oil

C10 skimmer
spills on the water is__________.

Which statement is true for the 30,000 DWT

tanker ship engaging in trade to another country The IOPP Certificate is
C10 valid for 5 years
signatory to MARPOL 73/78?

Which of the circumstances listed is an exception A person falls

overboard, and a
C10 to the garbage discharge requirements in Annex
plastic ice chest is
V to MARPOL 73/78? thrown for flotation.

They may cause

Which statement is true concerning small oil serious pollution as
C10 spills? the effect tends to be
cumulative

Contain the oil and

When oil is accidentally discharged into the remove as much of it
C10 water, what should you do after reporting the as possible from the
discharge? water
 An acceptable method of dealing with pump the oil into the
C10 accumulated oil found in the pump room bilges slop tanks
is to_________ .

The approval period for a shipboard Oil Pollution five years

C10 Emergency Plan expires after __________.

Pollution regulation requires that each scupper mechanical means of

C10 in an enclosed deck area have a __________. closing

In reference to accidental oil pollution, the most final topping off is

C10 critical time during bunkering is when
occurring
__________.

Prohibited oil spaces” as specified in the Oil tanks in the

Pollution Prevention Regulations provide afterpeak
C10 regulations, which of the following? compartment.

a representative
Pollution Prevention Regulations, state that no sample has been
person may transfer oil to or from a vessel unless taken from the oil
C10 _____________. being received
 has in his or her
possession a valid
Certificate of
Inspection or Tank
No person may transfer oil to or from a vessel Vessel Examination
C10 unless the person in charge _____________. Letter

Which of the listed operations must be Periodic sampling

personally supervised by the person-in-charge during the loading to
C10 while taking on fuel? ensure uniformity.

During topping off of bunker tanks, the loading

rate must be personally supervised by the
C10 ____________. person-in-charge

Coast Guard Regulations require the emergency be independent of the

C10 bilge system to _____. main bilge system

Which of the following is the minimum internal

diameter of the main bilge suction piping
permitted by regulations on a vessel over 150
C10 gross tons? 2 ½ inches

Remote control for stopping machinery driving

fuel oil service pumps is required. These controls protected against
C10 shall be _______. accidental operation
 According to Regulations (46 CFR), no vessel can
come alongside or remain alongside a tank
vessel while it is loading A, B, or C grade cargo officer-in-charge of
without having the permission of the the vessel which is
C10 ____________. loading

According to Pollution Prevention Regulations,

when may a person serve as the person-in-
charge of both a vessel and a facility during oil Whenever the vessel
C10 transfer operations? is short of manpower.

application you must

complete and submit
According to the Pollution Prevention to the Coast Guard to
Regulations, the declaration of inspection is the have an inspector visit
C10 ____________. your vessel

According to the Pollution Prevention

Regulations, who makes the final decision of The captain of the
C10 when oil transfer may begin? port

Pollution regulations require that the oil transfer

procedures, which must be posted on every
vessel having a capacity of 250 or more barrels
of oil, must contain a description of each oil
transfer system installed on the vessel including
C10 each _____________. I. valve II. pump III. vent I & II
According to the Coast Guard Pollution
Prevention Regulations, no person may transfer
oil to or from a vessel unless _____________. I.
each part of the transfer system not necessary
for the transfer operation is securely blanked or
shut off II. the discharge containment is in place
III. each scupper or drain in a discharge
C10 containment system is closed I & II
 According to Pollution Prevention Regulations,
no person may transfer oil to or from a vessel
unless _____________. I. each hose is
supported in a manner that prevents strain on its
coupling II. Each part of the transfer system
necessary to allow the flow of oil is lined up for
transfer III. each oil transfer hose has no loose
covers, kinks, bulges, or soft spots, and no
gouges, cuts or slahses that penetrate the hose
C10 reinforcement I & II
Which of the following statements is true
concerning oil transfer connections? I. Any
permanently connected flange coupling must
have a bolt in each hole II. Approved quick-
connect couplings may be used III. When a
temporary connection utilizes an American
National Standard Institute (ANSI) standard
flange, a bolt in every other hole is accpetable if
C10 at least four bolts are used I only

Oil Pollution Prevention Regulations, require that

the person-in-charge of transfer operations is to
insure that the _____________. I. drains and
scuppers are closed by the mechanical means II.
transferrer and transferee know the identity of
the product to be transferred III. hose is
C10 In accordance
supported with Regulations,
to prevent a 25,000 gross I only
kinking or damage
ton cargo vessel on an ocean route, having two
10,000 HP oil fired boilers, requires a certain
quantity of hand portable and semi-portable fire
extinguishing systems in the engine room.
Which of the following quantities of
extinguishing agents would meet these
requirements? I. 100 lbs. CO2, 20 lbs. dry
chemical II. 30 lbs. CO2, 40 gals. foam III. 5 gals
C10 foam, 50 lbs. dry chemical I, II & III

Pollution Prevention Regulations require that on valves used during

the completion of oil transfer operations all transfer shall be
C10 _____________. closed

In an oil pumping operation where pumping

connections are made up of flanged hoses the
C10 weakest link is the _________. hose
 According to 33 CFR Part 151, all tankships of
150 GT and above and all other ships of 400 GT
and above,are required to prepare and maintain vapor recovery
C10 an approved __________________. procedures plan

the operating
instructions for any
According to regulations, the shipboard oil and all oily-water
pollution emergency plan must include separators installed
C10 __________. aboard the vessel

A signal is not
According to regulations, when loading, or required for
discharging oil in bulk at a dock, which of the discharging oil, only
C10 following signals must be displayed? gasoline

When completing the ballasting operation of a

contaminated tank, which of the following Motor overload due to
C10 problems must be guarded against? high discharge head

Water ballast placed in a tank that has been

crude oil washed, but not water rinsed, shall be
C10 regarded as ________. dirty ballast

C10 The term "arrival ballast" refers to ___________. clean ballast

 discharging at an
Among other restrictions, an oil tanker may not instantaneous rate of
discharge an oily mixture into the sea from a oil content not
cargo tank, slop tank, or cargo pump room bilge exceeding 30 liters per
C10 unless the vessel is __________________. nautical mile

an oil tanker of 150

gross tons or above, or
A shipboard oil pollution emergency plan is other ship of 400
C10 required of ______________. gross tons or above

When amendments are made to the shipboard one month prior to

oil pollution emergency plan, the revisions must the anniversary date
C10 be submitted to the Coast Guard __________. of the plan

The approval period for a shipboard oil pollution

C10 emergency plan expires after __________. one year

Coast Guard regulations require a shipboard oil

pollution emergency plan to be reviewed
C10 _____________. biennially only

annually by the owner

and a letter sumitted
Shipboard oil pollution emergency plans must be six months prior to
C10 reviewed ___________. expiration
 When discharging clean ballast, prior to entering
the loading port, if the ballast is determined by
the oil monitor to exceed 15 parts per million of
oil, the deballasting must be terminated
C10 ___________________. automatically

While loading bulk oil, you notice oil on the

water near the barge. Which of the following
C10 actions should you carry out FIRST? Stop loading

When you notice oil on the water near your

vessel while taking on fuel, you should FIRST notify the terminal
C10 ____________. superintendent

To prevent oil from escaping into the sea when open block valves,
ballasting through the cargo piping system, you then start the cargo
C10 should FIRST _________. pump

According to Pollution Prevention Regulations

(33 CFR), the minimum number of bolts
permitted in an ANSI standard flange on an oil
C10 hose is ________________. six

According to the Coast Guard Pollution

Prevention Regulations (33 CFR), what is the
minimum number of bolts required in a
C10 temporarily connected standard ANSI coupling? 6 bolts
 The minimum number of bolts necessary for a
standard ANSI oil transfer hose temporary flange
coupling (eight bolt hole flange) is
C10 ____________________. six bolts

An ocean going ship of 4000 gross tons must be

fitted with a standard discharge shore
connection for the discharge of oily wastes to a
reception facility. The dimensions for the
connection are specified in the Pollution
Prevention Regulations under Part
C10 _____________________. 155

Regulations, state that ocean going ships of 400

gross tons and above must be fitted with a
standard discharge shore connection for the
discharge of oily waste from machinery space
bilges to reception facilities. The flange of this
discharge connection must be suitable for a service
C10 _______________. pressure of 6 kg/cm2

An ocean going ship of over 400 gross tons must

be fitted with a standard discharge shore
connection. What size bolt circle diameter is
required for this shore connection to transfer
C10 oily ballast to a shore side reception facility? 183 mm
Which of the following statements is true
concerning oil transfer connections? I. Any
permanently connected flange coupling must
have a bolt in each hole II. Approved quick-
connect couplings may be used III. When a
temporary connection utilizes an American
National Standard Institute (ANSI) standard
flange, a bolt in every other hole is accpetable if
C10 at least four bolts are used I, II & III

where they can be

The transfer procedures for oil products are easily seen or readily
C10 required to be posted ____________. available
 Which of the following liquids can ordinarily be
discharge overboard without being processed
C10 through an oily water separator? Segregated ballast

tank that is completely

The term "segregated ballast" is defined in the separated from the
Pollution Prevention Regulations as ballast water cargo oil and fuel oil
C10 introduced into a/an ____________. systems

Pollution Prevention Regulations state that no hoses are supported

person may transfer oil to or from a vessel unless so that couplings have
C10 _____________. no strain on them

According to Pollution Prevention Regulations ,

no person may connect or engage in any other that person holds a
critical oil transfer operation unless tankerman
C10 _____________. endorsement

According to Pollution Prevention Regulations, if

a cargo hose shows a small leak in its fabric, you the terminal foreman
C10 may transfer oil after _____________________. is notified

If a leak in an oil hose coupling cannot be

stopped by tightening the coupling bolts, you notify the Coast Guard
C10 should ____________________. of a potential oil spill
 Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

225 mm 235 mm 250 mm 215 mm

Prohibited to throw
3 miles from shore 12 miles from shore 25 miles from shore overboard

Two separate slop

A COW system An oil content meter An oil content meter
tanks

A list of agencies or
A list specifying who
officials of Coastal
will be responsible for State Administrators
informing the parties A list of personnel A list of personnel
responsible for
listed and the priority duty assignments. duty assignments.
receiving and
in which they must be processing incident
notified. reports.

Increased viscosity of The fuelling valve may

the product needs become stuck closed The change in its
Air pockets may cause higher loading and cause the fuel oil specific volume when
the fuel oil to bubble pressure which to spill before the heated may cause an
out of the ullage hole increases the chance valve can be opened overflow
of spill
 Increased viscosity of The fuelling valve may
the product needs become stuck closed The change in its
Air pockets may cause higher loading and cause the fuel oil specific volume when
the fuel oil to bubble pressure which to spill before the heated may cause an
out of the ullage hole increases the chance valve can be opened overflow
of spill

the operating
all information a one-line schematic instructions for any an explanation and
ordinarily provided in of the plan to be and all oily-water purpose of the plan
the Oil Record Book implemented separators installed
aboard the vessel

overboard only
through an approved
anytime as long as the overboard on the overboard only after oily water separator
oil content is very little outgoing tide dark and oil content
monitor

directly into the bilge at a vertical surface

at the overhead onto the deck
water

ballasting & Gassing Up spilling, leaking,

inerting & venting
deballasting &Incinerating pumping

that the filter system

have an automatic cut- it must be more than
it must be more than have an oily water off when the wastes 12 miles from the
12 miles from the separating system in are found to exceed nearest coast
nearest coast operation 15 ppm of oily residue
Class B Class C Class D Class B

drained, blanked off, washed out with hot stowed vertically and drained, blanked off,
and stored securely soapy water allowed to drain and stored securely

Notify the person in

Shut down the Sound the general Shut down the
charge of the shore
operation. alarm. operation.
facility.

Coast guard Port authorities Ship's owner Port authorities

detention maceration chlorinating maceration

discharge overboard discharge to shore discharge at sea discharge to shore

provided you are not facility only provided you are at
in a river or estuary least 12 miles offshore facility only
Draining it overboard Placing it in proper Mixing it with Placing it in proper
when the vessel gets disposal facilities dispersants before
underway draining it overboard disposal facilities

driving wooden plugs plugging the scuppers plugging the sounding plugging the scuppers
into the vents pipes

dry chemical
extinguisher and solid foam extinguisher and foam and soda acid foam extinguisher and
solid stream water extinguishers low velocity water fog
stream water

unforeseeable
equipment failure major casualties human error
circumstances

hose information not the date and results of cargoes carried and cargoes carried and
marked on the hose equipment inspection including destinations dates
the most recent dates delivered, delivered,
including destinations

Immediately after the One half-hour after After the metal After the metal
the fire is surfaces have cooled surfaces have cooled
fire is extinguished. extinguished. down. down.
Inland waters only Great Lakes only International waters International waters

It is visible for a It is visible for a

It is not covered by the It does little harm to shorter time than a shorter time than a
pollution laws. marine life. fuel oil spill. fuel oil spill.

It is possible provided It is possible provided It is possible provided No, it is prohibited to

the vessel is 3 miles the vessel is 12 miles the vessel is 12 miles discharge
from shore from shore from shore

Any individual Any individual

connected with the connected with the
Owners only Master only
vessel involved in the vessel involved in the
operation operation

original vertical
center of buoyancy center of flotation center of buoyancy
centerline

Master and Chief Master and union Master and Chief Master and Chief
Engineer delegate Mate Engineer
Master and Chief Master and union Master and Chief Master and Chief
Engineer delegate Mate Engineer

discharging at an is within "Special discharging at an

instantaneous rate of Areas" defined in instantaneous rate of
oil content not at anchor or stopped Regulation 1 (10) of oil content not
exceeding 30 liters per Annex I to MARPOL exceeding 30 liters per
nautical mile 73/78 nautical mile

No action is required if
you are more than 25 keep a record for two
notify the U.S. Coast make an entry in the miles from land and years
Guard Official Logbook no plastic materials
are dumped.

and can be
one month before the six months before the implemented without and cannot be
immediate approval as implemented without
anniversary date of end of the approval
long as final approval
the plan period is received within six approval
months of submission

and can be
one month before the six months before the implemented without and cannot be
immediate approval as implemented without
anniversary date of end of the approval long as final approval
the plan period is received within six approval
months of submission

until the next Coast until the end of the

one year two years
Guard inspection voyage
 Oil refuse and oil Oil mixed with dredge
Petroleum and fuel oil Sludge mixed with wastes spoil

plug the sounding close the lids on the

plug the vents plug the scuppers
pipes vents

Removal equipment List of individuals Reporting

Planned exercises
list required to respond requirements

Reporting Steps to control a National and local Diagrams

requirements discharge coordination

rig a fire hose and call spread an absorbent spread an absorbent

material, such as sound the general alar material, such as
for water on deck sawdust sawdust

Shipboard Oil Shipboard Oil Spill of Oil Prevention Shipboard Oil

Pollution Emergency Pollution and and Environmental Pollution and
Protection Emergency Plans Protection Emergency Plans
 pumping them into a
slowly operating the holding its slops holding its slops
onboard until they can settling tank for
bilge pump at half onboard until they can
separation before
capacity so that it be discharged to a be discharged to a
shore side reception pumping the oily
never completely shore side reception
water residue
dewaters the bilges facility facility
overboard

straw boom chemical dispersant boom

The Certificate of An IOPP Certificate is An IOPP Certificate is

Inspection is prima invalid if the ship renewed at each The IOPP Certificate is
facie evidence of carries cargoes inspection for valid for 5 years
compliance with outside the classes certification
MARPOL 73/78 authorized thereon

A person falls
Garbage accumulation The destination port
The garbage to be overboard, and a
onboard has exceeded or terminal cannot
discharged will sink. plastic ice chest is
storage space. receive garbage. thrown for flotation.

They may cause

They usually disappear They usually stay in a A small spill is not serious pollution as
dangerous to sea life
quickly small area. the effect tends to be
in the area. cumulative

Contain the oil and

Throw chemical Obtain your permit
agents on the water to Throw sand on the remove as much of it
from the Corps of
water to sink the oil. as possible from the
disperse the oil. Engineers water
transfer the oil to the discharge the oil over pump the oil into a pump the oil into the
the side on an
sea chest clean ballast tank slop tanks
outgoing tide

two years three years four years five years

mechanical means of
wooden plug soft rubber plug two-piece soft patch closing

you first start to hoses are being blown hoses are being final topping off is
receive fuel down disconnected occurring

Tanks storing oil in the Tanks storing oil in the

A vessels double- A vessels midship fuel forepeak forepeak
bottom fuel oil tanks. tanks. compartment. compartment.

an oil containment all parts of the all parts of the

oil residue has been boom is available for transfer system have transfer system have
drained from all hoses immediate use been properly lined up been properly lined up
 has notified the is in the immediate is in the immediate
has in his or her captain of the port at vicinity and vicinity and
possession a copy of least 24 hours before immediately available immediately available
the vessel's Oil Record beginning each oil to the oil transfer to the oil transfer
Book transfer operation personnel personnel

Posting of the
Declaration of
Inspection in a Disposing overboard
conspicuous place all waste oil or slops Topping off of any Topping off of any
under glass. from drip pans. tanks being loaded. tanks being loaded.

terminal operator master chief engineer person-in-charge

be a part of the have a cross

independent bilge have an independent connection to the be independent of the
system priming pump ballast system main bilge system

1 ½ inches 3 ½ inches 4 ½ inches 2 ½ inches

accessible to
located at the control provided with a locked authorized personnel protected against
platform cover only accidental operation
 officer-in-charge of
USCG captain of the the vessel which is
port terminal manager tank ship owner loading

When licensed as a When authorized by When authorized by

certified refueling the Captain of the Whenever the facility the Captain of the
officer. Port. is unmanned. Port.

document signed by document signed by

vessel and shore annual report vessel and shore
paper issued by the facility persons-in- submitted by vessel facility persons-in-
Coast Guard marine charge declaring that personnel to the Coast charge declaring that
inspector which allows all transfer Guard declaring that all transfer
you to conduct a requirements have all transfer equipment requirements have
transfer operation been met has been inspected been met

The senior deck officer The designated Any local Coast Guard The designated
present personin-charge representative personin-charge

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

I, II & III I & II II & III I, II & III

I, II & III I & II II & III I, II & III

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

soundings shall be persons on duty valves used during

hoses shall be blown entered in the oil during oil transfer transfer shall be
down with air record book shall be accounted for closed

flange stud bolt hole hose

synthetic plastic shipboard oil pollution shipboard oil pollution
discharge plan oil discharge plan emergency plan emergency plan

all information one-line schematic of

ordinarily provided in the plan to be an explanation and an explanation and
the oil record book implemented purpose of this plan purpose of this plan

A yellow flag (day), red A green flag (day), A red flag (day), red A red flag (day), red
light (night) green light (night) light (night) light (night)

Insufficient pump
pressure when Back flow of Back flow of
Loss of pump suction topping off contaminated water contaminated water

clean ballast segregated ballast crude oil dirty ballast

any form of sea water

brackish water ballast dirty ballast ballast clean ballast
 is within “Special discharging at an
AAreas” defined in instantaneous rate of
more than 12 nautical Regulation 1 (10) of oil content not
miles from the nearest Annex I to MARPOL exceeding 30 liters per
land at anchor or stopped 73/78 nautical mile

any barge or other

ship which is
constructed or
operated in such a an oil tanker of 400 an oil tanker of 150
all vessels, regardless manner that no oil in gross tons and above, gross tons or above, or
of size and commercial any form can be or other ships of 10 other ship of 400
application carried aboard gross tons and above gross tons or above

and can be
implemented without
immediate approval as
and cannot be six months prior to the long as final approval and cannot be
implemented without end of the approval is received within six implemented without
approval period months of submittal approval

five years two years four years five years

only one every five

annually only quad-annually only years annually only

annually by the owner annually by the owner

and submit a letter to and the entire plan and submit a letter to
the Coast Guard only once every five resubmitted for the Coast Guard
within one month of years and a letter approval once every within one month of
the anniversary date submitted six months five years, six months the anniversary date
of the plan approval prior to expiration prior to expiration of the plan approval
 be stopped until the
be completely oil can settle out, then be completed only
discharge in order to resumed at a slower after “load on top” has be terminated
load discharge rate been completed automatically

Search the vessel for Notify terminal

leaks superintendent Notify the Coast Guard Stop loading

determine whether
notify the senior deck your vessel is the
officer stop loading source stop loading

open sea suction start the cargo pump, open sluice valves, start the cargo pump,
valves, then start the then open sea suction then start the cargo then open sea suction
cargo pump valves pump valves

three four nine four

2 bolts 4 bolts 8 bolts 4 bolts

two bolts four bolts eight bolts four bolts

151 153 154 155

designed to accept
pipes up to a slotted to receive
maximum internal eight bolts and 20 mm suitable for a service
diameter of 100mm 10 mm in thickness in diameter pressure of 6 kg/cm2

125 mm 215 mm 250 mm 183 mm

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

where they can be

in the upper easily seen or readily
in the pilothouse in the officer's lounge pumproom flat available
 Cargo pumproom
Cargo tank ballast Engine room bilges bilges Segregated ballast

tank that is completely

fuel settling tank for isolated tank for separated from the
segregation from oily water separator analysis because of its cargo oil and fuel oil
lighter fluids for segregation noxious properties systems

each part of the

a sample has been an oil containment transfer system is hoses are supported
taken from the oil boom is available for blown through with so that couplings have
being received immediate use air no strain on them

the designated that person holds a the designated

person-incharge is license as master, that person holds a person-incharge is
present mate, or engineer valid port security card present

the hose leak is a drip pan is placed

the hose is replaced securely wrapped under the leak the hose is replaced

notify the terminal notify the terminal

operator, then reduce pumping spread absorbent operator, then
shutdown and repair pressure to reduce the material on deck shutdown and repair
the leak leakage rate beneath the leak the leak
 Com Question Choice A

The detrimental effect

What will happen if the displacement of a vessel
C11 of free
increases? surfaceincreases

Assume the shift is

If the ship takes a sudden severe list or trim from an
C11 due to off center
unknown cause, What will be your first action? loading

The ratio of volume of displacement to a block having

C11 the same length, breadth and draft of the vessel is Beam-draft ratio
known as_____.

Building plans of the

C11 Where can you take the value of KM at any draft? ship

How can a clogged limber holes endanger a ship's By decreasing off

C11
stability? center weight

A vessel's stability normally increases when tanks are reserve buoyancy is

C11 ballasted because the vessel's______. increased
 In small angle stability, when external forces exist, the
buoyant force is assumed to act vertically upwards
C11 Center of flotation
through the center of buoyancy and through which
point?

During counter flooding to correct a severe list or trim Continue counter

aggravated by an off center load, a MODU suddenly flooding, but in the
C11 takes a list or trim to the opposite side. What should
opposite direction
you do?

Rupturing of
What is a danger of a half full tank onboard tanker
C11 bulkheads from the
vessel? shifting liquid

Holing of the tank

What is a danger of a half full tank onboard tanker bottom from the
C11 vessel? weight of the shifting
liquid

verify data in the

The purpose of the inclining experiment is to
C11 vessel's operating
__________. manual

What is the elevated perforated bottom of a chain

locker which prevents the chain from touching the
C11 Harping
bottom of the chain locker and allows water to flow
to the drain?
 concentrated low and
A vessel would be referred to as "tender" when the
C11 the double bottoms
weight of the cargo is __________. are full

C11 Control of flooding should be addressed __________. only if a threat exists

C11 What is the inward curvature of the ship's side? Sagging

The most detrimental effect on initial stability is a flowing in and out of a

C11 result of liquids __________. holed wing tank

Metacentric height is an indication of a vessel's for small angles of

C11 stability __________. inclination

What do you call a percentage of the total surface

C11 area or volume of a flooded compartment that is permeability
water damaged?
 What do you call the volume of all watertight
C11 Reserved bouyancy
enclosed spaces above water line ?

C11 What is the name of the strake next to the keel? Garboard

What will happen if the cargo is shifted from the

C11 GM will increase
lower hold to the main deck?

C11 What represents the center of gravity? GZ

Your vessel rolls slowly and sluggishly. This indicates

C11 has off-center weights
that the vessel __________.

Her period of roll will

be large due to her
C11 Which statement is TRUE of a stiff vessel? large metacentric
height.
 When making a turn, course change; on most If G is above the
C11 merchant ships, the vessel will heel outwards in what center of lateral
condition? resistance

Reduce reserve
C11 What happens when you add weight to a vessel? buoyancy

What will be the result of counter flooding into empty Increase the righting
C11 tanks, if the cause of severe list, or trim is due to off- arm
center ballast?

As the displacement of a vessel increases, the

C11 remains the same
detrimental effect of free surface __________.

What is the reason why fighting an oil rig fire in a It reduces the level of
C11 watertight compartment with hoses reduces the drill water from the
stability of the rig ? storage tanks

It has a very low

C11 Which statement is TRUE of a tender vessel? center of gravity.
 It decreases in direct
proportion to
Which statement about the free surface effect is
C11 increasing specific
TRUE? gravity of the liquid in
the tank.

It is an indication of a
vessel's stability for
C11 What is a metacentric height? small angles of
inclination

It is located in the
In regards to the center of bouyancy, which of the same position
C11 following statement is correct? regardless of
displacement

For a MODU with trim, what will happen to the angle It will increase
C11 of inclination when there is a decrease in GMT?

What will be the result of counter flooding into It will cause the unit to
C11 empty tanks if the cause of a sudden severe list or flop to a greater angle
trim is negative initial stability?

Which statement is correct regarding a negative It will increase center

C11 metacentric height? of bouyancy
 Your vessel is damaged and partially flooded. It is
listing 12 deg to port and trimmed 2.5 meters down Pump-out forepeak
C11
by the head. It has a long, slow, sluggish roll. What tank
action will you take first?

C11 What indicates the quality of initial stability? Maximum allowed KG

Free communication effect is in direct proportion to Neither length nor

C11 what? width

Which abbreviation refers to the horizontal distance

between perpendiculars taken at the forward-most
C11 LLL
and the after-most points on a small passenger
vessel's waterline at her deepest operating draft?

Which of the following will increase the height of the Discharging weight
C11 center of buoyancy of your vessel? from lower decks

With no environmental forces present, where is the

C11 center of gravity of an inclined vessel vertically center of buoyancy
aligned with?
 A tank which carries liquid is dangerous to the
C11 slack
stability of a vessel when it is __________.

Lower the center of

C11 What is the purpose of bilge keels? gravity of the ship

What should you do In order to minimize the effects Maximize your deck
C11 of a tender vessel, when carrying a cargo of lumber? load

What determines the true measure of a vessel's

C11 metacentric height
stability at all angles of inclination?

What is the point to which vessel's center of gravity

C11 (G) may rise and still permit the vessel to have Metacenter
positive stability?

What happens when there is a continual change in

C11 Progressive flooding
the list, or trim of any floating MODU?
 Vessel has been damaged and is partially flooded.
C11 What is the first step to be taken in attempting to save Pump out the water
inside the vessel
the vessel?

You are fighting a fire in a cargo hold on your vessel. Maneuvering the
C11 Which action is most important concerning the vessel so the fire is on
stability of the vessel? the lee side

Maximum righting
C11 Metacentric height is a measure of what? arm

adding strength to
C11 The bilge keel is for the purpose of__________. main structural
members

In a longitudinally framed vessel, what do you call an

C11 athwartship members that hold in place and support Web frames
the longitudinal frames?

A vessel's stability is greatly reduced by liquid free

surface. Which of the listed conditions would develop Tanks which are 40%
C11 full.
the greatest adverse effect?
 The initial stability of
C11 GM is a measure of______.
the vessel

What must be accurately determined to assess the The operation of

C11 potential for progressive flooding after a vessel has emergency bilge
been damaged? system

Where should you pay particular attention to be able The cargo in the lower
C11 to maintain adequate stability in loading deck cargo? hold

C11 Freeboard is a measure of what? KM

Which factor has the greatest effect on the value of

C11 The width of the tank
the free surface correction?

What will happen when cargo is shifted from the

C11 The GM will increase
main deck into the lower hold of a vessel?
 What do you call a tendency of a ship to resist a
C11 Metacentric height
change in trim?

The tendency of a ship

C11 What is a longitudinal stability indicates? to resist a change in
mean draft

When making a turn (course change) on most G is below the center

C11 merchant ships, the vessel will heel outwards if of lateral resistance
__________.

Why is the vessel's stability increases when tanks are The vessel's reserve
C11 ballasted? buoyancy is increased

An intact space below

C11 What is an intact bouyancy? the flooded area

Why is GM cannot be used as an indicator of stability M is not fixed at large

C11 at all angles of inclination? angles
 To determine the
C11 What is the purpose of the inclining experiment? lightweight center of
gravity location

To strengthen the
C11 What is the purpose of bilge keel? bilge

What do you call the stress when compression is

C11 Under shearing force
being placed on the sheer strakes of the vessel?

value of the mean

C11 The trim of a vessel is the___________. draft

Value of the mean

C11 What is the trim of the vessel? draft

When a vessel rolls slowly and sluggishly, what does Vessel has poor
C11 this indicate? stability
 Vessel's stability at
C11 What is initial stability? small angles of
inclination

For a ship tank which carries liquid, when will it

C11 When it is slack
become dangerous to the stability of a vessel?

When the weight of

the cargo is
When is the vessel referred to as tender?
C11 concentrated high and
__________. the double bottoms
are empty

Which does NOT affect the value of the free surface

C11 Registered tonnage
correction?

should always be
C11 A negative metacentric height __________. immediately corrected

A greater draft
C11 What caused a vessel trimmed down by the bow? forward than aft
 Vertical support members used to strengthen
C11 bulkheads are called _____. Stiffeners

Reduce liquid
movement and
C11 The purpose of swash bulkheads is to _____. surging within a tank

Compartments
The double bottom in a vessel is a space comprised of between the inner and
C11 _____. outer bottoms

Provides landing
surface of the
Which of the following describes the purpose of a sounding bob of a
C11 striker or doubler plate? tank sounding tape
Aboard tankers, the term Category “A” machinery
Space, as defined by regulations means any space
including trunks and ducts to that space containing
_____. I, Internal combustion machinery used for
main propulsion II. One or more oil fired boilers or oil
fuel units III. Internal combustion machinery used for
purposes other than propulsion where the total
C11 collective power is at least 500 brake horsepower I, II & III

As the first watertight

bulkhead aft of the
C11 The collision bulkhead is located _____. bow in the ship
 Propeller pitch speed minus ship speed divided by the
C11 propeller pitch speed is termed _____. Apparent slip

The result of a blow delivered by a heavy sea causing

rapid vibrations of the elastic portions of the ships
C11 hull is identified as _____. Pitching

A continuous
Each vessel designed to carry more than 49 longitudinal watertight
C11 passengers must have _____. bulkhead

Only be placed in
transverse watertight
Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads in bulk heads that extend
C11 a vessel of less than 100 gross tons must _____. to the bulwark deck.

Corrosion resistant material and non- corrodible

material will include which of the following _____. I.
C11 Plastics II. Silver III. Copper nickel I, II & III

Which of the following methods of finished

applications is/are considered to be satisfactory for
resisting corrosion? I. Electroplating with cadmium II
C11 Sherardizing III. Galvanizing I & II
 Corrosion resistant material and non- corrodible
material will include which of the following _____. I.
C11 Brass II. Copper nickel III. Plastics I & II

Static water pressure of a hull of a ship is greatest at

C11 the _____. Keel

Has its main deck

plating under tensile
C11 A vessel which is subjected to hogging _____. stress.

C11 Where are self-closing doors required on a vessel? in each stair tower

Flow reversal of tank

The purpose of the deck seal in an inner gas system is vapors into the
C11 to prevent _____. machinery space

The component in an inert gas system use for

cleaning the gas of solid and sulfur combustion
products, while simultaneously cooling the inert gas,
C11 is called the _____. Scrubber
 Which of the listed functions is the purpose of a gas
C11 scrubber in an inert gas generation system? Cools the inert gas

Each inert gas system must be designed to supply the

cargo tank with a gas, or mixture of gases, that has an
C11 oxygen content by volume of _____. 5% or less

The blowers of an inert gas generation system aboard

a tanker, will be automatically secured if _____. I.
Normal water supply at the water seal is lost II. The
temperature of the inert gas being delivered to the
cargo tanks is more than 150oF III. The cooling water
C11 supply to the scrubbers is lost I & II

What is the required gas supply capacity of an inert 125% of shore side
C11 gas system? loading rate

On a tanker vessel, what is the required combined

capacity of the inert gas generating system as
compared to the total capacity of all the cargo pumps
C11 which can be operated simultaneously? 0.75

An inert gas system incorporating a separately fired

inert gas generator shall be provided with visual and
audible alarms to indicate failure of the power supply Combustion air temp
to the generator, the automatic control system and too low high sea water
C11 _____. temperature
 Removing all
An inert gas system is designed to reduce the hydrocarbon gases
C11 possibility of tank explosion by _____. from the cargo tanks

Inert gas dilutes the

flammable vapor and
air concentrations to
How does an inert gas system on a tanker function to keep them below the
C11 prevent explosion in cargo tanks? lower explosive limit

Dilute tank
atmospheres to keep
gas concentrations
An inert gas system on a tanker should be used to below the lower
C11 _____. explosive limits

Which of the following methods is used to supply

C11 inert gas from a flue gas system to the cargo tanks? Exhaust gas pressure

The primary function of a “flue gas type” inert gas Produce 100% oxygen
C11 system is to _____. free gas

C11 Excessive recirculation of inert gas is _____. Highly recommended

 High temperature gas
Which of the following conditions will result in an discharge from inert
C11 automatic shut down of the flue gas inert gas system? gas blowers

When the inert gas system is temporarily unable to

maintain a positive pressure or an oxygen content less Be shut down
C11 than 8% cargo operations should _____. immediately

If the inert gas system was not in operation while Continue loading
loading crude oil on a tank vessel, what action would under “Emergency
C11 you take? Procedures”

When securing the operation of an inert gas system Close the flue gas
C11 the final step should be _____. isolating valve

The function of the scrubber in an inert gas system is

to _____. I. Cool the gases II. Remove solids from the
C11 gases III. Remove sulfur compounds from the gases I & II

The value of the maximum righting arm is dependent

upon the position of the center of buoyancy and the transverse center of
C11 _____________. waterplane area
 The difference between the initial trim of a vessel and
the trim after anew load condition is known as
C11 ____________. angle of trim

What standard mathematical formula is commonly

used to calculate a vessels waterplane area for
C11 stability purposes? Simpson Rule

When the height of the metacenter is the same as the

height of the center of gravity, the upright equilibrium
C11 position is ____________. neutral

The difference between the forward and the aft drafts

C11 of a vessel would be the ________. trim

Angular motion about the vertical axis of a vessel is

C11 known as _____________. yaw

Yawing is the angular motion of the vessel about what

C11 axis? Vertical
 Free surface effect occurring in partially filled cargo or
fuel storage tanks on board a vessel should be maintain vessel
C11 avoided to _______________. stability

Stability is determined principally by the location of

two points in a vessel: The center of buoyancy and
C11 the ________________. center of gravity
will cause the body to
have a reduction in
mass equal in
magnitude to the
effective mass of the
Archimedes’ principle states that the resultant structure located
pressure acting on a body immersed in a fluid above the line of
C11 ________________. floatation

movement of the
When a vessel is inclined, the tendency for it to center of buoyancy
return to its original position is caused by the toward the low side of
C11 _______________. the vessel

Flooding of any ship’s compartment, resulting in a

serious loss of reserve buoyancy, will always
C11 ________________. decrease ship stability

If a vessel loses its reserve buoyancy, it will

C11 ________________. most likely sink
 The reserve buoyancy of a vessel varies directly with
C11 changed in the vessel’s ________________. freeboard

the part of the

enclosed and
watertight portion of a
The reserve buoyancy of a ship consists of vessel above the
C11 ________________. waterline

When flooding occurs in a damaged vessel, reserve

C11 buoyancy _____________. decrease

Com Question Choice A

The detrimental effect

What will happen if the displacement of a vessel
C11 of free
increases? surfaceincreases

Assume the shift is

If the ship takes a sudden severe list or trim from an
C11 due to off center
unknown cause, What will be your first action? loading
 The ratio of volume of displacement to a block having
C11 the same length, breadth and draft of the vessel is Beam-draft ratio
known as_____.

Building plans of the

C11 Where can you take the value of KM at any draft? ship

How can a clogged limber holes endanger a ship's By decreasing off

C11 stability? center weight

A vessel's stability normally increases when tanks are reserve buoyancy is

C11 ballasted because the vessel's______. increased

In small angle stability, when external forces exist, the

buoyant force is assumed to act vertically upwards
C11 through the center of buoyancy and through which Center of flotation
point?

During counter flooding to correct a severe list or trim Continue counter

aggravated by an off center load, a MODU suddenly flooding, but in the
C11 takes a list or trim to the opposite side. What should opposite direction
you do?
 Rupturing of
What is a danger of a half full tank onboard tanker
C11 bulkheads from the
vessel? shifting liquid

Holing of the tank

What is a danger of a half full tank onboard tanker bottom from the
C11 vessel? weight of the shifting
liquid

verify data in the

The purpose of the inclining experiment is to
C11 vessel's operating
__________. manual

What is the elevated perforated bottom of a chain

locker which prevents the chain from touching the
C11 Harping
bottom of the chain locker and allows water to flow
to the drain?

concentrated low and

A vessel would be referred to as "tender" when the
C11 the double bottoms
weight of the cargo is __________. are full

C11 Control of flooding should be addressed __________. only if a threat exists

C11 What is the inward curvature of the ship's side? Sagging

The most detrimental effect on initial stability is a flowing in and out of a

C11 result of liquids __________. holed wing tank

Metacentric height is an indication of a vessel's for small angles of

C11 stability __________. inclination

What do you call a percentage of the total surface

C11 area or volume of a flooded compartment that is permeability
water damaged?

What do you call the volume of all watertight

C11 Reserved bouyancy
enclosed spaces above water line ?

C11 What is the name of the strake next to the keel? Garboard
 What will happen if the cargo is shifted from the
C11 GM will increase
lower hold to the main deck?

C11 What represents the center of gravity? GZ

Your vessel rolls slowly and sluggishly. This indicates

C11 has off-center weights
that the vessel __________.

Her period of roll will

be large due to her
C11 Which statement is TRUE of a stiff vessel? large metacentric
height.

When making a turn, course change; on most If G is above the

C11 merchant ships, the vessel will heel outwards in what center of lateral
condition? resistance

Reduce reserve
C11 What happens when you add weight to a vessel? buoyancy
 What will be the result of counter flooding into empty Increase the righting
C11 tanks, if the cause of severe list, or trim is due to off-
arm
center ballast?

As the displacement of a vessel increases, the

C11 remains the same
detrimental effect of free surface __________.

What is the reason why fighting an oil rig fire in a It reduces the level of
C11 watertight compartment with hoses reduces the drill water from the
stability of the rig ? storage tanks

It has a very low

C11 Which statement is TRUE of a tender vessel? center of gravity.

It decreases in direct
proportion to
Which statement about the free surface effect is
C11 increasing specific
TRUE? gravity of the liquid in
the tank.

It is an indication of a
vessel's stability for
C11 What is a metacentric height? small angles of
inclination
 It is located in the
In regards to the center of bouyancy, which of the same position
C11
following statement is correct? regardless of
displacement

For a MODU with trim, what will happen to the angle It will increase
C11 of inclination when there is a decrease in GMT?

What will be the result of counter flooding into It will cause the unit to
C11 empty tanks if the cause of a sudden severe list or flop to a greater angle
trim is negative initial stability?

Which statement is correct regarding a negative It will increase center

C11 metacentric height? of bouyancy

Your vessel is damaged and partially flooded. It is

listing 12 deg to port and trimmed 2.5 meters down Pump-out forepeak
C11 by the head. It has a long, slow, sluggish roll. What tank
action will you take first?

C11 What indicates the quality of initial stability? Maximum allowed KG

 Free communication effect is in direct proportion to Neither length nor
C11
what? width

Which abbreviation refers to the horizontal distance

between perpendiculars taken at the forward-most
C11 LLL
and the after-most points on a small passenger
vessel's waterline at her deepest operating draft?

Which of the following will increase the height of the Discharging weight
C11 center of buoyancy of your vessel? from lower decks

With no environmental forces present, where is the

C11 center of gravity of an inclined vessel vertically center of buoyancy
aligned with?

A tank which carries liquid is dangerous to the

C11 slack
stability of a vessel when it is __________.

Lower the center of

C11 What is the purpose of bilge keels? gravity of the ship
 What should you do In order to minimize the effects Maximize your deck
C11
of a tender vessel, when carrying a cargo of lumber? load

What determines the true measure of a vessel's

C11 metacentric height
stability at all angles of inclination?

What is the point to which vessel's center of gravity

C11 (G) may rise and still permit the vessel to have Metacenter
positive stability?

What happens when there is a continual change in

C11 Progressive flooding
the list, or trim of any floating MODU?

Vessel has been damaged and is partially flooded.

What is the first step to be taken in attempting to save Pump out the water
C11 inside the vessel
the vessel?

You are fighting a fire in a cargo hold on your vessel. Maneuvering the
C11 Which action is most important concerning the vessel so the fire is on
stability of the vessel? the lee side
 Maximum righting
C11 Metacentric height is a measure of what?
arm

adding strength to
C11 The bilge keel is for the purpose of__________. main structural
members

In a longitudinally framed vessel, what do you call an

C11 athwartship members that hold in place and support Web frames
the longitudinal frames?

A vessel's stability is greatly reduced by liquid free

surface. Which of the listed conditions would develop Tanks which are 40%
C11 full.
the greatest adverse effect?

The initial stability of

C11 GM is a measure of______. the vessel

What must be accurately determined to assess the The operation of

C11 potential for progressive flooding after a vessel has emergency bilge
been damaged? system
 Where should you pay particular attention to be able The cargo in the lower
C11
to maintain adequate stability in loading deck cargo? hold

C11 Freeboard is a measure of what? KM

Which factor has the greatest effect on the value of

C11 The width of the tank
the free surface correction?

What will happen when cargo is shifted from the

C11 The GM will increase
main deck into the lower hold of a vessel?

What do you call a tendency of a ship to resist a

C11 Metacentric height
change in trim?

The tendency of a ship

C11 What is a longitudinal stability indicates? to resist a change in
mean draft
 When making a turn (course change) on most G is below the center
C11 merchant ships, the vessel will heel outwards if
of lateral resistance
__________.

Why is the vessel's stability increases when tanks are The vessel's reserve
C11 ballasted? buoyancy is increased

An intact space below

C11 What is an intact bouyancy? the flooded area

Why is GM cannot be used as an indicator of stability M is not fixed at large

C11 at all angles of inclination? angles

To determine the
C11 What is the purpose of the inclining experiment? lightweight center of
gravity location

To strengthen the
C11 What is the purpose of bilge keel? bilge
 What do you call the stress when compression is
C11 Under shearing force
being placed on the sheer strakes of the vessel?

value of the mean

C11 The trim of a vessel is the___________. draft

Value of the mean

C11 What is the trim of the vessel? draft

When a vessel rolls slowly and sluggishly, what does Vessel has poor
C11 this indicate? stability

Vessel's stability at
C11 What is initial stability? small angles of
inclination

For a ship tank which carries liquid, when will it

C11 When it is slack
become dangerous to the stability of a vessel?
 When the weight of
the cargo is
When is the vessel referred to as tender?
C11 concentrated high and
__________. the double bottoms
are empty

Which does NOT affect the value of the free surface

C11 Registered tonnage
correction?

should always be
C11 A negative metacentric height __________. immediately corrected

A greater draft
C11 What caused a vessel trimmed down by the bow? forward than aft

Vertical support members used to strengthen

C11 bulkheads are called _____. Stiffeners

Reduce liquid
movement and
C11 The purpose of swash bulkheads is to _____. surging within a tank
 Compartments
The double bottom in a vessel is a space comprised of between the inner and
C11 _____. outer bottoms

Provides landing
surface of the
Which of the following describes the purpose of a sounding bob of a
C11 striker or doubler plate? tank sounding tape
Aboard tankers, the term Category “A” machinery
Space, as defined by regulations means any space
including trunks and ducts to that space containing
_____. I, Internal combustion machinery used for
main propulsion II. One or more oil fired boilers or oil
fuel units III. Internal combustion machinery used for
purposes other than propulsion where the total
C11 collective power is at least 500 brake horsepower I, II & III

As the first watertight

bulkhead aft of the
C11 The collision bulkhead is located _____. bow in the ship

Propeller pitch speed minus ship speed divided by the

C11 propeller pitch speed is termed _____. Apparent slip

The result of a blow delivered by a heavy sea causing

rapid vibrations of the elastic portions of the ships
C11 hull is identified as _____. Pitching
 A continuous
Each vessel designed to carry more than 49 longitudinal watertight
C11 passengers must have _____. bulkhead

Only be placed in
transverse watertight
Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads in bulk heads that extend
C11 a vessel of less than 100 gross tons must _____. to the bulwark deck.

Corrosion resistant material and non- corrodible

material will include which of the following _____. I.
C11 Plastics II. Silver III. Copper nickel I, II & III

Which of the following methods of finished

applications is/are considered to be satisfactory for
resisting corrosion? I. Electroplating with cadmium II
C11 Sherardizing III. Galvanizing I & II

Corrosion resistant material and non- corrodible

material will include which of the following _____. I.
C11 Brass II. Copper nickel III. Plastics I & II

Static water pressure of a hull of a ship is greatest at

C11 the _____. Keel
 Has its main deck
plating under tensile
C11 A vessel which is subjected to hogging _____. stress.

C11 Where are self-closing doors required on a vessel? in each stair tower

Flow reversal of tank

The purpose of the deck seal in an inner gas system is vapors into the
C11 to prevent _____. machinery space

The component in an inert gas system use for

cleaning the gas of solid and sulfur combustion
products, while simultaneously cooling the inert gas,
C11 is called the _____. Scrubber

Which of the listed functions is the purpose of a gas

C11 scrubber in an inert gas generation system? Cools the inert gas

Each inert gas system must be designed to supply the

cargo tank with a gas, or mixture of gases, that has an
C11 oxygen content by volume of _____. 5% or less
 The blowers of an inert gas generation system aboard
a tanker, will be automatically secured if _____. I.
Normal water supply at the water seal is lost II. The
temperature of the inert gas being delivered to the
cargo tanks is more than 150oF III. The cooling water
C11 supply to the scrubbers is lost I & II

What is the required gas supply capacity of an inert 125% of shore side
C11 gas system? loading rate

On a tanker vessel, what is the required combined

capacity of the inert gas generating system as
compared to the total capacity of all the cargo pumps
C11 which can be operated simultaneously? 0.75

An inert gas system incorporating a separately fired

inert gas generator shall be provided with visual and
audible alarms to indicate failure of the power supply Combustion air temp
to the generator, the automatic control system and too low high sea water
C11 _____. temperature

Removing all
An inert gas system is designed to reduce the hydrocarbon gases
C11 possibility of tank explosion by _____. from the cargo tanks

Inert gas dilutes the

flammable vapor and
air concentrations to
How does an inert gas system on a tanker function to keep them below the
C11 prevent explosion in cargo tanks? lower explosive limit
 Dilute tank
atmospheres to keep
gas concentrations
An inert gas system on a tanker should be used to below the lower
C11 _____. explosive limits

Which of the following methods is used to supply

C11 inert gas from a flue gas system to the cargo tanks? Exhaust gas pressure

The primary function of a “flue gas type” inert gas Produce 100% oxygen
C11 system is to _____. free gas

C11 Excessive recirculation of inert gas is _____. Highly recommended

High temperature gas

Which of the following conditions will result in an discharge from inert
C11 automatic shut down of the flue gas inert gas system? gas blowers

When the inert gas system is temporarily unable to

maintain a positive pressure or an oxygen content less Be shut down
C11 than 8% cargo operations should _____. immediately
 If the inert gas system was not in operation while Continue loading
loading crude oil on a tank vessel, what action would under “Emergency
C11 you take? Procedures”

When securing the operation of an inert gas system Close the flue gas
C11 the final step should be _____. isolating valve

The function of the scrubber in an inert gas system is

to _____. I. Cool the gases II. Remove solids from the
C11 gases III. Remove sulfur compounds from the gases I & II

The value of the maximum righting arm is dependent

upon the position of the center of buoyancy and the transverse center of
C11 _____________. waterplane area

The difference between the initial trim of a vessel and

the trim after anew load condition is known as
C11 ____________. angle of trim

What standard mathematical formula is commonly

used to calculate a vessels waterplane area for
C11 stability purposes? Simpson Rule
 When the height of the metacenter is the same as the
height of the center of gravity, the upright equilibrium
C11 position is ____________. neutral

The difference between the forward and the aft drafts

C11 of a vessel would be the ________. trim

Angular motion about the vertical axis of a vessel is

C11 known as _____________. yaw

Yawing is the angular motion of the vessel about what

C11 axis? Vertical

Free surface effect occurring in partially filled cargo or

fuel storage tanks on board a vessel should be maintain vessel
C11 avoided to _______________. stability

Stability is determined principally by the location of

two points in a vessel: The center of buoyancy and
C11 the ________________. center of gravity
 will cause the body to
have a reduction in
mass equal in
magnitude to the
effective mass of the
Archimedes’ principle states that the resultant structure located
pressure acting on a body immersed in a fluid above the line of
C11 ________________. floatation

movement of the
When a vessel is inclined, the tendency for it to center of buoyancy
return to its original position is caused by the toward the low side of
C11 _______________. the vessel

Flooding of any ship’s compartment, resulting in a

serious loss of reserve buoyancy, will always
C11 ________________. decrease ship stability

If a vessel loses its reserve buoyancy, it will

C11 ________________. most likely sink

The reserve buoyancy of a vessel varies directly with

C11 changed in the vessel’s ________________. freeboard

the part of the

enclosed and
watertight portion of a
The reserve buoyancy of a ship consists of vessel above the
C11 ________________. waterline
 When flooding occurs in a damaged vessel, reserve
C11 buoyancy _____________. decrease
 Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

The detrimental effect

of free surface may
The detrimental effect The detrimental effect
increase or decrease of
of free surface It remains the same free surface
depending on the
decreases decreases
fineness of the
vessel's form.

Determine the cause Counter flood on the Assume the cause is Determine the cause
before taking side opposite the list environmental forces before taking
countermeasures or trim countermeasures

Block coefficient Area of waterplane Block ratio Block coefficient

Hydrostatic Table Trimming Table Stabilty Table Hydrostatic Table

By preventing water By preventing the free By preventing water

By increasing water
from draining to the from draining to the
area on the keelson surface effect
bilge well bilge well

center of buoyancy is center of gravity is freeboard is increased center of gravity is

lowered lowered lowered
Center of gravity Metacenter Metacentric height Metacenter

Continue counter Immediately stop Deballast from the low Immediately stop
flooding in the same counter flooding side counter flooding
direction

Holing of the tank

Corrosion from the Loss of stability due to bottom from the Loss of stability due to
shifting liquid free surface effect weight of the shifting free surface effect
liquid

Rupturing of
Corrosion from the Loss of stability due to Loss of stability due to
bulkheads from the
shifting liquid free surface effect free surface effect
shifting liquid

determine the verify the hydrostatic determine the determine the

location of the lightweight center of lightweight center of
data
metacenter gravity location gravity location

Draft Craddle Manger Manger

evenly distributed concentrated low and concentrated high and concentrated high and
vertically and the the double bottoms the double bottoms the double bottoms
double bottoms are are empty are empty are empty
full

following restoration following control of following control of

first of vital services fire fire

Flare Hogging Tumble home Tumble home

flowing from side to flowing from fore to pocketing in a slack flowing in and out of a
side within the vessel aft within a vessel tank as a vessel heels holed wing tank

for all angles of for large angles of for small angles of

in no case
inclination inclination inclination

one compartment
form gain center of buoyancy permeability
standard
Freeboard Free surface Marginal stability Reserved bouyancy

Gangplank Gunwale Keelson Garboard

Center of gravity will Center of buoyancy Center of gravity will

All of the above
move upwards will move downward move upwards

G M B G

has a greater draft has a greater draft

has poor stability has poor stability
forward than aft forward than aft

She will have an

She will have a large unusually high center She will pitch heavily. She will have a large
metacentric height. metacentric height.
of gravity.
 If G is below the
If the vessel has very If the vessel is deeply If G is above the center
center of lateral
little draft laden of lateral resistance
resistance

Increase righting Reduce reserve

Increase GM Increase KM
moments buoyancy

Increase the righting Decrease list or trim Increase list or trim Decrease list or trim
moment

may increase or
decrease depending decreases
increases decreases on the fineness of the
vessel's form

It causes a list due to It reduces the KG to It causes a list due to

It causes progressive the water in the the water in the
down flooding minimum allowable
compartment compartment

Its period of roll is It has a good Its period of roll is

It has a large GM. long. transverse stability. long.
It increases in direct It decreases at In practice, the It decreases at
proportion to the increased angles of correction is increased angles of
length of the tank heel due to pocketing considered to be a heel due to pocketing
times the breadth when a tank is 90% virtual reduction of when a tank is 90%
squared. full. KG. full.

It is an indication of a It is an indication of a It is an indication of a

It is an indication of a vessel's stability for vessel's stability for
vessel's stabilityfor all vessel's stability when
large angles of small angles of
angles of inclination vessel is in port
inclination inclination

It is located in the
It moves toward the It moves toward the It is the measure of same position
low side of an inclines high side of an inclines metacentric height regardless of
vessel vessel
displacement

It will remain constant It will stabilize at an

It will decrease It will increase
angle

It will cause an It will bring the unit to It will cause the unit to
It will increase the increase in the an upright equilibrium flop to a greater angle
righting moment righting arm position

It will not cause a It will not result from It should always be It should always be
vessel to capsize off-center weights immediately corrected immediately corrected
 Press up an after, Press up an after, slack,
Jettison deck cargo Jettison the anchors slack, centerline centerline double
from the port side and anchor cables double bottom tank bottom tank

KM Deck load GM GM

Length and width of Length and width of

Length of space only Width of space only space space

LOA LWL LBP LBP

Loading weight in Shifting weight from Shifting weight from Discharging weight
upper decks lower to upper decks upper to lower decks from lower decks

original vertical
longitudinal centerline center of flotation center of buoyancy
centerline
low in the vessel completely empty completely full slack

Reduce the amplitude Reduce pitching Reduce the amplitude

Reduce yawing
of roll of roll

Distribute lumber so
Place the heaviest that those stowing Keep the vessel's Place the heaviest
woods in the lower most compactly per frame spaces free woods in the lower
holds unit of weight are in from lumber holds
the upper holds

righting moment displacement inclining moment righting moment

Metacentric point Metacentric radius Tipping center Metacenter

Negative 'GM' Structural failure It has a large GM Progressive flooding

 Calculate the free
Establish flooding Establish flooding
surface effect and lost
Plug the holes in the boundaries and boundaries and
buoyancy to
outer shell prevent further spread determine the vessel's prevent further spread
of flood water of flood water
stability

Shutting off electricity Draining fire-fighting Removing burned Draining fire-fighting

water and pumping it debris from the cargo water and pumping it
to damaged cables
overboard hold overboard

Stability through all Initial stability only Angle of Loll Initial stability only
angles

strengthening the acting bumper when

reducing rolling reducing rolling
bilge vessel is on drydock

Stringers Margin plates Floor Web frames

Tanks which have Tanks which have

Tanks which are 95% Tanks which are 40%
been pressed up to been completely
full. full.
full capacity. emptied.
The amount of reserve both A & B The initial stability of
neither A nor B
bouyancy the vessel

The capacity of the The operation of the The integrity of the

machinery space bilge water tight boundaries The integrity of the
water sprinkler water tight boundaries
systems level alarms

The horizontal The vertical The vertical

distribution of the The under deck cargo distribution of the distribution of the
deck cargo deck cargo deck cargo

The initial stability of The amount of reserve The amount of reserve

GM
the vessel bouyancy bouyancy

The length of the tank The draft of the vessel The specific gravity of
the liquid in the tank The width of the tank

The center of
The metacenter will buoyancy will move The GM will decrease The GM will increase
move upward upward
The righting arm Longitudinal stability Transverse inclination Longitudinal stability
couple

The tendency of a ship The tendency of a ship The tendency of a ship The tendency of a ship
to resist a change in to resist a change in to resist a change in
to resist change in list
trim the period of roll trim

the vessel has very G is above the center the vessel is deeply G is above the center
little draft of lateral resistance laden of lateral resistance

The vessel's center of The vessel's center of The vessle's freeboard The vessel's center of
buoyancy is lowered gravity is lowered is increased gravity is lowered

The space where all

The volume of all An intact space when the vertical upward
flooded will not cause forces of buoyancy are An intact space below
intact spaces above the flooded area
the waterline the vessel to sink considered to be
concentrated

There is no M at large G is not fixed at large There is no G at large M is not fixed at large
angles angles angles angles
To determine the To verify data in the To determine the
To verify the
location of the vessel's operating lightweight center of
hydrostatic data
metacenter manual gravity location

To add strength to To act as bumper

To reduce rolling main structural when vessel is on To reduce rolling
members drydock

Sagging Inclined Hogging Sagging

difference in fore and degree of list difference in fore and

amount of roll
aft drafts aft drafts

Difference in fore and Degree of list Difference in fore and

Amount of roll
aft drafts aft drafts

Vessel has off-center Vessel has a greater Vessel has a greater Vessel has poor
weights draft forward than aft draft forward than aft stability
Vessel's stability when Vessel's stability when Vessel's stability when Vessel's stability at
loaded with minimum small angles of
at transit draft GZ is zero
deck load inclination

When the level is When it is completely When it is completely When it is slack

almost zero empty full

When the weight of When the weight of When the weight of When the weight of
the cargo is evenly the cargo is the cargo is the cargo is
distributed vertically concentrated low and concentrated low and concentrated high and
and the double the double bottoms the double bottoms the double bottoms
bottoms are full are empty are full are empty

Specific gravity of the Registered tonnage

Width of the tank Length of the tank liquid in the tank

will always cause a always results from All of the above are should always be
vessel to capsize off-center weights correct immediately corrected

A greater draft aft A greater draft forward

Zero trim A low mean draft than forward than aft
Panels Stanchions Brackets Stiffeners

Reduce liquid
Minimize the effect of Restrict flooding Separate cargoes in a movement and surging
a listing condition within a tank common tank within a tank

Doubler plating A watertight boundary Compartments

Plating forming the installed over the flat formed by the inner between the inner and
engine room tank top keel plate and outer bottoms outer bottoms

Provides a surface for

the application of Provides landing
force, or the surface of the
installation of Absorbs machinery Prevents valve stem sounding bob of a tank
machinery vibration over travel sounding tape

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

Between the As the first watertight

passenger and cargo At the stern of the bulkhead aft of the
On the bridge deck areas ship bow in the ship
True slip Pitch Propulsive efficiency Apparent slip

Pounding Hogging Sagging Pounding

At least one watertight

bulkhead to prevent
fire advancement for 2 A minimum of four
A collision bulkhead hours watertight bulkheads A collision bulkhead

Be provided with non-

packed slip joints for
Be kept as high and as expansion to permit Be kept as high and as
far inboard as passage of piping of Incorporate approved far inboard as
practicable. electric cable. sluice valves. practicable.

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

Bow Stern Boot topping Keel

Has its main deck Has its main deck

under compressive Has its bottom plate Has its bottom plating plating under tensile
stress. under tensile stress. under ductile stress. stress.

In the galley To each sleeping room To the engine room in each stair tower

Flow reversal of tank

Flue gas escaping to Inert gas escaping to Air entering inert gas vapors into the
atmosphere atmosphere system machinery space

Filter Cooler Purifier Scrubber

Maintains the oxygen Drains off static
content at 5% by electricity in the inert Maintains the water
volume gas seal on the gas main Cools the inert gas

10% or less 15% or less 20% or less 5% or less

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

125% of forced draft 125% of cargo pump 125% of cargo pump

rate capacity 125% of fan capacity capacity

0.5 1.25 1 1.25

High sea water

Cooling water flow Insufficient fuel supply temperature Insufficient fuel supply
 Reducing the oxygen Reducing the oxygen
Eliminating sparks and concentration below concentration below
fire in the vicinity of levels necessary for Blanketing cargo tanks levels necessary for
cargo tanks combustion with inert foam combustion

Inert gas dilutes the

Maintains a positive Inert gas filters out the flammable vapor and
pressure on the vent flammable vapors air concentrations to
De-energizes the header to cool the from the cargo tank keep them below the
:charged mist” effect flammable vapors spaces lower explosive limit

Prevent the Dilute tank

generation of Prevent fires in the atmospheres to keep
flammable or Blow out cargo lines to pump room by gas concentrations
combustible gas in prevent gas continually displacing below the lower
tanks concentrations flammable vapors explosive limits

High capacity fan Inert gas compressor Natural aspiration High capacity fan

Supply conditioned Supply conditioned gas

gas with reduced Generate a high Produce a gas of 100% with reduced oxygen
oxygen content oxygen content gas pure nitrogen content

Undesirable and it
may lead to high Likely to over Undesirable and it may
oxygen content of the pressurize the cargo Likely to overheat the lead to high oxygen
inert gas tanks deck water seal content of the inert gas
 Low temperature High temperature gas
Oxygen content of the water leaving the High temperature gas discharge from inert
gas falls below 5% scrubber seal entering the scrubber gas blowers

Continue at a slower Continue only under

rate until these “Emergency Monitored more Be shut down
requirements are met Procedures” frequently immediately

Immediately start up
the inert gas system
and admit gas to the
Continue loading as deck main when Continue loading as
Immediately stop this is normal oxygen content is this is normal
loading procedure below 8% procedure

Close the deck Secure the salt water Secure the inert gas Secure the salt water
isolating valve supply to the scrubber blower supply to the scrubber

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

longitudinal center of position of the center position of the center

waterplane area of gravity downflooding angle of gravity
angle of list change of trim change of draft change of trim

Standard Logarithmic
Rule Reynolds Number Rule Pythagorean Rule Simpson Rule

stable positive negative neutral

list heel flotation trim

surge hog roll yaw

Longitudinal Transverse Centerline Vertical

reduce hogging and maintain vessel
sagging prevent oil pollution all of the above stability

geometric center of
keel the water plane area center of flotation center of gravity

is proportional in
acts vertically upward magnitude and acts vertically upward
through the center of direction, regardless is applied equal and in through the center of
gravity of the of the direction all direction gravity of the displaced
displaced fluid and is originally developed throughout the vessel fluid and is equal to
equal to the weight of when the object was in which it is the weight of the fluid
the fluid displaced submerge contained displaced

movement of the
upward movement of center of buoyancy
movement of the the center of increased free surface toward the low side of
center of gravity floatation in the buoyant wedge the vessel

change the free

increase the trim surface effect cause a serious heel decrease ship stability

float upright with the capsize and float on its remain unaffected if
main deck awash side the hull remains intact most likely sink
free surface rolling period none of the above freeboard

the void portion of the the percentage of the the part of the
ship below the volume of a enclosed and
waterline which is all cofferdams, double compartment which watertight portion of a
enclosed and bottoms, and wing can be occupied by vessel above the
watertight tanks that are slack water if flooded waterline

remains the same increase shifts to the low side decrease

Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

The detrimental effect

of free surface may
The detrimental effect The detrimental effect
increase or decrease of
of free surface It remains the same free surface
depending on the
decreases decreases
fineness of the
vessel's form.

Determine the cause Counter flood on the Assume the cause is Determine the cause
before taking side opposite the list environmental forces before taking
countermeasures or trim countermeasures
Block coefficient Area of waterplane Block ratio Block coefficient

Hydrostatic Table Trimming Table Stabilty Table Hydrostatic Table

By preventing water By preventing the free By preventing water

By increasing water
from draining to the from draining to the
area on the keelson surface effect
bilge well bilge well

center of buoyancy is center of gravity is freeboard is increased center of gravity is

lowered lowered lowered

Center of gravity Metacenter Metacentric height Metacenter

Continue counter Immediately stop Deballast from the low Immediately stop
flooding in the same counter flooding side counter flooding
direction
 Holing of the tank
Corrosion from the Loss of stability due to bottom from the Loss of stability due to
shifting liquid free surface effect weight of the shifting free surface effect
liquid

Rupturing of
Corrosion from the Loss of stability due to Loss of stability due to
bulkheads from the
shifting liquid free surface effect free surface effect
shifting liquid

determine the verify the hydrostatic determine the determine the

location of the lightweight center of lightweight center of
data
metacenter gravity location gravity location

Draft Craddle Manger Manger

evenly distributed concentrated low and concentrated high and concentrated high and
vertically and the the double bottoms the double bottoms the double bottoms
double bottoms are are empty are empty are empty
full

following restoration following control of following control of

first of vital services fire fire
Flare Hogging Tumble home Tumble home

flowing from side to flowing from fore to pocketing in a slack flowing in and out of a
side within the vessel aft within a vessel tank as a vessel heels holed wing tank

for all angles of for large angles of for small angles of

in no case
inclination inclination inclination

one compartment
form gain center of buoyancy permeability
standard

Freeboard Free surface Marginal stability Reserved bouyancy

Gangplank Gunwale Keelson Garboard

Center of gravity will Center of buoyancy Center of gravity will
All of the above
move upwards will move downward move upwards

G M B G

has a greater draft has a greater draft

has poor stability has poor stability
forward than aft forward than aft

She will have an

She will have a large unusually high center She will pitch heavily. She will have a large
metacentric height. metacentric height.
of gravity.

If G is below the
If the vessel has very If the vessel is deeply If G is above the center
center of lateral
little draft laden of lateral resistance
resistance

Increase righting Reduce reserve

Increase GM Increase KM
moments buoyancy
Increase the righting Decrease list or trim Increase list or trim Decrease list or trim
moment

may increase or
decrease depending decreases
increases decreases on the fineness of the
vessel's form

It causes a list due to It reduces the KG to It causes a list due to

It causes progressive the water in the the water in the
down flooding minimum allowable
compartment compartment

Its period of roll is It has a good Its period of roll is

It has a large GM. long. transverse stability. long.

It increases in direct It decreases at In practice, the It decreases at

proportion to the increased angles of correction is increased angles of
length of the tank heel due to pocketing considered to be a heel due to pocketing
times the breadth when a tank is 90% virtual reduction of when a tank is 90%
squared. full. KG. full.

It is an indication of a It is an indication of a It is an indication of a

It is an indication of a vessel's stability for vessel's stability for
vessel's stabilityfor all vessel's stability when
large angles of small angles of
angles of inclination vessel is in port
inclination inclination
 It is located in the
It moves toward the It moves toward the It is the measure of same position
low side of an inclines high side of an inclines
metacentric height regardless of
vessel vessel displacement

It will remain constant It will stabilize at an

It will decrease It will increase
angle

It will cause an It will bring the unit to It will cause the unit to
It will increase the increase in the an upright equilibrium flop to a greater angle
righting moment righting arm position

It will not cause a It will not result from It should always be It should always be
vessel to capsize off-center weights immediately corrected immediately corrected

Press up an after, Press up an after, slack,

Jettison deck cargo Jettison the anchors slack, centerline centerline double
from the port side and anchor cables double bottom tank bottom tank

KM Deck load GM GM
 Length and width of Length and width of
Length of space only Width of space only
space space

LOA LWL LBP LBP

Loading weight in Shifting weight from Shifting weight from Discharging weight
upper decks lower to upper decks upper to lower decks from lower decks

original vertical
longitudinal centerline center of flotation center of buoyancy
centerline

low in the vessel completely empty completely full slack

Reduce the amplitude Reduce pitching Reduce the amplitude

Reduce yawing
of roll of roll
 Distribute lumber so
Place the heaviest that those stowing Keep the vessel's Place the heaviest
woods in the lower most compactly per frame spaces free woods in the lower
holds unit of weight are in from lumber holds
the upper holds

righting moment displacement inclining moment righting moment

Metacentric point Metacentric radius Tipping center Metacenter

Negative 'GM' Structural failure It has a large GM Progressive flooding

Calculate the free

Establish flooding Establish flooding
surface effect and lost
Plug the holes in the boundaries and boundaries and
prevent further spread buoyancy to
outer shell prevent further spread
determine the vessel's
of flood water of flood water
stability

Shutting off electricity Draining fire-fighting Removing burned Draining fire-fighting

water and pumping it debris from the cargo water and pumping it
to damaged cables overboard hold overboard
Stability through all Initial stability only Angle of Loll Initial stability only
angles

strengthening the acting bumper when

reducing rolling reducing rolling
bilge vessel is on drydock

Stringers Margin plates Floor Web frames

Tanks which have Tanks which have

Tanks which are 95% Tanks which are 40%
been pressed up to been completely
full. full.
full capacity. emptied.

The amount of reserve both A & B The initial stability of

neither A nor B
bouyancy the vessel

The capacity of the The operation of the The integrity of the

machinery space bilge water tight boundaries The integrity of the
water sprinkler water tight boundaries
systems level alarms
The horizontal The vertical The vertical
distribution of the The under deck cargo distribution of the distribution of the
deck cargo deck cargo deck cargo

The initial stability of The amount of reserve The amount of reserve

GM
the vessel bouyancy bouyancy

The length of the tank The draft of the vessel The specific gravity of
the liquid in the tank The width of the tank

The center of
The metacenter will buoyancy will move The GM will decrease The GM will increase
move upward upward

The righting arm Longitudinal stability Transverse inclination Longitudinal stability

couple

The tendency of a ship The tendency of a ship The tendency of a ship The tendency of a ship
to resist a change in to resist a change in to resist a change in
to resist change in list trim the period of roll trim
the vessel has very G is above the center the vessel is deeply G is above the center
little draft of lateral resistance laden of lateral resistance

The vessel's center of The vessel's center of The vessle's freeboard The vessel's center of
buoyancy is lowered gravity is lowered is increased gravity is lowered

The space where all

The volume of all An intact space when the vertical upward
flooded will not cause forces of buoyancy are An intact space below
intact spaces above the flooded area
the waterline the vessel to sink considered to be
concentrated

There is no M at large G is not fixed at large There is no G at large M is not fixed at large
angles angles angles angles

To determine the To verify data in the To determine the

To verify the
location of the vessel's operating lightweight center of
hydrostatic data
metacenter manual gravity location

To add strength to To act as bumper

To reduce rolling main structural when vessel is on To reduce rolling
members drydock
Sagging Inclined Hogging Sagging

difference in fore and degree of list difference in fore and

amount of roll
aft drafts aft drafts

Difference in fore and Degree of list Difference in fore and

Amount of roll
aft drafts aft drafts

Vessel has off-center Vessel has a greater Vessel has a greater Vessel has poor
weights draft forward than aft draft forward than aft stability

Vessel's stability when Vessel's stability when Vessel's stability when Vessel's stability at
loaded with minimum at transit draft small angles of
GZ is zero
deck load inclination

When the level is When it is completely When it is completely When it is slack

almost zero empty full
When the weight of When the weight of When the weight of When the weight of
the cargo is evenly the cargo is the cargo is the cargo is
distributed vertically concentrated low and concentrated low and concentrated high and
and the double the double bottoms the double bottoms the double bottoms
bottoms are full are empty are full are empty

Specific gravity of the Registered tonnage

Width of the tank Length of the tank liquid in the tank

will always cause a always results from All of the above are should always be
vessel to capsize off-center weights correct immediately corrected

A greater draft aft A greater draft forward

Zero trim A low mean draft than forward than aft

Panels Stanchions Brackets Stiffeners

Reduce liquid
Minimize the effect of Restrict flooding Separate cargoes in a movement and surging
a listing condition within a tank common tank within a tank
 Doubler plating A watertight boundary Compartments
Plating forming the installed over the flat formed by the inner between the inner and
engine room tank top keel plate and outer bottoms outer bottoms

Provides a surface for

the application of Provides landing
force, or the surface of the
installation of Absorbs machinery Prevents valve stem sounding bob of a tank
machinery vibration over travel sounding tape

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

Between the As the first watertight

passenger and cargo At the stern of the bulkhead aft of the
On the bridge deck areas ship bow in the ship

True slip Pitch Propulsive efficiency Apparent slip

Pounding Hogging Sagging Pounding

 At least one watertight
bulkhead to prevent
fire advancement for 2 A minimum of four
A collision bulkhead hours watertight bulkheads A collision bulkhead

Be provided with non-

packed slip joints for
Be kept as high and as expansion to permit Be kept as high and as
far inboard as passage of piping of Incorporate approved far inboard as
practicable. electric cable. sluice valves. practicable.

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

Bow Stern Boot topping Keel

Has its main deck Has its main deck
under compressive Has its bottom plate Has its bottom plating plating under tensile
stress. under tensile stress. under ductile stress. stress.

In the galley To each sleeping room To the engine room in each stair tower

Flow reversal of tank

Flue gas escaping to Inert gas escaping to Air entering inert gas vapors into the
atmosphere atmosphere system machinery space

Filter Cooler Purifier Scrubber

Maintains the oxygen Drains off static

content at 5% by electricity in the inert Maintains the water
volume gas seal on the gas main Cools the inert gas

10% or less 15% or less 20% or less 5% or less

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

125% of forced draft 125% of cargo pump 125% of cargo pump

rate capacity 125% of fan capacity capacity

0.5 1.25 1 1.25

High sea water

Cooling water flow Insufficient fuel supply temperature Insufficient fuel supply

Reducing the oxygen Reducing the oxygen

Eliminating sparks and concentration below concentration below
fire in the vicinity of levels necessary for Blanketing cargo tanks levels necessary for
cargo tanks combustion with inert foam combustion

Inert gas dilutes the

Maintains a positive Inert gas filters out the flammable vapor and
pressure on the vent flammable vapors air concentrations to
De-energizes the header to cool the from the cargo tank keep them below the
:charged mist” effect flammable vapors spaces lower explosive limit
Prevent the Dilute tank
generation of Prevent fires in the atmospheres to keep
flammable or Blow out cargo lines to pump room by gas concentrations
combustible gas in prevent gas continually displacing below the lower
tanks concentrations flammable vapors explosive limits

High capacity fan Inert gas compressor Natural aspiration High capacity fan

Supply conditioned Supply conditioned gas

gas with reduced Generate a high Produce a gas of 100% with reduced oxygen
oxygen content oxygen content gas pure nitrogen content

Undesirable and it
may lead to high Likely to over Undesirable and it may
oxygen content of the pressurize the cargo Likely to overheat the lead to high oxygen
inert gas tanks deck water seal content of the inert gas

Low temperature High temperature gas

Oxygen content of the water leaving the High temperature gas discharge from inert
gas falls below 5% scrubber seal entering the scrubber gas blowers

Continue at a slower Continue only under

rate until these “Emergency Monitored more Be shut down
requirements are met Procedures” frequently immediately
 Immediately start up
the inert gas system
and admit gas to the
Continue loading as deck main when Continue loading as
Immediately stop this is normal oxygen content is this is normal
loading procedure below 8% procedure

Close the deck Secure the salt water Secure the inert gas Secure the salt water
isolating valve supply to the scrubber blower supply to the scrubber

I only I, II & III II & III I, II & III

longitudinal center of position of the center position of the center

waterplane area of gravity downflooding angle of gravity

angle of list change of trim change of draft change of trim

Standard Logarithmic
Rule Reynolds Number Rule Pythagorean Rule Simpson Rule
stable positive negative neutral

list heel flotation trim

surge hog roll yaw

Longitudinal Transverse Centerline Vertical

reduce hogging and maintain vessel

sagging prevent oil pollution all of the above stability

geometric center of
keel the water plane area center of flotation center of gravity
 is proportional in
acts vertically upward magnitude and acts vertically upward
through the center of direction, regardless is applied equal and in through the center of
gravity of the of the direction all direction gravity of the displaced
displaced fluid and is originally developed throughout the vessel fluid and is equal to
equal to the weight of when the object was in which it is the weight of the fluid
the fluid displaced submerge contained displaced

movement of the
upward movement of center of buoyancy
movement of the the center of increased free surface toward the low side of
center of gravity floatation in the buoyant wedge the vessel

change the free

increase the trim surface effect cause a serious heel decrease ship stability

float upright with the capsize and float on its remain unaffected if
main deck awash side the hull remains intact most likely sink

free surface rolling period none of the above freeboard

the void portion of the the percentage of the the part of the
ship below the volume of a enclosed and
waterline which is all cofferdams, double compartment which watertight portion of a
enclosed and bottoms, and wing can be occupied by vessel above the
watertight tanks that are slack water if flooded waterline
remains the same increase shifts to the low side decrease
 Com Question Choice A

By excluding the
C12 How does foam extinguish an oil fire? oxygen from the fire

Except in rare cases, it is impossible to extinguish a

C12 removing the fuel
shipboard fire by ______.

If a firefighting situation calls for low-velocity fog you attach a low-velocity

C12 fog applicator with the
would __________. nozzle shut down

The total available supply of CO2 for use in a fixed

extinguishing system of a cargo vessel shall be at least Space requiring largest
C12 amount
sufficient for what space?

The fire is contained

C12 When can you declare a fire is under control? and no longer
spreading

What is the definite advantage of using water as a fire Rapid expansion as

C12 water absorbs heat
extinguishing agent ? and changes to steam

When using a mechanical foam to fight a bilge fire,

C12 the stream of foam is most effective when at a vertical surface
directed_____________.

At the required fire drill, all persons must report to

their stations and demonstrate their ability to perform In the Muster List
C12 (“Station Bill”)
duties assigned to them ________.

Where can you see your assigned duties during fire In the Muster List or
C12 drill? Station Bill
 You are underway when a fire breaks out in the Put the vessel's stern
C12 forward part of your vessel. What should you possibly into the wind
do?

Which of the following classes of fire would probably Class A

C12 occur in the engine room bilges?

A burning AC motor would be considered what class

C12 Class A
of fire?

C12 What class of fire is a galley grease fire? Class A

A fire in a pile of dunnage would be classified as

C12 class B
a_______.

A burning mattress is considered as which of the

C12 Class B
following classes of fire?

How can a fire in an oil rig ballast pump room be Shut all sources of air
C12 brought under control with minimal impact on into the compartment
stability?

In the event of fire, doors to a stair case must be

C12 Convection
closed to prevent the spread of fire in what way?

Allow the wearer to

What is the function of the bypass valve on the self-
C12 manually give himself
contained breathing apparatus? oxygen

C12 How is foam extinguishes fire? Smothering

 Which among the choices oil fire can be best Cutting off oxygen
C12 extinguished? source

A cut-off valve in the fire main system of a MODU may

C12 be closed to protect a portion of the system on an Freezing
exposed deck from which factor?

A branch line valve of a fixed fire extinguishing system Name of the space or
C12 on a MODU must be marked with the what spaces which it serves
information?

C12 Which one is class C fire? Electrical insulation

When two fire hose teams are attacking a fire, what Do not attack the fire
C12 should they do or not do? from opposite sides

The best way to combat an engine room bilge fire is foam extinguisher and
C12 through the use of a___________. low velocity water fog

What is the best way to combat an engine room bilge Foam extinguisher and
fire? solid stream water

Fuel vents are fitted with corrosion resistant screen to corrosion in the tank
prevent________. vent

If a small fire initially breaks out in the engine room Semi-portable CO2,
bilges, which of the following sequences should the fixed CO2, then hand
fire extinguishing agents or systems be used? portable CO2.

Which fire extinguishing agent has the greatest Carbon dioxide

capacity for absorbing heat?
When is the best time to vent the combustible One half-hour after
products from the engine room after CO2 fire the fire is
extinguishing system has released? extinguished.

Which among the choices is included in the Annual Hydrostatic testing of

servicing of a hand portable CO2 fire extinguisher? the cylinder

Except in rare cases, which one is impossible when Removing the fuel
extinguishing a shipboard fire?

What do you call a chemical, as listed on a Material

Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) that supplies oxygen Oxidizer
required to start or support fire?

A CO2 fire extinguisher provided aboard a MODU has

It must be recharged
lost 10% of its charge. What should be done?

Where is a class B fire would most likely to occur? Engine room bilge

On an inspection of your tankship you notice that should arrange to have

there are no portable fire extinguishers in the a B-II extinguisher
pumproom. To comply with regulations, placed in the lower
you__________. pumproom

How often shall crew members participate in fire Once every week
drills?

Which is not a part of the fire triangle? Fuel

What is required in addition to the heat, fuel, and Electricity

oxygen of the fire triangle to have a fire?
Fighting an oil rig fire in a watertight compartment Reduce the KG to
with hoses, what could reduce the stability of the rig? minimum allowable

An electric eye which

actuates when smoke
What activates fire alarm system thermostats? interferes with the
beam

The supply of carbon dioxide used in a fixed all the spaces of a

extinguishing system aboard a cargo vessel MUST be vessel
at least sufficient for __________.

What arrangement must valves on steam-smothering All valves open

lines to cargo tanks be set?

Hot combustion gases

A fire can spread by "convection" as a result of what? flowing through
ventilation systems

In the event of a
malfunction in the
What is the function of the bypass valve on the self- equipment, the valve
contained breathing apparatus? can be operated
manually to give the
wearer air.

Which is the best way to combat an engine room bilge Through the use of
foam extinguisher and
fire? . low velocity water fog

You are fighting a class "B" fire with a portable dry at the seat of the fire,
chemical extinguisher. The discharge should be starting at the near
directed __________. edge

You are fighting a class "B" fire with a portable dry At the seat of the fire,
chemical extinguisher. Where should the discharge be starting at the near
directed? edge

What is the purpose of corrosion resistant sceen in To prevent flames

the fuel vents? entering the tank vent
 You are fighting a fire in the electrical switchboard in Use a portable CO2
the engine room. After securing the power, what extinguisher
should you do?

Close the ventilation

The smoke detector (fire indicator) indicates fire in a system and other
cargo hold loaded by general cargo. What first action openings to the hold
should be taken? in order to choke the
fire

Which extinguishing agent is most likely to allow

reflash as a result of not cooling the fuel below its CO2
ignition temperature?

When using mechanical foam to fight a bilge fire, When directed at a

when is the stream of foam is most effective? vertical surface

over an electrically
Combustible gas indicator is operated by drawing an
heated platinum
air sample into the instrument_______. filament

Which among the choices is an example of class D Magnesium

fire?

Which of the following would be considered a Class Electrical fire in a

C12 “B” fire? motor

An extinguishing agent which effectively cools, dilutes

combustible vapors and provides a heat and smoke
C12 screen is ___________. Halon 1301

destroying the burning

C12 Foam extinguishes a fire by __________. materials

A fire extinguishing product produced by first mixing a

foam concentrate with water to produce a foam
solution, then mixing the foam solution with air is
C12 termed ____________. light water
 The piece of equipment shown in the illustration is
used in conjunction with a fire hose to produce which
C12 of the listed fire extinguishing agents? Chemical foam

Mechanically foam used for firefighting is produced by

C12 mechanically mixing and agitating ___________. soda acid and water

It is recommended for
use on fires in main
Which of the following statements concerning propulsion electric
C12 chemical foam is TRUE? motors.

Chemical foam is most suitable for use on a fire

C12 involving _____________. oil

One of the limitations of foam as a fire extinguishing

C12 agent is that foam ________. conducts electricity

completely covers the

Firefighting foam is only effective when the foam top of the burning
C12 ___________. liquid

The use of which type of fire extinguishing agent

involves covering the burning surface by deflecting
C12 the agent from a bulkhead to avoid undue agitation? Foam

When using mechanical foam to fight a bilge fire, the

stream of foam is most effective when directed
C12 ___________. at a vertical surface

prolonged exposure to
One of the disadvantages of using carbon dioxide to high concentrations of
extinguish a fire in an enclosed space is CO2 gas causes
C12 ____________. suffocation

What danger to personnel exists when a carbon

dioxide fire extinguisher is discharged in a small
C12 enclosed space? Suffocation
 Which statement is FALSE regarding Halon as a fire
C12 extinguishing agent? It is always non-toxic.

In which of the circumstances listed would a carbon

C12 dioxide fire extinguishing agent be most effective? Within a closed space

The advantage of using a dry chemical fire its good stability and
C12 extinguishing agent is _________. nontoxicity

breaking up the
Dry chemical extinguishing agents extinguish a fire by molecular chain
C12 _________. reaction

with any other dry

Dry chemical extinguishing agents are effective when chemical extinguishing
C12 used ___________. agents

When an electrical fire has been extinguished with a electrical contacts or

dry chemical agent, there is always a possibility of the relays being rendered
C12 __________. inoperative

The most important characteristic of a fire

extinguishing agent to be used on electrical fires is for
C12 the agent to be ___________. nonconducting

Which of the following fire extinguishing agents is

best suited for use on a large class "B" fire occurring Aqueous film forming
C12 on the open deck of a vessel? foam

The best way to combat an engine room bilge fire is foam extinguisher and
C12 through the use of a _____________. low velocity water fog

When approaching a fire from winward, you should

shield firefighters from the fire by using
C12 _____________. low-velocity fog
 stop the pump
If flammable liquids are being pumped with a immediately if it
C12 centrifugal pump, you should_______. becomes vapor bound

Through which of the listed process is sufficient heat Latent heat of

C12 produced to cause spontaneous ignition? sublimation

Spontaneous combustion is most likely to occur in wet swabs and

C12 _______. cleaning gear

Each drilling unit equipped with helicopter fuel

storage tanks must have the tanks installed as far as
C12 practicable from the ________. engine room

conduction of heat
through a wall of
By definition, spontaneous combustible is a result material to the
C12 of_________. substance
 Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

By cooling the oil By removing the fuel By increasing the By excluding the
below the ignition source from the fire weight of the oil oxygen from the fire
temperature

. interrupting the removing the oxygen removing the heat removing the fuel
chain reaction

. order the engine put the lever on an all- put the lever on an all- attach a low-
room to reduce velocity fog
purpose fire nozzle all purpose fire nozzle all applicator
pressure on the fire with the
the way forward the way back
pump nozzle shut down

All the space of the Engine room and Space requiring

All cargo-space vessel largest cargo space largest amount

All hands are at their All firefighting The fixed systems are The fire is contained
equipment is at the and no longer
fire stations activated
scene spreading

Alternate expansion Absorption of smoke Rapid contraction as Rapid expansion as

and contraction as and gases as water is water is converted water absorbs heat
water in a liquid state converted from a from a liquid to a and changes to
becomes a vapor liquid to a vapor vapor steam

directly into the bilge at a vertical surface

at the overhead onto the deck water

At the previous safety By the person By the Coast Guard In the Muster List
meeting conducting the drill regulations (“Station Bill”)

At the previous safety By the person By the Coast Guard In the Muster List or
meeting conducting the drill regulations Station Bill
 Abandon ship to eep going at half Put the vessel's
Call for assistance windward speed stern into the wind

Class B Class C Class D Class B

Class C Class B Class D Class C

Class B Class C Class D Class B

class A class C class D class A

Class A Class C Class D Class A

Flood the Shut all sources of

compartment with salt Cool the outside
Close the sea chest bulkheads with water air into the
water compartment

Conduction Radiation Ventilation Convection

Release excess heat

Control the pressure Allow exhaled gases to Allow the wearer to
which would
of the oxygen as it pass outside the manually give
otherwise cause the
enters the body bottle himself oxygen
bottle to explode

Cooling chemical action inerting the air Smothering

Cooling below its Cutting off oxygen
ignition temperature Removing fuel Spraying with water source

Damage from crane Being used for wash Accidental diversion of Freezing
operations down purposes flow to wrong location

Date of the last Pressure needed to Name of the space

maintain an effective Maximum pressure
maintenance or spaces which it
inspection stream at that point allowed at that branch serves

Diesel oil Magnesium Dunnage Electrical insulation

Do not attack the

Do use different fire Do use fire hoses of Do not wear
fire from opposite
hose pressures different sizes protective clothing sides

dry chemical foam extinguisher

extinguisher and solid foam extinguisher and foam and soda acid and low velocity
solid stream water extinguishers
stream water water fog

Dry chemical Foam extinguisher

extinguisher and solid Foam extinguisher and Foam and soda acid and low velocity
low velocity water fog extinguishers
stream water water fog

escape of flammable flames entering the damage to the ball flames entering the
vapors tank vent check tank vent

Hand portable,
Hand portable, semi- Hand portable, fixed
Fixed CO2, semi- semi- portable CO2,
portable CO2, then as CO2, then as a last
portable CO2, then then as a last resort
a last resort the fixed resort the semi-
hand portable CO2. the fixed CO2
CO2 system. portable CO2. system.

Foam Water Dry chemical Water

 After any personnel in After the metal
Immediately after the After the metal fireman outfits
surfaces have cooled surfaces have
fire is extinguished. reenter the engine
down. cooled down.
room.

Weighing the cylinder Weighing the

Inspecting the cylinder and
and recharging if
pressure gauge to loss exceeds Discharging, cleaning recharging if weight
ensure the needle is weight inside, and recharging loss exceeds 10% of
within operating range 10% of the weight of the weight of the
the charge
charge

Interrupting the chain Removing the oxygen Removing the heat Removing the fuel
reaction

Irritant Polymerization hazard Toxin Oxidizer

It must be used at the It must be weighed It must be

earliest opportunity It must be hydrotested again in one month recharged

Breathing Electric fresh water

Main switchboard Engine room bilge
compartment transfer pump

need not be should arrange to

should arrange to have may substitute sand
concerned since no have a B-II
a B-II extinguisher
portable extinguishers placed in the vicinity for the required extinguisher placed
are required in the extinguishers in the lower
of the exit
pumproom pumproom

Once every 6 months Once every year Once every month Once every month

Oxygen Heat Electricity Electricity

Pressure Smoke Chain reaction Chain reaction

 A list of the vessel due A list of the vessel
Reduce the level of
Progressive down to the water due to the water
drill water from the
flooding accumutation in the accumutation in the
storage tanks compartment compartment

The difference in
The difference in
Pressure loss due to thermal expansion
Smoke sensors thermal expansion of
air being heated of two dissimilar
two dissimilar metals metals

the engine room and all cargo spaces the space requiring the space requiring
largest cargo space the largest amount the largest amount

The master control The master control The master control The master control
valve shut and valves valve open and valves valve shut and valves valve shut and
to individual cargo to individual cargo to individual cargo valves to individual
tanks shut tanks shut tanks open cargo tanks open

Hot combustion
The transfer of heat The transfer of heat The transfer of heatgases flowing
across an across an across an through ventilation
unobstructed space unobstructed space unobstructed space systems
When pressure in the The valve reduces the In the event of a
The valve opens in malfunction in the
excessive heat to apparatus exceeds 7 high pressure in the equipment, the
release the oxygen in psi above atmospheric bottle to about 3 psi valve can be
the bottle and prevent pressure, the valve above atmospheric operated manually
the bottle from opens to release pressure. to give the wearer
exploding. pressure. air.
Through the use of a Through the use of
Through the use of a Through the use of a dry chemical foam extinguisher
foam extinguisher and foam and soda acid extinguisher and solid and low velocity
solid stream water extinguishers stream water water fog

at the seat of the

to bank off a bulkhead over the top of the fire at the main body of fire, starting at the
onto the fire the fire
near edge

At the seat of the

To bank off a bulkhead Over the top of the At the main body of fire, starting at the
onto the fire fire the fire near edge

To prevent damage to To prevent flames

To prevent escape of To prevent corrosion entering the tank
flammable vapors in the tank vent the ball check vent
 Use a low-velocity fog Determine the cause Use a portable CO2
Use a portable foam
adapter with the fire of the fire
extinguisher extinguisher
hose

Close the
Use the ship's gas Inspect the scene Start the fire pumps, ventilation system
extinguishing central before deciding the open the hatches and and other openings
system to put out the method to be used for start fighting the fire to the hold in order
fire fire-fighting by fire hoses to choke the fire

Water stream Water spray Foam CO2

When directed onto When directed

directly into the bilge When directed at the When directed at a
the deck overhead vertical surface
water

over an electrically
where it is mixed with where it is ignited by a where its specific
heated platinum
nitrogen sparking device gravity is measured filament

Wood Oil Electrical equipment Magnesium

Waste rag fire in the Oil fire in the engine Fire in the main Waste rag fire in the
engine room room bilges switchboard engine room

dry chemical water fog carbon dioxide dry chemical

smothering the chemical reaction with absorbing the burning smothering the
burning material the burning material material burning material

mechanical foam Halon 1301 chemical foam mechanical foam

Mechanical foam Low velocity fog High velocity fog Mechanical foam

foam chemical with dry chemical and bicarbonate soda with foam chemical with
air and water water air and water air and water
It is formed as a
It is formed as a result Foam bubbles are result of the
of the reaction formed as a result of reaction between
between dry powder mechanical mixing It is useful in fighting dry powder and
and water. with air. chemicals fires only. water.

burning insulation hot bulkheads electrical machinery oil

cannot be made with is heavier than oil and is corrosive and a

salt water sinks below it surface hazard to fire fighters conducts electricity

completely covers
penetrates to the is kept saturated with mixes with the the top of the
bottom of the fire low velocity water fog burning fuel oil burning liquid

Dry chemical Carbon dioxide Halon 1301 Foam

directly into the bilge

at the overhead onto the deck water at a vertical surface
the CO2 gas is lighter prolonged exposure
the ‘snow’ which is than air and a large to high
sometimes discharged amount is required to concentrations of
along with the gas is rapid dissipation of extinguish a fire near CO2 gas causes
toxic the CO2 vapor the deck suffocation

Second degree burns Electric shock Burst eardrums Suffocation

It is more effective It is always non-
than CO2. It leaves no residue. It is noncorrosive. toxic.

Within a closed
On a magnesium fire At a range of 15 feet As a cooling agent space

permanent
extinguishment
reguardless of the its excellent cooling its good stability
reignition sources ability all of the above and nontoxicity

removing the fuel by smothering and breaking up the

absorbing the heated cooling the fuel below removing the oxygen molecular chain
vapors ignition temperature from the fuel reaction

on materials that with any other dry

with any foam strictly in a cooling contain their own chemical
extinguishing agents capacity oxygen extinguishing agents

electrical contacts
machinery suffering fire being rekindled by chemical crystals or relays being
thermal shock spontaneous suffocating the fire rendered
damage combustion fighter inoperative

flame resistant c. easily removable wet nonconducting

Steam smothering Aqueous film

CO2 Dry chemical system forming foam

dry chemical foam extinguisher

extinguisher and solid foam extinguisher and foam and soda acid and low velocity
stream water solid stream water extinguishers water fog

a straight stream of
high-velocity fog water foam spray low-velocity fog
 gag relief valves to stop the pump
throttle the discharge throttle the discharge prevent recirculating immediately if it
valve to assure valve to control and heating of the becomes vapor
positive pumping capacity liquid bound

Latent heat of
Heat of expansion Heat of oxidation condensation Heat of oxidation

overload electrical partially loaded fuel

circuits oil soaked rags tanks oil soaked rags

landing area and landing area and

sources of vapor sources of vapor
main deck ignition drill floor ignition

an outside heat
source heating a
substance until it chemical reactions chemical reactions
ignites within a substance All of the above. within a substance
 Com Question Choice A

You have abandoned ship and after two days in a raft, you Turn on the strobe
C13 can see an aircraft near the horizon apparently carrying out light on the top of the
a search pattern. What should you do? EPIRB

You have abandoned ship and are in charge of a liferaft.

C13 How much water per day should you permit each occupant 1 liter
to drink after the first 24 hours?

A life raft with a capacity of 8 people in ocean service is

C13 12 units of provisions
required by regulation to carry what amount of water?

How often must inspection of proper working of the EPIRB 14 days

C13 ‘s and SART ’s take place on board? Once per__________

On an ocean going vessel, a lifeboat without desalting kits a signaling whistle

C13 is certified to carry what provision for each person?

Engines for lifeboats are required to have sufficient fuel to 12 hours

C13 operate for how many hours?
 Part of the required equipment for a lifeboat
C13 painter
includes______________ .

They should be tight

C13 Which is TRUE concerning immersion suits and their use? fitting.

The motor takes its air

Your vessel is equipped with totally enclosed lifeboats. supply from outside
C13 Which statement is TRUE when the boat is enveloped in the lifeboat to prevent
flames? asphyxiation of the
crew.

You are underway when a fire breaks out in the forward put the vessel's stern
C13 part of your vessel. If possible, you should __________. into the wind

The purpose of the tripping line on a sea anchor is to

C13 aid in its recovery
__________.

You are at sea in an inflatable liferaft. What is the greatest Hypothermia caused
C13 danger in high latitudes? by cold temperature
C13 Where must a lifeline be connected to the life raft . All around

Which among the choices are most lifeboats equipped

C13 Unbalanced rudders
with?

What should you do with your EPIRB if you are in a life raft Bring it inside the life
C13 raft and turn it off
during storm conditions? until the storm passes

How can an inflatable life raft be manually released from its By removing the
C13 rubber sealing strip
cradle?
from the container

By kicking the
C13 How can an inflatable life raft be launched? hydrostatic release

After having thrown the life raft and stowage container into By pulling on the
C13 the water, how is the life raft inflated? painter line
 Securely attached
around the outside in
C13 How are lifelines attached to a life float? bights no longer than
three feet

To turn over an inflatable liferaft that is upside down, you

C13 righting strap
should pull on the __________.

Checking that
Which of following items shall be included in an abandon
C13 lifejackets are
ship drill? correctly donned.

C13 Which type of EPIRB must each ocean-going ship carry? Category 1

Your small vessel is broken down and rolling on heavy seas. Moving all personnel
C13 In what way you can reduce the possibility of capsizing? aft

C13 The following information must be given on the SART Don't know
 How often must inspection of proper working of the EPIRB
C13 Annually
‘s and SART ’s take place on board?

Drag the raft ashore

C13 If you reach shore in a liferaft, what is the first thing to do? and lash it down for a
shelter

Forwardmost on the
C13 Where is the number 2 lifeboat on a tanker located? port side

in and out of a vessel

The greatest effect on stability occurs from loose liquids
C13 that is holed in a wing
flowing __________.
tank

If more than one raft is manned after the vessel has sunk, Tie the rafts together
C13 and try to stay in a
what should you do? single group

In lifeboat situations, which of the following visual distress Orange smoke signal
C13 signals is acceptable for daylight use only?
 If you have to abandon ship and enter a life raft, What Remain in the vicinity
C13 should be your main course of action? of the vessel

If for any reason, it is necessary to abandon ship while far Immediately head for
C13 out at sea, what is the important thing that crew members the nearest land
should do?

C13 If a life raft should capsize___________ . inflate the righting bag

The Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon on a cargo It is accessible from

C13 the bridge of the
vessel must be stowed in what manner?
vessel

What is the correct maintenance for the battery of an Load must be checked
C13 EPIRB? weekly

It must be submerged
Which statement best describe a hydrostatic release
C13 to a certain depth to
mechanism for a life raft? release automatically
 It should be righted by
standing on the
Which statement is correct about the liferaft that has carbon dioxide
C13 inflated bottom-up on the water? cylinder, holding the
righting straps, and
leaning backwards

You have abandoned ship in a life raft. Which of the organize a lookout
C13 following actions should you take? system

After abandoning ship, you should deploy the sea anchor Navigate against the
C13 from a liferaft to __________. current

Which of the following is considered primary life-saving

C13 Lifering
equipment?

What do you call a rigid lifesaving device designed for a

C13 Life cushion
group of survivors to hold on to while in the water?

C13 Where should lifejackets be stowed in? Mess room

 What must all personnel be familiar with in regards to Boarding and
C13 lifeboats? operating procedures

C13 Which is an indication of reserve buoyancy? Freeboard

Davit-launched
survival craft muster
Which one of the given requirements regarding survival and embarkation
C13 craft muster and embarkation arrangements corresponds stations shall not be
to the present SOLAS regulations? arranged to enable
stretchers to be placed
in survival craft.

Which among the choices is a safety feature provided on all Internal releasing
C13 inflatable life rafts? hooks

Generally, which of the following gases is used to inflate life

C13 Compressed air
rafts?

C13 Generally, what is used to inflate life rafts? Carbon monoxide

 If your life raft is to leeward of a fire on the water, what Get out of the raft and
C13 should you do first? swim to safety

Which among the choices is part of the required

C13 Can
equipment for a lifeboat?

You have just abandoned ship and boarded a raft. After the Do not be alarmed
C13 raft is completely inflated you hear a whistling noise unless it continues for
coming from a safety valve. What should you do? a long period of time

Closing of watertight
The Muster List shall show the duties assigned to members doors, fire doors,
C13 of the crew. Which of the following duties shall be included valves, scuppers, side
in the "muster list" according to present regulations? scuttles, skylights.

To turn over an inflatable liferaft that is upside down, What Pull on the righting
C13 should you do? strap

To disengage a survival craft suspended from the cable pull the hook release
C13 above the water, you must pull the safety pin and handle and use the
__________. ratchet bar
 Stand on the CO2
bottle, hold the
If an inflatable liferaft inflates upside down, what should
C13 bottom straps, and
you do to right it? throw your weight
backward

not panic since the

You hear air escaping from the liferaft just after it has safety valves allow
C13 inflated. You should __________. excess pressure to
escape

Activate the SART and

C13 How can you check the function of the SART? check the effect on
the radar screen

How enclosed lifeboats could maintain its upright position Passengers are
C13 after capsizing? strapped to their seats

C13 Where are fire and lifeboat stations required to be listed? Muster list

should be righted by
standing on the
A liferaft which has inflated bottom-up on the water carbon dioxide
C13 __________. cylinder, holding the
righting straps, and
leaning backwards
 Slack the tripping line
When a sea anchor is used in landing stern first in a heavy and tow the sea
C13 surf, how can sternway be checked? anchor by the holding
line

The Emergency Position Indicating Radio beacon on a cargo so that it will float free
C13 vessel must be stowed __________. if the vessel sinks

The Master shall insure that the Emergency Position

C13 tested monthly
Indicating Radio beacon (EPIRB) is __________.

The canopy should be

While adrift in an inflatable liferaft in hot and tropical deflated so that it will
C13 weather, what should you possibly do? not block cooling
breezes

the falls from

Preventer bars are fitted on lifeboat releasing gear to
C13 rehooking after they
prevent __________. have been released

The point in the

waterplane which
C13 What is the center of flotation of a vessel? __________. coincides with the
center of buoyancy
C13 What is the purpose of the tripping line on a sea anchor? To aid in its recovery

What is the meaning of an orange colored smoke signal or We see you, we will
C13 detonating luminous signals fired at interval of one provide help as soon
minute? as possible

After abandoning ship, why should you deploy the sea To stay in the general
C13 anchor from a liferaft? location

To prevent accidental
What is the purpose of preventer bars fitted on lifeboat
C13 unhooking when the
releasing gear?
falls become slack

C13 What is the purpose of storm oil? To smooth the sea

You are tending the lifeline of a person who has entered a

C13 compartment wearing a breathing apparatus. How many One
tugs of the lifeline mean "Are you all right"?
 Longer than the others
What is the difference of steering oar in a lifeboat as
C13 and should be lashed
compare to others? to the stern

C13 What is the frequency of testing for vessel's EPIRB? Every 2 months

After the lifeboat has reached the top of the davit heads, When preventer bar is
C13 davit arms begin moving up the tracks. Until when the energized
movement is stopped by itself?

During an evacuation from a MODU, an individual without When water

C13 the option of a survival craft or life raft should enter the temperature is below
water on the leeward side, except in what condition? 40°F

which, in the absence

of external forces, is
The center of flotation of a vessel is the point in the
C13 always vertically
waterplane __________. aligned with the
center of gravity

Manufacturers of self contained breathing apparatus use

color coded facepieces to indicate different sizes. Which of
the following statements is true concerning the colors of
SCBA facepieces? I. Size "Small" is green II. Size "Large"
C13 (standard) is black III. Size "Extra Large" is red I, II & III
 What should you do when the alarm bell on a self- Immediately evacuate
C13 contained breathing apparatus sounds? the contaminated area

While wearing a self-contained breathing apparatus the

alarm bell begins ringing. Which of the following conditions
does this indicates? I. There is a 4-5 minute supply of air
remaining in the air cylinder II. There is approximately 500
psi (3.5 Mpa) of pressure left in the air cylinder III. The
C13 wearer should immediately leave the contaminated area I, II & III
Why should you wear a self-contained breathing apparatus
before entering a closed compartment to fight a fire? I. The
fire produces carbon monoxide which causes an oxygen
deficiency in the brain and body, leading quickly to death II.
The fire produces smoke, which contains toxic gases that
cause breathing difficulties and irritation of the respiratory
tract III. The fire consumes oxygen which may lead to
C13 asphyxiation I, II & III

To safely enter a closed compartment, where CO2 has been

released from a fixed extinguishing system, you wear a canister type
C13 should_______. gas mask
Because carbon
dioxide is a colorless
and odorless gas that
becomes highly toxic
in the presence of
high temperatures and
Why should you wear a self-contained breathing apparatus will quickly
before entering the engine room after the fixed CO2 system incapacitate a person
C13 has been discharged to combat a major fire? exposed to this gas.

While wearing a self-contained breathing apparatus, the

user must be aware of the bulkiness of the unit in order to
avoid confined spaces. Of what other limitations should the
user be aware? I. The weight of the unit changes the user's
center of gravity II. The lens of the facepiece reduces the
user's peripheral vision III. The attached lifeline limits of the
C13 user's mobility I, II & III
 What operational limitation should the user of a self-
contained breathing apparatus be concerned with when
using the device? I. The weight of the unit changes the
user's center of gravity II. The lens of the facepiece reduces
the user's peripheral vision III. The attached lifeline limits
C13 the user's mobility I, II & III

The speed with which

it can be put into
What is a major advantage of using a positive pressure type operation is around 45
C13 self-contained breathing apparatus? seconds.

The speed with which

it can be put into
What is a major advantage of the demand-type self- operation is around 45
C13 contained breathing apparatus? seconds.

Prior to entering a compartment containing an atmosphere

potentially dangerous to life or health, you should don an
approved self-contained breathing apparatus. Which one
of the listed devices is a self-contained breathing A canister-type gas
C13 apparatus? mask

The bypass valve on a self-contained breathing apparatus oxygen to the

C13 (SCBA) bypasses_____. atmosphere

While donning the positive -pressure self-contained

breathing apparatus, you discover that the air cylinder
pressure gage and the regulator pressure gage differ from Assume that the lower
each other by 500 psi. Which of the listed action should gage reading is
C13 you consider as appropriate? correct.
 Which of the components listed are interchangeable
between different backpack self-contained breathing
C13 apparatus produced by various manufacturers? The air cylinder
Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

Use the voice

Use visual distress transmission Switch the EPIRB to Use visual distress signals in
signals in conjunction capability of the EPIRB the homing signal conjunction with the EPIRB
with the EPIRB to guide the aircraft to mode
your raft

0.5 liter 2 liters 4 liters 0.5 liter

12 liters of fresh water 24 units of provisions 8 liters of fresh water 12 liters of fresh water

week month Don't know week

2 kilograms of 3 liters of water a life preserver 3 liters of water

condensed milk

6 hours 24 hours 18 hours 24 hours

 boathhook, painter, boathhook, painter, and
a boathook whistle
and whistle whistle

They provide sufficient Only a light layer of They provide sufficient

A puncture in the suit flotation to do away clothing may be worn flotation to do away with the
will not appreciably with the necessity of underneath. necessity of wearing a life
reduce its value. wearing a life jacket. jacket.

A water spray system An air tank will The ventilators will An air tank will provide
to cool the outside of provide about ten automatically close by about ten minutes of air for
the boat is operated minutes of air for the the action of fusible the survivors and the
by a high-volume survivors and the links. engine.
manual pump. engine.

abandon ship to keep going at half put the vessel's stern into
call for assistance
windward speed the wind

direct the drift of the maintain maximum

aid in casting off resistance to aid in its recovery
vessel broaching

Asphyxiation due to Collapse of the raft Hypothermia caused by cold

keeping the canopy due to cold Starvation temperature
closed temperatures
At the bow At the stern In the middle All around

Balanced rudders Contraguide rudders Straight rudders Unbalanced rudders

Bring it inside the life Bring it inside the life Bring it inside the life Bring it inside the life raft
raft and turn it off raft and turn it off
until the storm passes raft and leave it on until the storm passes and leave it on

By cutting the straps By pushing the button By loosing the By pushing the button on
that enclose the on the hydrostatic turnbuckle on the the hydrostatic release
container release securing strap

By throwing the entire By throwing the entire

container overboard, By removing the
By float-free method container overboard, then
then pulling on the
only securing straps pulling on the operating
operating cord to cord to inflate the raft
inflate the raft

By forcing open the By hitting the By using the hand

container which By pulling on the painter line
hydrostatic release pump provided
operates the CO2
 By splicing one end of With an approved Securely attached around
By serving the line around the safety hook or shackle the outside in bights no
apparatus longer than three feet

canopy manropes sea painter righting strap

Checking the distress Checking the lifeboat Checking passenger's Checking that lifejackets are
signal rockets and provisions and immersion suits. correctly donned.
other distress signals. supplies.

Class A Class B Class C Category 1

Constantly shifting the Moving all personnel

Rigging a sea anchor Rigging a sea anchor
rudder forward and low

date of replacement date of replacement

of the hydrostatic the MMSI number the MMSI number
of the battery
release unit
Every fornight Monthly Weekly Weekly

Find some wood for a Get the provisions out Set the raft back out Drag the raft ashore and lash
to sea so someone
fire of the raft it down for a shelter
may spot it

Forwardmost on the Abaft #1 lifeboat port Abaft #1 lifeboat Forwardmost on the port
starboard side side starboard side side

from fore to aft in the in and out of a vessel in and out of a vessel that is
from side to side in that is holed in a peak holed in a wing tank
the tanks of the vessel tanks of a vessel
tank

Reduce the number of

Spread out to increase
Go to different rafts by getting as
the possibility of a Tie the rafts together and try
direction in search of many people as
search aircraft finding to stay in a single group
land possible into as few
you rafts as possible

Self-contained rocket Red aerial pyrotechnic

Handheld red flare propelled parachute flare Orange smoke signal
red flare
Head for the closest Head for the closest Remain in the vicinity of the
Get a majority opinion vessel
land sea- lanes

Remain together in
the area because Get away from the Separate from each Remain together in the area
rescuers will start area because sharks other as this will because rescuers will start
searching at the will be attracted to the increase the chances searching at the vessel's last
vessel's last known vessel of being rescued known position
position

right the raft using the climb onto the bottom swim away from the right the raft using the
righting straps raft righting straps

In such a way that it In an approved In an inside In such a way that it will

will float free if the bracket passageway float free if the vessel sinks
vessel sinks

It must be totally It must be replaced

It must be renewed Load must be checked
drained before before the expiry date weekly
every year
replacement is exceeded

It should be kept in a It will inflate the raft in It must be submerged to a

It must be wet before watertight cover its cradle if operated certain depth to release
it will release except in an manually automatically
emergency
It should be righted by It should be righted by
It must be cleared of
standing on the life It will right itself when standing on the carbon
the buoyant
line, holding the the canopy tubes dioxide cylinder, holding the
equipment before it
righting straps, and inflate righting straps, and leaning
will right itself
leaning backwards backwards

Organize a watch Organize a watch system,

Join up with any other system, post as a start paddling in the post as a lookout, tie up with
lookout, tie up with
survival craft and direction of the other survival craft if
other survival craft if
stream the sea anchor possible, and stream nearest land possible, and stream the sea
anchor
the sea anchor

keep the liferaft from stay in the general Keep personnel from stay in the general location
capsizing location getting seasick

Personal flotation
Life Preserver Lifeboat Lifeboat
device

Life raft Buoyant apparatus Life preserver Buoyant apparatus

Locked watertight Readily accessible Poop deck Readily accessible spaces

containers spaces
 Fuel consumption Boarding and operating
Maintenance schedule Navigational systems rates procedures

Metacentric height Righting moment Rolling period Freeboard

Muster and
Muster and Muster and embarkation
embarkation stations
embarkation stations Searchlights to be stations shall be readily
shall be readily
are to be arranged provided at the accessible from
accessible from
separately to improve launching station. accommodation and work
accommodation and
working conditions. areas.
work areas.

The use of water The use of water stabilizing

Overhead safety straps Built in seats stabilizing pockets pockets

Oxygen Hydrogen CO2 CO2

Oxygen Hydrogen Non-toxic inert gas Non-toxic inert gas

Paddle away from the Splash water over the Cut the line to the sea Cut the line to the sea
fire life raft to cool it anchor anchor

Paint Roller Painter Painter

Unscrew the deflation Remove the safety Do not be alarmed unless it

Plug the safety valve valve and replace it continues for a long period
plugs with a soft patch of time

Preparation of
immersion suits and Preparation of survival Operation of the Closing of watertight doors,
craft's Emergency
thermo protective aids Positions Indicating vessel's propulsion fire doors, valves, scuppers,
for the ship's system. side scuttles, skylights.
Radio Beacons.
passengers.

Pull out the canopy Pull the manropes Drop the sea painter Pull on the righting strap

pull the hook release use the ratchet bar pull the hook release pull the hook release handle
and depress the handle and depress
handle and use the ratchet bar
retainer the retainer
 Get at least three or Do nothing; it will
four men to push Stand on the CO2 bottle,
right itself after the
Push up on one side down on the side hold the bottom straps, and
canopy supports
containing the CO2 throw your weight backward
inflate
cylinder

check the sea anchor check the painter line not panic since the safety
quickly hunt for the line attachment for a attachment for a tear valves allow excess pressure
hole before the raft tear if the seas are caused by the initial to escape
deflates rough opening

Remove it from the Check the physical Activate the SART and check
Activate it by
holder and turn the extracting the antenna appearance and take the effect on the radar
SART upside down note of any change screen

Sea anchor is Fuel tanks are not less Lower ballast tanks are Passengers are strapped to
deployed to windward than half full filled with water their seats

Ship's articles Bunk card Official log book Muster list

should be righted by should be righted by

must be cleared of the
standing on the life will right itself when standing on the carbon
buoyant equipment
line, holding the the canopy tubes dioxide cylinder, holding the
before it will right
righting straps, and inflate righting straps, and leaning
itself
leaning backwards backwards
slacking the tripping towing with the towing the apex end Slack the tripping line and
line and towing the tripping line and
forward with the tow the sea anchor by the
sea anchor from the leaving the holding tripping line holding line
stern line slack

so that it is accessible
from the bridge of the in an approved bracket in an inside so that it will float free if the
passageway vessel sinks
vessel

secured inside the secured in the

tested annually tested monthly
wheelhouse emergency locker

The pressure valve

Deflate the floor The entrance curtains Deflate the floor panels to
may be periodically
panels to cool should never be
opened to prevent cool personnel
personnel excessive air pressure opened

the falls from

accidental unhooking operation of the unhooking if the accidental unhooking when
when the falls become release lever until the releasing gear is the falls become slack
slack boat is waterborne operated accidentally

The point in the

waterplane which, in The point in the
The point in the the absence of waterplane which is The point in the waterplane
waterplane which the external forces, is shown in the which the vessel lists and
vessel lists and trims always vertically hydrostatic tables as trims
aligned with the VCB
center of gravity
 To maintain maximum
To direct the drift of
To aid in casting off resistance to To aid in its recovery
the vessel broaching

This is the most

To embark here is We see you, we will provide
suitable place to Man in the buoy
dangerous help as soon as possible
embark

To keep the liferaft Navigate against the Keep personnel from To stay in the general
from capsizing current getting seasick location

To prevent the falls To prevent operation To prevent the falls

from unhooking if the To prevent accidental
from rehooking after of the release lever unhooking when the falls
they have been until the boat is releasing gear is
become slack
released waterborne operated accidentally

To weigh down the sea To lubricate sea To repel dangerous

To smooth the sea
anchor anchor fish

Two Three . Four One

Used by the forward Longer than the others and
Used for the stroke Shorter than the
man in the boat to should be lashed to the
oar others
direct the bow stern

Weekly Monthly Every 3 months Monthly

When brake handle is When the limit switch When hoist man is When the limit switch is
touched is touched interfered touched

When there is a When there is burning When a rigid survival When there is burning oil on
rescue craft in the oil on the water craft is in the area? the water
area

which coincides with about which the which is shown in the about which the vessel lists
the center of hydrostatic tables as and trims
vessel lists and trims
buoyancy VCB

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

 Move the reserve
lever to the `reserve' Move the tank
Open the bypass valve position on the selector lever to the
on the regulator and regulator and full tank position and
immediately evacuate immediately evacuate reset the alarm so you
the contaminated the area when it can evacuate the area Immediately evacuate the
area. sounds again. when it sounds again. contaminated area

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

test the air with an wear a self-contained test the air with an wear a self-contained
Orsat apparatus breathing apparatus explosimeter breathing apparatus

Because carbon
dioxide breaks down Because carbon This action is
in a fire into carbon dioxide dilutes the unnecessary as carbon Because carbon dioxide
monoxide which may oxygen concentration dioxide is not dilutes the oxygen
cause blood poisoning in the atmosphere and poisonous nor toxic concentration in the
in the person may cause but is a relatively atmosphere and may cause
breathing this gas. asphyxiation. harmless gas. asphyxiation.

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

I only I & II II & III I, II & III

The equipment is
lightweight and the
wearer can work Facial hair will not The speed with which it can
without difficulty in The average operating affect the mask be put into operation is
confined spaces. time is over an hour. performance. around 45 seconds.
The regulator is
designed to provide
the user with quick
The equipment is adjustments to the air
lightweight and the supply by a knob
wearer can work located near the high The speed with which it can
without difficulty in The average operating pressure hose be put into operation is
confined spaces. time is over an hour. connection. around 45 seconds.

A fresh-air breathing A demand-type A demand-type breathing

apparatus breathing apparatus All of the above apparatus

a breathing bag
containing excessive the regulator in an the regenerator in an the regulator in an
pressure emergency emergency emergency

Replace the defective

gages with a new pair Take the average of Replace the defective gages
Replace the air from the spare parts the two gages as the with a new pair from the
cylinder. inventory. correct pressure. spare parts inventory.
The regulator The facepiece All of the above The facepiece
 Com Question Choice A

How are first, second, and third degree burns According to area of
C14 classified? the body burned

You are part of a team of two First Aiders in a 7 inflations before

C14 resuscitation situation. What is the rhythm of every 5 compressions
resuscitation with two First Aiders?

The ABC-rules are an important part of the First

Aiders know how. What does the First Aid ABC- Anything But
C14 Continuation
rules stands for?
When should training in personal survival During the first week
C14 techniques be given? on board

What should you avoid when administering first Instructing bystanders

C14 aid?

Lay the patient down

What is the first aid treatment for small cuts and and cover the wound
C14 open wounds? when the bleeding
stops

Treatment of burns and scalds depends on the Remove all sticky

C14 severity of the injury. What is the correct thing clothing from the
to do for minor burns and scalds? casualty.

The most effective first aid treatment for wrap the burn with
C14 chemical burns is to immediately __________. sterile dressing

A high-velocity fog stream can be used in fire The fire is totally

fighting situations to drive heat and smoke
C14 ahead of the fire fighters in a passageway. This contained by the ship’s
structure
technique should only be used when ________.

What do you call a device used to immobilize

C14 fractures and help prevent bone displacement? Tourniquet

If water is rising in the bilge of a survival craft, Shift all personnel to

C14
what should you do first? the stern
 What is the primary purpose for applying a
C14 Immobilize the fracture
splint when administering first aid?
A crew member has suffered frostbite to the
C14 toes of his right foot. Which of the following is Rub the toes briskly
not an acceptable first aid measure?
What is the frequency of service for inflatable
C14 life raft , inflatable lifejacket and hydrostatic Every 12 months
release units?

As with heat burns the damage of frostbite Hand or body heat the
/hypothermia may be either superficial or deep, affected parts skin-to-
C14 and the affected tissues may be destroyed. skin, example frozen
What kind of first aid should be given a person hand in persons
with frostbite ? opposite armpit

As with heat burns the damage of frostbite and Hand or body heat the
hypothermia may be either superficial or deep, affected parts skin-to-
C14 and the affected tissues may be destroyed. skin, example frozen
What kind of first aid should be given a person hand in persons
with frostbite ? opposite armpit

What is the most important element in Start the treatment

C14 administering CPR? quickly

Which of the following procedures is always

recommended in the rescue of an unconscious Have the rescuers carry
C14 in a stokes basket for
person from a compartment containing an the victim.
unsafe atmosphere?

Which position is the best to stop bleeding from Holding the nose above
C14 the nose? steamed water

First aid to poisoning bitten by spider.

I. clean wound by alcohol
C14 I I. lie down I & II
victim keep quiet
What is the primary purpose for applying a
C14 It controls bleeding
splint in first aid?
While underway, fire break out in the forward
part of the vessel. Whenever practicable, what Keep going on half
C14 will be the first thing you will do if your are on spead
watch?
 stop the bleeding,
First aid treatment for small cuts and open
C14 clean, medicate, and
wounds is to___________ . cover the wound

A shipmate suffers a heart attack and stops Check his pulse and
C14 breathing. What you must do? start CPR

Which one of the listed routine test and General emergency

C14 inspections of life-saving appliances is not alarm to be tested daily
required by the regulations?

Emergency treatment
C14 What is first aid? at the scene of the
injury

C14 What should a lifejacket be provided with? A whistle and a light

In reviving a person who has been overcomed Keeping him warm and
C14 by gas fumes, which of the following would you comfortable
avoid doing?

If it is necessary to remove a victim from a life Place the victim on a

C14 threatening situation, what must a person giving stretcher before
first aid do? attempting removal

A person slowly feel more sleepy and thirsty.

The skin become very dry and there is a sweet
C14 taste of the breath. The glucose reaction shows A glass of cold milk
positive. What kind of medicine will the person
need as soon as possible?
 The person should not
If a person suffering from possible broken bones be allowed to lie down
C14 and internal injuries is correctly being where injured but
administered first aid, what statement is true? should be moved to a
chair or bunk.

C14 The primary objective of First Aid is: To give life

C14 What is the primary objective of First Aid? To give life

Since electrical burn victims have been To check for indication

C14 subjected to electric shock, what is the first
of broken bones
medical response?
To immediately apply
What is the most effective first aid treatment for ointment to burned
C14 chemical burns? area

A seaman has a small, gaping laceration of the

arm that is not bleeding excessively. What can Use temporary stitches
C14 be done as an alternative to suturing to close of sail twine.
the wound?

In the event of fire in the crew's quarter, one of Ventilate the quarters
C14 your first act is to_________.

A drip tray containing oil is on fire. The only fire Water should be
fighting equipment available is water hose with applied in a jet to the
C14 spray jet/spray nozzle. How, if at all, should you back of the fire.
attempt to put out this fire using water?

When giving first aid, aside from understanding

on how to conduct primary and secondary Which medications to
C14 surveys what are the other aspect you should prescribe
consider?

Wiping the affected

What should you include in the first aid area with a clean dry
C14 treatment for battery acid or alkali burns, cloth and resting
especially in the eyes? quietly for several
hours

A tourniquet should be used to control bleeding with puncture wounds

C14 ONLY __________.

When can a tourniquet be used to control

C14 With puncture wounds
bleeding?
C14 The greatest danger in cold temperatures, when hypothermia caused by
at sea in an inflatable liferaft is ____________. the cold temperature
C14 A crew member suffering from hypothermia
should be given __________. treatment for shock

C14 Which of the listed procedures should be Immerse them in a

followed when individuals are rescued in cold warm bath 104°F
climates and suffer from hypothermia? (40°C)

C14
A patient suffering from heat exhaustion should escorted to a cool
first be _________. space

look for a second burn,

which may have been
A patient has an electrical burn, after checking caused by the current
C14 breathing and pulse, ____________. exiting the body
Which of the listed types of bone fractures
C14 would be considered as the most serious? Compound

A crew member has a small, gaping laceration of

the arm that is not bleeding excessively. What
can be done as an alternative to suturing to Apply butterfly strips,
C14 close the wound? then a sterile dressing.

You are alone and administering CPR to an

unconscious adult victim showing no signs of 30 compressions and 2
life. How many chest compressions and breath inflations, 5 cycles in 2
C14 inflations should you administer? minutes
If your skin comes in contact with liquid
ammonia refrigerant, you should immediately flush the affected area
C14 ___________. with water
One of the primary steps in assisting someone
who has been overcome by ammonia vapors is give the patient plenty
C14 to _________. of fresh air

When administering artificial respiration, it is of know all approved

C14 the utmost importance to ______________. methods

You are attempting to administer CPR to a Press on the victim’s

victim. While blowing into the victim’s mouth, it lungs so that air
is apparent that no air is getting to the lungs. pressure will blow out
C14 Which of the following actions should you take? any obstruction.
 Artificial respiration may be necessary in cases
of ____________. I. drowning II. electrocutio III.
C14 poisoning II & III
After a person has been revived by artificial allowed to do as he
C14 respiration, they should ne __________. wishes
 Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

According to source of According to layers of According to size of According to layers of

heat causing the burn skin affected the burned area skin affected

10 compressions within 5 compressions after 3 compressions after 5 compressions after

every 3 inflations. every 1 inflation every 1 inflation every 1 inflation

Adults Behind Children Airway Breathing Airway Breathing

A Better Control
Circulation Circulation

After one period at sea Before being employed After joining the ship Before being employed

Any conversation with Unnecessary haste and Touching the patient Unnecessary haste and
appearance of before washing your appearance of
the patient uncertainty hands uncertainty

Apply an ice pack to

Apply a hot towel to Stop the bleeding, the wound and cover it Stop the bleeding,
purge the wound, then clean, medicate, and clean, medicate, and
when the bleeding
medicate and cover it cover the wound cover the wound
stops

Place the injured part Place the injured part

under slowly running under slowly running
cold water for at least Break blisters, remove cold water for at least
Apply lotions, 10 minutes, but 10 minutes, but
any loose skin or
ointments or fat to the preferably until the preferably until the
foreign objects from
injury. pain is gone. If no pain is gone. If no
the injured area.
water is available, use water is available, use
any cold, harmless any cold, harmless
liquid. liquid.

apply ointment to flood the affected area apply an ice pack to the flood the affected area
burned area with water burned area with water

At least two fog There is an outlet for There is an outlet for

Using a 2 ½ inch hose
streams can be used the smoke and heat the smoke and heat

Bandage Splint Stretcher Splint

Check the cracks in the Check the bilge drain Abandon the survival Check the bilge drain
hull plug craft plug
Control bleeding Reduce pain Reset the bone Immobilize the fracture

Give aspirin or other

Elevate the foot slightly Warm the frost bitten medication for pain if Rub the toes briskly
toes rapidly necessary

Every 24 months Every 18 months Every 36 months Every 12 months

Hand or body heat the

Heat the affected area Rub the affected area. affected parts skin-to-
Give the casualty a skin, example frozen
cigarette. with hot-water bottles. hand in persons
opposite armpit

Hand or body heat the

affected parts skin-to-
Give the casualty a Heat the affected area
Rub the affected area. skin, example frozen
cigarette. with hot-water bottles. hand in persons
opposite armpit

Have the proper Treat for traumatic Start the treatment

equipment for the Administer of oxygen
shock quickly
process

Have the rescuers wear Have the rescuer carry Have the rescuers carry Have the rescuers wear
an approved self- an approved self-
an emergency first aid a combustible gas
contained breathing contained breathing
kit for the victim. analyzer.
apparatus. apparatus.

Sitting on a chair, Laying on the back, Sitting on a chair,

Laying on the back,
leaning forward, with holding a wet, cold leaning forward, with
towel on the top of the leaning the head as
two fingers pressing two fingers pressing
much back as possible
the nose together nose the nose together

I ,II & III II & III I & III I ,II & III

It immobilizes fractured all of these None of the stated It immobilizes fractured

bone options bone

Put the vessel's stern Abandonship to Put the vessel's stern

Call for assistance
into the wind windward into the wind
lay the patient down apply an ice pack to the apply a hot towel to stop the bleeding,
and cover the wound wound and cover it purge the wound, then clean, medicate, and
when the bleeding when the bleeding medicate and cover it cover the wound
stops stops

Make the victim as

Administer oxygen Check his pulse and
Let him lie on his side comfortable as he
immediately start CPR
could be

Survival crafts and Inspection of life-saving

rescue boats with appliances, including
Lifeboat engines to be launching appliances lifeboat equipment General emergency
run for at least 3 shall be visually shall be carried out
minutes every week inspected weekly to monthly to ensure they alarm to be tested daily
ensure they are ready are complete and in
for use good order

Emergency treatment
medical treatment of setting of broken bones dosage of medications at the scene of the
accident injury

On ships built after

February 1992 all A light A whistle A whistle and a light
lifejackets should be
fitted with a light

Prompt removal of the Applying artificial

patient from the respiration and Giving stimulants Giving stimulants
suffocating atmosphere massage

Avoid subjecting the Avoid subjecting the

Do not move the victim victim to any victim to any
Pull the victim by the to a another location unnecessary unnecessary
feet until all injuries have disturbance during disturbance during
been assessed movement movement

Sugar lump, sugar drink Nothing at all Insulin Insulin

or something sweet
 The person should not The person should not
The person should be The person should be be moved, unless be moved, unless
examined on the scene moved from the scene remaining on the scene remaining on the scene
and then walked to a but not allowed to walk is unsafe but made is unsafe but made
bunk to await the on their own power comfortable until comfortable until
arrival of medical without assistance. medical assistance medical assistance
assistance. arrives. arrives.

To prevent further To prevent further

To alleviate pain To help a patient injury injury
To prevent further To prevent further
To alleviate pain To help a patient injury injury

To check for location of To check for bleeding To check for breathing To check for breathing
burns injuries and heartbeat and heartbeat

To immediately flood To immediately flood

the affected area with To wrap the burn with To apply an ice pack to the affected area with
sterile dressing the burned area
water water

Apply butterfly strips, Wrap a tight bandage Apply a compression Apply butterfly strips,
then a sterile dressing. around the wound. bandage. then a sterile dressing.

Attempt to put out the Close all ventillation to

Close all ventillation to Prepare to fire by portable fire-
the quarters abandonship the quarters
extinguisher

The water can be The water can be

Water should be Water should not be
applied in a fine spray applied to the oil in a applied in a fine spray
used on any type of oil
starting from the front single jet only. starting from the front
fire.
in a sweeping motion. in a sweeping motion.

The limits of your How to diagnose an How to set broken The limits of your
capabilities illness from symptoms bones capabilities

Flushing with large Flushing with large

All the selections are
amounts of fresh water Drying the acid or alkali amounts of fresh water
acceptable treatments
and seeking medical with a rag followed by and seeking medical
depending on the
attention ashore or by applying a light cream attention ashore or by
severity of the burn
radio radio

when all other means when the victim is to prevent bleeding when all other means
have failed unconscious from minor wounds have failed
When preventing
When all other means When the victim is When all other means
bleeding from minor
have failed unconscious have failed
wounds
asphyxiation due to collapsing of the raft
keeping the canopy due to the cold hypothermia caused by
closed temperature starvation the cold temperature

a small dose of alcohol a large meal a brisk rub down treatment for shock

Cover with an electric Immerse them in a

blanket set for warm bath 104°F
Give them brandy Get them to a hot room maximum temperature (40°C)

keep standing and given a glass of water

placed in a sitting encouraged to walk and told to return to
position with the head slowly and work after 15 minutes escorted to a cool
lowered to the knees continuously of a rest space

locate the nearest look for a second burn,

water source and flood remove any dirt or apply ointment to the which may have been
the burn with water for charred skin from the burn area and wrap caused by the current
five minutes area of the burn with clean cloth exiting the body

Hairline Closed Crack Compound

Massage the area to Use temporary stiches Wrap a tight bandage Apply butterfly strips,
maintain circulation. of sail twin. around the wound. then a sterile dressing.

5 compressions and 1 15 compressions and 2 15 compressions and 4 30 compressions and 2

inflation, once per inflations, once per inflations, 2 cycles per inflations, 5 cycles in 2
minute minute minute minutes

contact physicians apply an antibacterial remove all necessary flush the affected area
health care ointment clothing with water

provide the victim with rinse the affected area give the patient plenty
loosen all clothing smelling salts with water of fresh air

use the mouth-to- use rhythmic pressure

mouth method method clear airways clear airways

Blow harder to force Raise the victim’s head Re-tip the head and try Re-tip the head and try
the air past the tongue. higher than the feet. again. again.
I only I & II I, II & III I, II & III
walked around until he given several shots of kept lying down and kept lying down and
is back to normal whisky warm warm
 Com Question Choice A

What is the minimum number of fire pumps required on a cargo vessel of

C15 2
2,000 GT?

What is the minimum number of fire pumps required on a cargo vessel of

C15 1
900 GT?

What is the minimum number of immersion suits that are required to be

C15 1 per person
provided for each open lifeboat under SOLAS rules?

The Oil Record Book on a vessel NOT engaged on a foreign voyage shall be 12 months
C15 maintained on board for not less than __________.

1973 MARPOL
C15 What law governs the basic principle of vessel nationality? Convention

Under SOLAS passenger ships and ships other than passenger ships of
C15 ______ and upwards constructed on or after 2002 must carry Voyage Data 2,000 GRT
Recorders (VDR) to assist in accident investigation.

Lifeboats for ocean-going vessels shall carry in excess of the required 100% of persons
C15 regulation by________. on board

As per SOLAS Regulation, the minimum Fuel supply for fast Rescue Boat
C15 12 hours
shall last for______.

What type of construction material should be avoided regarding fire All combustible
C15 protection purposes? (SOLAS II-2/2.2.3) materials
 The responsibility for safety and security rests on everybody on board the Keep your
vessel. General house-keeping rules should be followed. Which of the listed
C15 working area
rules is the most important? clean and tidy.

Keeping the draft at or below the load line mark will ensure that the vessel reserve buoyancy
C15 has adequate______.

C15 Part C, Chapter VI of SOLAS deals with___________. carriage of grain

When you join a new ship, how are you informed about safety rules, alarm By alarm
C15 instructions in all
instructions and your own duties in case of an emergency?
crew cabins

The ISPS Code was Adopted by Contracting Government with Part A & B.
C15 The mandatory requirements & guidance is under the provisions of Chapter IX-2
_______ of the SOLAS as amended.

Any completed pages of the Oil Record Book must counter sign by Master and Chief
C15 the_________. Engineer
Fitting of an
automatic
sprinkler, fire-
Three methods of fire protection regarding internal divisional bulkheading detection and
alarm system for
may be adopted in accommodation and service spaces in cargo ships.
C15 the detection and
Which of the given methods do not correspond to present rules? (SOLAS II-
2/42.5) extinction of fire
in all spaces in
which fire might
be expected to
Who is given the authority to carry out assessment for a certification as originate
Security
C15 required by Chapter XI-2 of SOLAS as amended of the ISPS Code? Administration

C15 Sludge are to be disposed off at sea 25 miles offshore

What is defined as the inspection of the vessel authorized by the Philippine

C15 Coast Guard to verify the compliance to the National Regulations and Boarding officer
International Standards?
 When oily ballast has been pumped overboard, an entry must be made in
C15 deck rough log
the __________.

Compliance with the terms of the load line certificate on a vessel is the job Cargo Officer
C15 of whose officer?

What form of oil discharge in large quantities that affects birds at sea and
C15 slicks
may strand on beaches if these do not disperse into the water?

Ship
C15 Who is the authorize to cancel load line certificate of vessel? administration

Insulated on both
A class fire divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads and decks. sides with
C15 Which of the following requirements do not comply with the rules? SOLAS approved non-
II-2/3.3 combustible
material

According to SOLAS requirement for lifeboat fall, what action must be taken Renewed
C15 with the fall at interval of not more than 5 years?

Regulations for
the Control of
C15 What is contained in Annex II of MARPOL 73/78? Pollution by
Noxious Liquid
Substances

At what security level is further specific protective security measures to be

C15 maintained for a limited period of time when a security incident is probable Security level 3
or imminent, although it may not be possible to identify the specific target?

Special measures
C15 Under the New Regulations, what does SOLAS Chapter XI-1 deals with? to enhance
Maritime Safety

Annex V of MARPOL 73/78 contains requirements pertaining to the

C15 Garbage
discharge into the marine environment of____________.
C15 What IMO conventions take care of the human safety at sea? STCW 78/95

One of the many objectives of this code is to ensure the early and efficient STCW Code
C15 collection and exchange of security-related information. What is this code?

The SOLAS 74 Chapter IX requires a mandatory compliance for Tankers,

C15 STCW Code
Bulk Carriers and Passenger vessels until July 1998. What is this law?

Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps may be accepted as fire They are not
C15 normally used for
pumps provided: (SOLAS II-2/4.3.2)
pumping oil

To establish
C15 What is the primary purpose of a load line? required GM

The ISM Code requires ship owners or shipping companies to assign

C15 Safety Committee
onboard their ship a ______ .

To create sub-
agencies for the
MARINA was created and geared towards the following objectives
C15 safe transport of
except__________. goods and
passengers

According to regulations, a power driven auxiliary steering gear for a vessel

capable of a 20 knot service speed, must be capable of producing a specific
C15 range of rudder movement at which of the minimum speeds listed below? 10 knots

An electric driven steering gear power unit is required by regulations to be

capable of putting the rudder over from 15° on the other side in not more
than 60 seconds under emergency power with the vessel running ahead.
C15 For a 20 knot vessel, this test must be carried out at _____. 10 knots
From 35 degrees
on one side to 30
degrees to the
other side in no
Regulations require that OSV’s under 100 GT must have a steering system more than 28
C15 that is capable of moving the rudder _____. seconds
 Regulations require that an indicating light, located at the propulsion
C15 control station, be illuminated if there is an overload what would cause Fuel pump motor
overheating of the _____.

Protected by a
The regulations require that all electric and electro-hydraulic steering gear circuit breaker
C15 motors shall be _____. and a thermal
overload device

According to regulations, all pressure vessels other than unfired steam

boilers shall be protected by pressure-relieving devices that prevent the
pressure from rising more than _____ above the maximum, allowable
C15 pressure. 15 percent
the hydrostatic
test shall be
applied from the
The regulations regarding hydrostatic testing of main steam piping state boiler drum to
C15 that _____. the throttle valve
Piping under 3
According to steam regulation, piping subject to main boiler pressure must inches nominal
pipe size need
C15 be hydrostatically tested at specified intervals. Therefore, which of the not to be
following statements is true? All exhausts and
hydrostatically
uptakes
tested. shall run
as close as
possible to the
Which of the following statements is correct concerning the regulations
regarding internal combustion engine exhausts, boiler and galley uptakes, vertical and shall
C15 exit the
and similar sources of ignition? machinery space
at a point aabove
preparing list of
the highest load
engine
line.
department
personnel for the
The duties of a chief engineer upon taking charge of the department Master's
C15 include _____________. signature
the place in the
same marine
inspection zone
In accordance with regulations, the hailing port marked on the stern of a where the vessel
C15 vessel indicates ____________. was built
A rupture disk
The regulations require a method for the relief of an over pressurized
may be fitted in
C15 refrigeration system. Which of the following statements complies with series with the
these regulations? relief valve.

Any of the
choices
In accordance with regulations, a steam propelled cargo vessel over 25
C15 depending upon
gross tons may have a Certificate of Inspection issued for ____________. the pertinent
circumstances
 protected by a
relief valve set to
relieve at a
Each pressure vessel containing refrigerants, which may be isolated, shall pressure not
C15 exceeding the
be ___________. maximum
allowable
working
But shallpressure
not be
of the vessel
subjected to
Hydraulic hose assemblies are permitted by regulation to be installed torsional
C15 between two point of relative motion _____. deflection under
any conditions of
operation

the nearest
In the case of an injury, causing a person to be incapacitated for more than Marine Safety or
72 hours, the master or person- in-charge of a mobile offshore drilling unit Marine
C15 must submit a report to _____________. Inspection Office

According to regulations, the master or person-in-charge of a vessel is

C15 required to submit a report of a loss of life _____________. to the next of kin
keep both hands
in front of your
face to break the
water surface
If you must enter the water on which there is an oil fire, you should when diving head
C15 ____________. first

Inspecting for
If accidents are considered as an 'unexpected contact', you will be able to unsafe
C15 perform a better job by observing which of the following practices? conditions.

The master or person in charge of a MODU must record the date of each
C15 test of emergency lighting systems, power systems, the condition of each on the station bill
and the performance of the equipment____________.

Each pressure vessel containing refrigerants, which may be isolated, shall be protected by a
___________. relief valve set to
relieve at a
pressure not
exceeding 110
percent of the
maximum
allowable working
pressure of the
vessel
Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

1 3 4 2

2 3 4 1

3 9 6 3

36 months 24 months 48 months 36 months

1986 UN 1986 UN
Convention of the 1958 Convention 1978 STC Convention of the
of the high seas Convention
high Seas high Seas

4,000 GRT 3,000 GRT 10,000 GRT 3,000 GRT

75% of persons 50% of persons 25% of persons 50% of persons

on board on board on board on board

8 hours 4 hours 16 hours 4 hours

All plastic All composite All uncovered All combustible

materials materials wooden materials materials
 Do not carry
Always use gloves lighters or Keep tools within Keep your
when using
matches when easy reach during working area
grinding working work. clean and tidy.
machines. outdoors.

ballast displacement rolling periods reserve buoyancy

bulk cargoes
other than grain radioactive General Provision carriage of grain
materials

By folder By muster lists By muster lists

By oral distributed to exhibited in exhibited in
instructions by each conspicuous conspicuous
the Captain crewmember places places

Chapter X-1 Chapter XX-1 Chapter XI-2 Chapter XI-2

Designated
Chief Engineer Masterof a fixed Master
Fitting
Officer
fire-detection and
alarm system in
all spaces where
Construction of Construction of fire might be Construction of
all internal
bulkheads of non- all internal expected to all internal
bulkheads of originate. No bulkheads of
combustible class class A divisions
B or C divisions accommodation class A divisions
space bounded
by an A or B class
division to exceed Recognize
Contracting Gov’t Recognize 500
Security Port m²
State Control Security
Coast Guards
Organization Organization

during darkness disposal 50 miles offshore disposal

only prohibited prohibited

Intervention Port State Control Confiscation Port State Control

Official Logbook Oil Record Book engine rough log Oil Record Book

Master or Master or
Owners Offshore Barge Supervisor Offshore
representative Installation Installation
Manager Manager

patches spills emulsions slicks

Designated Ship
Port state control Ship charterer Person Ashore administration

Preventing Insulated on both

passage of smoke Constructed of sides with
steel or other
and flame to the equivalent Suitably stiffened approved non-
end of a one hour material combustible
standard test material

Proof tested weight tested reverse Renewed

Regulations for Regulations for

Regulations for the Prevention of Regulations for the Control of
the Prevention of Harmful by
Pollution the Prevention of Pollution by
Pollution by
Pollution by Oil Noxious Liquid
Substances in a Sewage Substances
Packaged Form

Security level 4 Security level 1 Security level 2 Security level 3

Security planning Special provisions Additional Special measures

and Ship and Port for Ship Security provisions to
and Port Facilities combat Terrorism to enhance
Facility Maritime Safety

Noxious liquid
Sewage Oil Garbage
substances
SOLAS PADAMS MARPOL SOLAS

Code of Safe
ISPS Code Practice for the FTP Code ISPS Code
Handling of Cargo

ISM Code GMDSS Code SMS ISM Code

They can be They are fitted

started from a with automatic They are ready They are not
for use as fire normally used for
position outside start connected
pump at any time pumping oil
the engine room to the fire alarm

To establish To establish To establish

required required To establish
required fresh
minimum transverse water allowances required GM
freeboard stability

Welfare Logistics Overseeing Safety Committee

Committee Committee Committee
To increase To provide for
production and economical, safe,
productivity in adequate and To create sub-
the various efficient agencies for the
To create more islands and shipment of raw safe transport of
job opportunities regions of the
materials, goods and
archipelago passengers
products,
through the commodities and
provision of people
linkage

7 knots 15 knots 20 knots 10 knots

By a required
auxiliary steering From 15 degrees
system
7 knots under 15 knots in
20one side to 15
knots 10 knots
emergency degrees to the From 35 degrees
conditions when other side in 30 on one side to 30
duplicated main seconds at 7 degrees to the
steering power By design at one- knots or one-half other side in no
systems are half astern speed to the maximum more than 28
provided without damage. service speed seconds
Forced draft Steering gear Condensate Steering gear
blower motor motor pump motor motor

Provided with a Served by two Served by a single Served by two

motor running electric power two conductor electric power
overcurrent
protection device feeder circuits cable feeder circuits

not less than fifty 10 percent

5 percent a20pipe with a
percent 10 percent
percent of the the hydrostatic nominal size of
lagging shall be pressure must be six inches or the hydrostatic
removed each maintained on more is not test shall be
time the the piping for a required to be applied from the
hydrostatic test is minimum of one hydrostatically boiler drum to
applied
The piping must hour tested the throttle valve
The piping must The piping must Piping under 3
be tested at a
pressure and be tested at 1 ½ be tested at 2 inches nominal
times maximum pipe size need
temperature times working allowable not to be
specified by a pressure every 4 This protection
pressure
shall every
be such as4 hydrostatically
Coastshall
They Guard years.
be kept The general They shall be kept
years. tested.
construction of preventing an of
marine to be capable
clear of inspector.
and clear of and
suitably insulated the vessel shall excessive suitably insulated
from any be such as to from any
minimize smoke temperature rise
woodwork or woodwork or
in the space
other hazards insofar as containing the other
combustible is reasonable and emergency combustible
matter. practicable.
taking a complete source of electric matter.
determining if personal obtaining
power. a valid determining if
any vital engine inventory of all Certification of any vital engine
room equipment engine room Inspection from room equipment
is inoperative spare parts the Coast Guard is inoperative

the port where the port where

the vessel is where one or the vessel is
permanently more of the permanently
documented owners reside all of the above documented
The relief valve The rupture disk
The relief valve
settings shall be 1 shall burst at a A rupture disk
from the receiver
1/4 times the pressure not may be fitted in
must relieve to maximum higher than 10% series with the
the condenser allowable above the relief relief valve.
first. working pressure. valve setting.
Any of the
a specific period choices
one voyage only of time to cover a a time period not depending upon
described exceeding 2 years the pertinent
situation circumstances
 protected by a stored in an protected by a
relief valve set to upright position relief valve set to
subject to annual relieve at a in addition to relieve at a
hyrdrostatic tests pressure not being secured so pressure not
to be performed exceeding 110 as to prevent exceeding the
in the presence of percent of the accidental release maximum
a marine maximum of the refrigerant allowable
inspector proper allowable
Provided Provided the within a confined But
working
shallpressure
not be
releasing working pressure
entire space of the vessel
mechanisms are of the vessel of
length To prevent the subjected to
the device is torsional
available to formation of
visible to the loading stresses deflection under
enable quick operator at all any conditions of
disconnect
times operation
capabilities
the nearest
the American Marine Safety or
the nearest the Department Bureau of the Marine
hospital of Energy Shipping Inspection Office

to the nearest to the nearest

only when it Marine Safety or Marine Safety or
happens while Marine to the nearest Marine
underway Inspection Office coroner Inspection Office

protect your
lifejacket by enter the water enter the water
holding it above on the windward wear very light on the windward
your head side of the vessel clothing side of the vessel

Looking for Doing all the Analyzing jobs for Doing all the
unsafe practices. choices safer methods. choices

on the Certificate in the official log in the Operations in the official log
of Inspection Manual

subject to annual protected by a stored in an upright protected by a

hyrdrostatic tests relief valve set to position in addition relief valve set to
to be performed in relieve at a to being secured so relieve at a
the presence of a pressure not as to prevent pressure not
marine inspector exceeding the accidental release exceeding the
maximum of the refrigerant maximum
allowable working within a confined allowable working
pressure of the space pressure of the
vessel vessel
 Com Question Choice A

When required, the steering gear, whistle, and the means

of communication between the pilothouse and the engine
C16 room on a passenger vessel shall be tested by an officer of 12
the vessel within a period of not more than how many
hours prior to departure?

For the purpose of training and drills, if reasonable and

C16 practicable, rescue boats on an OSV must be launched with once a month
their assigned crew __________.

a superior’s rating of
C16 The most frequently used appraisal approach is ______. subordinate

the entire steering gear be

On a vessel making a voyage more than 48 hours long,
C16 tested within 12 hours
regulations require that __________. prior to departure

C16 To whom must proper familiarization of duties be given? Master

Which of the following implies that we determine the

C16 extent of some characteristics associated with something Assessment
such as a person or an object?
 that the filter system have
an automatic cut-off when
Before a vessel can pump oily water within a Special Area, it the wastes are found to
C16
has to comply with the following conditions except______. exceed 15 ppm of oily
residue

On board a vessel, he is an officer who gives responsibilities

to his followers gradually so that in the future,they can
C16 Participative
stand on their own. Which leadership styles is he
practicing?

Basically onboard training programs must be while the ship is on dry

C16 conducted___________. dock

There are three learning scope for instructional objectives. Disabling Objectives
C16 Which objective is NOT part of these learning scope?

In order to have an effective security plan or measures to

C16 take in the event of pirate attacks, which of the following Ship’s agent in the area
persons or groups should be informed?

A role behavior of a leader which refers to a person’s

C16 knowledge of proficiency in any type of process of organizing skill
technique is called__________.
 Once a problem has been defined by the management, the diagnose the causes
C16
next move is to__________.

What do you call a systematic application of management

C16 system policies, procedures and practices to the task of Environmental Aspect
analyzing, evaluating and controlling environmental risk?

In order to maintain safe working conditions on board the familiarize himself with
C16 vessel, every crewmember should do the following, the emergency plan
except___________.

Personnel who have not been assigned to be part of the

emergency squad, or allotted other duties and are not on
C16 First aid
watch at the time of the emergency will be assigned to
the__________ .

There are three conflict methods most frequently used in

managing conflicts; supervision, integrative problem solving
C16 forcing
and_________.

What is the type of human factor that contribute to

C16 operators committing error because of their work Group factor
environment?
 This process which involves gaining a detailed
understanding of a task being carried out, identifying if
C16 risk assessment
there are risk factors/hazards present and eliminate risk
factors/hazards is called________.

Behavior of a leader that deals with long range plan, broad conceptual
C16 relationship and ideas is called________.

The term used to describe accident casualty when cause is

C16 attributed to the behavior of an individual or organization human factor
______.

What term is used to describe accident casualty when

C16 cause is attributed to the mistakes of an individual or Human error
organization?

C16 What are the keys to good human relations? Treat people as individual

Cadets are not included in the manning nor regard them as emergency situations of
C16 forming part of the manning except ___________. limited duration
 Ergonomics focus is on the design of work activity that suits
C16 the person in that it takes account of their capabilities and limitation
______.

What is a factor that contribute to the occurrence of

C16 group factor
mistakes due to relationships among individuals.

Which of the following steps is not a part of the rational Identify the symptoms of
C16 problem solving process? the problem

it is a process of
All of the following are TRUE about decision making
C16 developing and selecting a
except________. course of action

C16 What is the disadvantage of a matrix organization? Control over resources

In bridge resource management, which of the following

statements are example of "hazardous thoughts" I.) I can do
C16 it II.) It won't happen to me III.) Why takes chances IV.) it's I, II, IV, V
not my job V.) Don't tell me what to do VI.) We're all in the
same ship
 In bridge resource management, which of the following
statements are example of "hazardous thoughts" I.) I can do
C16 it II.) It won't happen to me III.) Why takes chances IV.) it's I, II, IV, V
not my job V.) Don't tell me what to do VI.) We're all in the
same ship

Type of human error when an operator is distracted or

C16 preoccupied with another task and allows a mistake to rule-based
occur is termed as __________.

The frustration of a seafarer wherein practices like

C16 regionalism, lack of concern for others and unreconciled disunity
differences is called_________.

What do you call the Master's special skill in order to

C16 deliver the best possible operation of his vessel within the Managerial skills
budget constraints?

Any individual connected

When a vessel violates the oil pollution laws, who may be
C16 with the vessel involved in
held responsible? the operation

Be strict and always

C16 Which of the following is NOT a key to human relation? expect good result.
 What is a management system designed with the intent of Quality System
C16
ensuring fulfillment of customers requirement?

managers interacting with

C16 The question of human relations considers ___________. employees

The person on a MODU who is responsible for maintaining Chief Engineer, or

C16 the engineering spaces in a clean and sanitary condition is engineer in charge if no
the __________. chief engineer is required

The appointment of a person to a higher rank gives

C16 potential authority only
__________.

What do you call a situation which could have lead to an

C16 Bad luck
accident if they had developed further?

The method of finding out and recording the levels of the

C16 risk, with the aim of minimizing accidents, damage and ill controlling
health on board ship is called __________.
 This is the most effective management development
C16 Training
technique.

check for items which may

When a ship is expected to encounter rough seas, it is a
C16 become adrift and secure
good safety practice to __________. loose gear

make a visual inspection

Before the seas get rough, it is a good safety
C16 of all engine spaces and
practice to __________. secure loose gear

The routes, zones or areas of operations of domestic ship

C16 MARINA
operators are prescribed by which government agency?

Welding and burning are among the factors which give the The welder shall have
highest risk of fire on board ships. Precaution has to be been instructed in the use
C16 taken to avoid this risk. Which of the following safety rules of the ship's welding
may be regarded as the most important? plant.

Which of the following must be eliminated to

C16 Unsafe condition
prevent accidents?
 Providing a new crew with the information needed in order familiarization
C16
to function comfortably in the ship is called ________.

When crew is given responsibility for dealing with a

C16 self-esteem
problem, he has increased in ________ ?

A kind of teaching- learning principle where the trainee

must proceed step by step and each step must be in some
C16 perceived purpose
way more difficult than the previous step is
called_________.

What do you call a person/s ashore having a direct access to Person in Charge
C16 the highest level of management?

A kind of motivation where some people may enter the

C16 world of seafaring to make a lot of money, to have fun and personal motivation
adventures and to escape problems at home___________.

It is a value underlying the behavior as a Filipino where it

C16 stimulates generosity and working together, but it is often pride
abused is called _________.
 What is the study of human capabilities in relationship to
C16 Ergonomics
work?

Human performance breakdowns resulting to accident are poor conscious choice or

C16 more likely a result of__________. decisions

Human memory is affected by all of the following

C16 irrationality of an event
except_____.

Gather the best

C16 What is the first step in planning? personnels for the job

C16 The ability to get things done right is__________. knowledgable

This is a type of human error when an operator applied a

C16 direct rule and allows a mistake occur due to lack of rule base
familiarity with the problem.
C16 Ethics concerns all of the following except _________. Charity

Factor that cause, channel

C16 Which of the following would fit MOST on motivation? and sustain people's
behavior

Take action to start the

As an officer of an engineeting watch. What would the best process to solve the
C16 thing to do, if the Chief Engineer does not or cannot take situation, but do it
the leadership? diplomatically.

What is the most effective example management

C16 Coaching
development technique?

The ability to use and exert power over followers, leader

C16 role models actions and behaviours he/she wants followers influence
to emulate is called___________.

What is the hierarchical structure of efficient and effective

C16 Bureaucracy
organizations?
 Contain the oil and
When oil is accidentally discharged into the water, what
C16 remove as much of it as
should you do after reporting the discharge? possible from the water.

Management of career is ultimately the responsibility of

C16 individual
the__________.

A responsible officer should be appointed to maintain

appropriate records and to ensure that ballast water
C16 recorded
management and/or treatment procedures are followed
and________.

C16 Efficiency is the ability to_________. get things done right

When a Chief Engineer takes the leadership in approaching Yes, take full control. Do
C16 a problem, Will his first action be a decision that directly not delegate to other
solve the problem? officers, to avoid mistake.

What are the factors that affect good working behaviors? I.

C16 Same nationality II. Same religion III. Same age II & III
 Systems where Filipinos can be employed abroad as
C16 seafarer. I. Direct hire II. Manning agency III. Trade union II & III

What does onboard leader needs to possess an important

quality so he will be respected well by his subordinates? I.
Honest and fair in all matters II. Treating all crew in equal
C16 basis III. Avoid cause of disappointment I and III

C16 What are the key factors to good human relations? Treat people as individuals

When manager and employees define goals for every

department, project and person and use them to monitor Management by
C16 performance, the method is called __________. objectives

Which of the following is the most ideal in maintaining

C16 behavioral working group? Same gender

What refers to establishing objectives and processes

necessary to deliver results in accordance with customer
C16 requirements and the organization's policies? Planning
1 When required, the steering gear, whistle, and the means 10
of communication between the pilothouse and the engine
room on a passenger vessel shall be tested by an officer of
the vessel within a period of not more than how many
hours prior to departure?

2 MARINA was created and geared towards the following To increase production
objectives except__________. and productivity in the
various islands and
regions of the archipelago
through the provision of
linkage

3 For the purpose of training and drills, if reasonable and . once a week
practicable, rescue boats on an OSV must be launched with
their assigned crew __________.

4 The standard outside diameter pipelines to enable pipes of 225 mm

reception facilities to be connected with the ships
discharge pipelines for residues from machinery bilges
should be_________.

5 The standard outside diameter pipelines to enable pipes of 225 mm

reception facilities to be connected with the ships
discharge pipelines for residues from machinery bilges
should be_________.

6 Watchkeepers should have a mandatory rest periods of 70 hours

_______ in any one week.
7 On a vessel making a voyage more than 48 hours long, fire pumps be tested by
regulations require that __________. starting within 12 hours
prior to departure

8 Before a vessel can pump oily water within a Special Area, have an oily water
it has to comply with the following conditions separating system in
except______. operation

9 Which should be done with the ashes from your vessel?s Discharge at sea provided
incinerator which has burned packages containing plastic? you are more than 25
miles offshore

10 You are preparing to contain an oil spill. You must first using suction equipment
receive approval from the Federal On-Scene Coordinator
(OSC) prior to __________.

11 In bridge resource management, which of the following I, II, III, IV, V

statements are example of "hazardous thoughts" I.) I can
do it II.) It won't happen to me III.) Why takes chances IV.)
it's not my job V.) Don't tell me what to do VI.) We're all in
the same ship

12 In bridge resource management, which of the following I, II, III, IV, V

statements are example of "hazardous thoughts" I.) I can
do it II.) It won't happen to me III.) Why takes chances IV.)
it's not my job V.) Don't tell me what to do VI.) We're all in
the same ship
13 When a vessel violates the oil pollution laws, who may be Licensed officers only
held responsible?

14 When a vessel violates the oil pollution laws, who may be Licensed officers only
held responsible?

15 The person on a MODU who is responsible for maintaining Master, or person in

the engineering spaces in a clean and sanitary condition is charge
the __________.

16 This is the most effective management development Coaching

technique.

17 The routes, zones or areas of operations of domestic ship PCG

operators are prescribed by which government agency?

18 In general, how often are sanitary inspections of passenger Once a week

and crew quarters made aboard vessels?
19 Welding and burning are among the factors which give the Only use electrodes from
highest risk of fire on board ships. Precaution has to be a well-known
taken to avoid this risk. Which of the following safety rules manufacturer.
may be regarded as the most important?

20 Managerial performance is based upon accomplishment of duties

_____________.

21 Which of the following would fit MOST on motivation? Efforts at keeping

employees "cheered up"
at all times

22 Recruitment, training and development of organization organizational

members is ________ development

23 When oil is accidentally discharged into the water, what Obtain your permit from
should you do after reporting the discharge? the Corps of Engineers

24 When two fire hose teams are attacking a fire they should not wear protective
__________. clothing
25 The requirements for special welding procedures to be Certificate of Inspection
used on a MODU must be contained in the .

26 What refers to establishing objectives and processes Acting

necessary to deliver results in accordance with customer
requirements and the organization's policies?

27 What are the factors that affect good working behaviors? I. I & III
Same nationality II. Same religion III. Same age

28 Systems where Filipinos can be employed abroad as I & III

seafarer. I. Direct hire II. Manning agency III. Trade union

29 What does onboard leader needs to possess an important I and II

quality so he will be respected well by his subordinates? I.
Honest and fair in all matters II. Treating all crew in equal
basis III. Avoid cause of disappointment

30 What refers to establishing objectives and processes Doing

necessary to deliver results in accordance with customer
requirements and the organizations policies?
31 What are the factors that affect good working behaviors? I. I, II & III
Same nationality II. Same religion III. Same age

32 Systems where Filipinos can be employed abroad as I, II, & III

seafarer. I. Direct hire II. Manning agency III. Trade union

33 What does onboard leader needs to possess an important II and III

quality so he will be respected well by his subordinates? I.
Honest and fair in all matters II. Treating all crew in equal
basis III. Avoid cause of disappointment

34 What are the key factors to good human relations? Let the crew plan for their
own work and expect
good result

35 When manager and employees define goals for every Management system
department, project and person and use them to monitor
performance, the method is called __________.

36 Which of the following is the most ideal in maintaining Same age bracket
behavioral working group?
 Choice B Choice C Choice D Choice A

8 10 6 12

. once a week . once a year twice a year once a month

a group of superiors a group of peers rating managerial rating a superior’s rating of

rating subordinates a colleague through consensus subordinate

the emergency
a lifeboat drill be held fire pumps be tested generator and lighting the entire steering gear
by starting within 12 system be tested by
within 12 hours prior hours prior to starting and operating be tested within 12
to departure hours prior to departure
departure within 12 hours prior
to departure

All personnel New personnel Chief engineer New personnel

Assertiveness Measurement Evaluation Measurement

 have an oily water it must be more than it must be more than 12
be underway separating system in 12 miles from the miles from the nearest
operation nearest coast coast

Bureaucrat Dependable By example By example

while the ship is at while the ship is at sea

by the shore staff by the staff and owner sea on a particular on a particular voyage
voyage

Cognitive Objectives Subject Objectives Enabling Objectives Enabling Objectives

Competent person in
Ship’s in the vicinity Ship’s crew Ship’s crew
the Company

conceptual skill human skill technical skill technical skill

identify the decision make remedial identify the decision
develop alternatives
objectives measures objectives

Environmental Risk Environmental Safety Environmental Rules Environmental Risk

Management Procedures and Regulations Management

familiarize the vessel be attentive to all what

be attentive to all
what is happening in always keep in mind emergency escape is happening in the
the safety of yourself and equipments
the surroundings surroundings
onboard

Support squad Combatting Emergency Support squad

compromise forging comprehence compromise

Organizational factors Individual factors Environmental factor Organizational factors

hazard identification safety analysis experimentation risk assessment

human goal oriented technical conceptual

human error random error intentional error human factor

Human
Human factor Human planning Human error
misinterpretation

Ignore each crew

abilities and let them Let the crew plan for None of these Treat people as
their own work and
use their own choices. individual
expect good result.
initiatives

in departure/arrival none of these choices. emergency situations of

during drills.
maneuvering limited duration
incapacity emotion none of the above limitation

individual factor leadership factor operational factor group factor

Investigate the Formulate hypothersis Identify the symptoms of

Gather information
situation the problem

it occurs at any point it is needed in stable it involves allocation it is needed in stable

in the planning environments of resources environments
process

Members require Members require some

Facilitates
It reduces efficiency some expertise in expertise in
interpersonal relations specialization interpersonal relations

IV, V, VI I, II, III, IV, V I,II,III I, II, III, IV, V

IV, V, VI I, II, III, IV, V I,II,III I, II, III, IV, V

knowledge-based skill-based Decision skill-based

lack of peace and injustice lack of love disunity

order

Leadership skills Charismatic Approach Political Managerial skills

Any individual
connected with the
Licensed officers only Owners only Master only vessel involved in the
operation

Make best use of each Plan and work Treat people as Be strict and always
crew member’s ability. together. individual. expect good result.
Management system Bridge Resource Chart Management Quality System
Management System

managers employees respect to employees reaction to managers interacting

accompanying the manager manager with employees
employees

senior mechanic, or senior electrician, or Chief Engineer, or

Master, or person in mechanic on duty if electrician on duty if engineer in charge if no
charge no senior mechanic no senior electrician chief engineer is
designated designated required

maximum authority that person the rights that person the rights
that nobody can to claim more to promote others potential authority only
question him. demands whenever he likes

Hazardous
Misfortune De Ja vu Hazardous Occurrences
Occurrences

mitigation elimination assessment assessment

Modeling Irritation Coaching Coaching

check for items which

may
move quickly about make available extra maintain a negative become adrift and
the ship survival gear trim on the vessel secure
loose gear

move quickly about increase all engine make a visual inspection

shutdown auxiliary
the space of all engine spaces and
equipment
ship lighting secure loose gear

Office of the President PCG DOTC MARINA

of the Philippines

Only holders of Electric welding plants The welder shall have

welding certificates Only use electrodes shall be controlled by been instructed in the
shall be allowed to from a well-known a responsible use of the ship's welding
carry out welding on manufacturer. engineer before use. plant.
board ships.

Frequent inspections Good work

Orderliness Unsafe condition
habit/practices
orientation inauguration acquaintance familiarization

patience pride body structure self-esteem

graduated sequence Affective Objective Cognitive Objective graduated sequence

Owners’ Safety and Quality

Designated person representative Management Officer Designated person

shallow motivation good motivation higher motivation shallow motivation

gratitude pity shame gratitude

Psychometric Psychology Physical Therapy Ergonomics

poor conscious choice or

random error lack of skills lack of ability decisions

recency of an event frequency of an event vividness of an event irrationality of an event

Coach the personnel

Set up guidelines for Select goals for the to be involved an Select goals for the ships
the ships organization ships organization follow proper organization
procedures

skill efficiency talent efficiency

skill base knowledge base competency base rule base

Social responsibility Rights and duties Decisions Charity

Special inner desire to Efforts at keeping Managerial strategies Factor that cause,
employees "cheered to inspire the working channel and sustain
excel up" at all times force people's behavior

Take control for Take action to start the

Take control, delegate Take action to solve everything in the as process to solve the
some of the tasks to the problem in the master connot do situation, but do it
the Master anyways his job diplomatically.

Talking with Proper entertainment Slight punishment Coaching

subordinates

teamwork persuasion rapport influence

The chain of The span of control Departmentalization Bureaucracy

command
Throw chemical Obtain your permit Contain the oil and
agents on the water to Throw sand on the from the Corps of remove as much of it as
water to sink the oil.
disperse the oil. Engineers possible from the water.

direction, human resource

top manager management individual
management
development

trained reported listed recorded

work orderly with work without regard get results to the get things done right
good output to outside forces maximum

Not necessary, he shall No, he should observe

Yes, with his use all available Yes, take full control. Do
experience, it is most resources. He should the situation, and let not delegate to other
resist the temptation the other senior
likely that he has the officers, to avoid
officers solve the
best solution. to step in and do it all situation. mistake.
by himself

I & III I, II & III I & II I & II

I & III I, II, & III I & II I & II

I and II II and III I, II and III I, II and III

Let the crew plan for

their own work and Treat people as
expect good result individuals

Functions of Maslow’s Hierarchy of Management by

Management system management Needs objectives

Same age bracket Same perspective Same nationality Same gender

Doing Checking Acting Planning

 8 12 6 12

To create more job To create sub- To provide for To create sub-agencies

opportunities agencies for the safe economical, safe, for the safe transport of
transport of goods adequate and goods and passengers
and passengers efficient shipment of
raw materials,
products,
commodities and
people
once a month . once a year twice a year once a month

215 mm 235 mm 250 mm 215 mm

215 mm 235 mm 250 mm 215 mm

80 hours 56 hours 48 hours 70 hours

a lifeboat drill be held the entire steering the emergency the entire steering gear
within 12 hours prior gear be tested within generator and be tested within 12
to departure 12 hours prior to lighting system be hours prior to departure
departure tested by starting and
operating within 12
hours prior to
departure

be underway it must be more than that the filter system it must be more than 12
12 miles from the have an automatic miles from the nearest
nearest coast cut-off when the coast
wastes are found to
exceed 15 ppm of oily
residue

Discharge overboard Discharge to shore Discharge at sea Discharge to shore

provided you are not facility only provided you are at facility only
in a river or estuary least 12 miles
offshore

employing a boom applying chemical . deploying skimmers applying chemical

agents agents

IV, V, VI I, II, IV, V I,II,III I, II, III, IV, V

IV, V, VI I, II, IV, V I,II,III I, II, III, IV, V

Any individual Owners only Master only Any individual
connected with the connected with the
vessel involved in the vessel involved in the
operation operation

Any individual Owners only Master only Any individual

connected with the connected with the
vessel involved in the vessel involved in the
operation operation

Chief Engineer, or senior mechanic, or senior electrician, or Chief Engineer, or

engineer in charge if mechanic on duty if electrician on duty if engineer in charge if no
no chief engineer is no senior mechanic no senior electrician chief engineer is
required designated designated required

Modeling Irritation Training Coaching

Office of the MARINA DOTC MARINA

President of the
Philippines

Once a day Once a month Once a trip Once a month

Only holders of The welder shall have Electric welding The welder shall have
welding certificates been instructed in the plants shall be been instructed in the
shall be allowed to use of the ship's controlled by a use of the ship's welding
carry out welding on welding plant. responsible engineer plant.
board ships. before use.

responsibilities objectives choices objectives

Special inner desire to Factor that cause, Managerial strategies Factor that cause,
excel channel and sustain to inspire the working channel and sustain
people's behavior force people's behavior

staffing organizing human resource human resource

management management

Throw chemical Throw sand on the Contain the oil and Contain the oil and
agents on the water water to sink the oil. remove as much of it remove as much of it as
to disperse the oil. as possible from the possible from the water.
water.

use different fire hose use fire hoses of not attack the fire not attack the fire from
pressures different sizes from opposite sides opposite sides
vessel plans Coast Guard file construction portfolio construction portfolio

Doing Checking Planning Planning

I & II I, II & III II & III I & II

I & II I, II, & III II & III I & II

I, II and III II and III I and III I, II and III

Planning Checking Acting Planning

I & III I & II II & III I & II

I & III I & II II & III I & II

I and II I, II and III I and III I, II and III

Treat people as Treat people as

individuals individuals

Management by Functions of Management by

objectives management objectives

Same gender Same perspective Same nationality Same gender

 Com Question

The maximum number of personnel allowed on a personnel

C17 transfer basket is __________.

There is a fire aft aboard your vessel. To help fight the fire, you
C17 should put the __________.

Fire hose stations shall be marked in red letters and figures such
C17 as Fire Station No. 1, 2, 3 and others. The height of the letters
and figures must be at least __________.

The primary concern in aiding a back injury patient is

C17 __________.

C17 How do you treat a person suffering from heat exhaustion?

C17 When administering first aid, what should you avoid?

When instructing a crew member concerning the right way to lift

C17 a weight, you would instruct him to __________.

For the safety of personnel working with fire hoses, fire pumps
C17 are fitted with ____________.
 How does low expansion foam act as an extinguishing agent
C17 when dealing with oil fires?

Which activity will have the greatest fire-fighting effect in case of

C17 a fire?

Which of the following is NOT TRUE why there may not be

C17
enough oxygen in an enclosed space or tank?

C17 When bunkering is complete, the hoses should be __________.

If you observe any situation which presents a safety or pollution

C17 hazard during fuel transfer operations which action should you
take first ?

If you have a fire in the engine room, your first act should be to
C17 __________.

Small oil spills on deck can be kept from going overboard by

C17 ______:

C17 Which extinguishing agent is the best for use on electrical fires?

When oil is discharged overboard, an entry is required in the

C17 __________.
 Injuries resulting from slips and falls constitute the largest
C17 percentage of accidents that occur in the catering department.
What shall be done to reduce this high accident rate?

If heavy smoke is coming from the paint locker, what should be

C17 the FIRST firefighting response?

C17 The spread of fire is prevented by __________.

C17 Control of fire should be addressed __________.

C17 After an engine is started you should __________.

In order to discharge a CO2 portable fire extinguisher, the

C17 operator must FIRST __________.

One of the limitations of foam as an extinguishing agent is that

C17 foam_____.

Which statement is TRUE of a gasoline spill?

Fire in an engine compartment is best extinguished with carbon

dioxide gas (CO2) and by__________.
Each fireman's outfit and its spare equipment on a tankship must
be stowed in __________.

Before CPR is started, you should ____________.

A patient in shock should NOT be placed in which position?

The number and type of hand portable fire extinguishers

required outside and in the vicinity of the paint locker exit is
__________.

A safety outlet is provided on the CO2 discharge piping to

prevent_________ .

What do oil discharge in large quantities form which affect birds

at sea and may strand on beaches if these do not disperse into
the water as water droplets before reaching shore?

What is a contingency plan for ships?

A precaution you should take before bunkering is to __________

A health hazard term listed on a Material Safety Data Sheet

(MSDS) that indicates allergic-like reaction in some people after
repeated exposure is _____________.
What is the primary concern in aiding a back injury patient ?

The scuppers had been plugged as required at the time an oil

spill occurs on deck. After shutting down the transfer, the
engineroom should first be informed and then __________.

Before using a fixed CO2 system to fight an engine room fire, you
must __________.

Fire and abandon ship stations and duties may be found in the
__________.

Fire hose couplings __________.

To prevent the spread of fire by convection you should

__________.

Which fire-fighting equipment is most efficient and with least

side effects in case of a large fire in the engine room?

Since electrical burn victims may be in shock, the FIRST medical

response is to check for __________.

A safety ring pin is usually inserted in the handle of a CO2 fire

extinguisher to prevent________ .
Each hand portable fire extinguisher must be marked with
__________.

A chemical material, as listed on a Material Safety Data Sheet

that reacts with water or moist air, and produces a health or
physical hazard, is called _______ .

You are fighting a fire in the electrical switchboard in the engine

room. You should secure the power, then __________.

When two fire hose teams are attacking a fire they should
__________.

A liquid, as listed on a Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS, having a

flash point below 37.78°C is called ________ .

If you observe any situation which presents a safety or pollution

hazard during fuel transfer operations on a MODU (Mobile
Offshore Drilling Unit), which of the listed actions should be
taken first?

What equipment must be on a life float? (small passenger vessel

regulations)

What is the most important consideration when determining

how to fight an electrical fire?

What is the most important consideration when determining

how to fight an electrical fire?
 A good approach to personnel safety is to assume that all tanks
and pump rooms are potentially dangerous. You should
immediately leave an area whenever________.

Which of the following statements describes the correct

C17 procedure for closing a watertight door?

The knife edges and gaskets of watertight doors should be

C17 _____________.

While on watch aboard a 900 psi steam vessel, you suddenly hear
a loud, piercing, high-pitch noise. Which of the following actions
C17 should you take?\

Any abnormal condition or emergency occurring in the fire room

C17 must be immediately reported to the _________.

C17 Which of the following conditions can contribute to accidents?

When working around deck machinery it is a good safety practice

C17 to avoid standing in a ‘bright’ of a rope because_________.

To determine the number of portable fire extinguishers required

on a mobile offshore drilling unit, you should check the
C17 _____________.

Each emergency generator on a mobile offshore drilling unit,

when tested, must be run under a full load for at least
C17 ___________.
 During a fire drill on a vessel, which of the following actions is
C17 required to be carried out?

Which of the following events shall be conducted during a fire

C17 and boat drill?

At the required fire drill conducted aboard a MODU, all persons

must report to their stations and demonstrate their ability to
C17 perform the duties assigned to them ____________.

The inspection of portable fire extinguishers on a vessel must be

C17 _______________.

If you have to jump into the water when abandoning a MODU,

C17 your legs should be ____________.

Personnel who are moving or handling material aboard ship

C17 should NOT follow which of the listed practices?

Which of the following statements is TRUE concerning

C17 lifejackets?

Kapok lifejackets require proper care and should NOT be

____________. I. stowed near open flame or where smoking is
permitted II. Used as seats, pillows, or foot rests III. Left on open
C17 decks

C17 Lifejackets should be stowed in ____________.

 The station bill shows each crew lifeboat station, their duties
C17 during abandonment, basic instructions, and _______________.

Which of the following statements concerning immersion suits is

C17 correct?

Which of the following statements concerning immersion suits is

C17 correct?

The external floatation bladder on an immersion suit should be

C17 inflated ____________.

You are testing the external inflation bladder on an immersion

suit and find it has a very slow leak. Which of the actions listed
C17 should be taken?

Which of the following statements is true concerning an

C17 immersion suit and its use?

Which of the following statements concerning immersion suits is

C17 correct?

How is the external flotation bladder of an immersion suit

C17 inflated?

You are testing the external inflation bladder on an immersion

suit and find it has a very slow leak. Which of the actions listed
C17 should be taken?
C17 An immersion suit should be equipped with a/an ____________.

Topping lifts and runners supporting flexible cargo hoses should

C17 be made fast to the ____________.

Where would you find a list of the lifesaving equipment onboard

C17 your supply boat?
 Choice A Choice B

4 2

Bow into the wind and decrease wind off either beam
speed

5 cm 2.0 cm

a. relieving the patient's pain by Avoiding possible injury to the

giving aspirin or stronger spinal cord by incorrect handling
medication

Give him sips of cool water Administer artificial respiration

Unnecessary haste and

Any conversation with the patient
appearance of uncertainty

bend his knees and lift with his arch the back to add strength to
legs the muscles

pressure gage and relief valve on butterfly valve on the discharge

the discharge side side
By cooling only By smothering only

All fire-fighting teams are Call the Chief Officer

organized as soon as possible

Tank may have been coated with Cargo inside may have absorb the
preservatives. oxygen.

drained, blanked off, and stored cleaned internally with a

securely degreaser

Shut down the operation. Close the valves at the manifold.

secure the fuel supply and discharge the fixed CO2 system
ventilation to the engine room. into the engine room

driving wooden plugs into the

plugging the scuppers vents

Dry chemical CO2

engine rough log Oil Record Book

 Ensure that slippery substances
Keep the floors and decks free are not left where several
from fat and grease. persons are expected to be
around.

Enter and use a portable

Secure the ventilation extinguisher

removing combustibles from the heating surfaces adjacent to the

endangered area fire

immediately after restoring vital

immediately services

. pay no attention unless there are increase engine speed to insure

adequate flow of oil to all parts
unusual noises from the engine of the engine

squeeze the two trigger handles invert the CO2 extinguisher

together

is heavier than oil and sinks below is corrosive and a hazard to fire
its surface fighters

It is not covered by the pollution It does little harm to marine life.

laws.

completely closing the leaving the compartment open to

compartment the air
 locked cabinet in the machinery
separate and accessible location space

establish an open airway make the victim comfortable

Arms above their head On their side if unconscious

one B-II one A-I

over pressurization of the CO2 over pressurization of the space

discharge piping being flooded

slicks patches

Plan for safety preparedness Plan for maintenance and repair

plug the scuppers plug the vents

sensitizer pyrophoric hazard

 Relieving the patient's pain by
Providing enough fluids to prevent giving aspirin or stronger
dehydration medication

rig a fire hose and call for water

sound the general alarm on deck

secure fuel oil supply secure the work

Certificate of Inspection shipping articles

are made of bronze, brass, or soft should be painted red in order to

alloy metals identify hose lengths

close all openings to the area shut off all electrical power

Central gas extinguishing system Sprinkler system

and/or water fog.

Breathing and heartbeat Symptoms of concussion

accidental discharge from the the cylinder valve from coming

extinguisher loose
 the name of the vessel on which
an identification number it is located

water-reactive toxic

use a portable CO2 extinguisher use a portable foam extinguisher

use fire hoses of different sizes use different fire hose pressures

explosive liquid viscous liquid

Notify the ballast control operator. Wait for the person-in- charge to
act.

Water-light, painter, and signal

Water-light and painter only mirror

Whether the fire is in machinery

Danger of shock to personnel
or passenger spaces

Whether the fire is in machinery

Danger of shock to personnel or passenger spaces
any of the above conditions occur you have irritation of the eyes,
nose, or throat

Loosely set up one dog on the
opposite side from the hinges,
snugly set up two dogs on the
hinge side, then evenly set up all
the remaining dogs.
Loosely set up two dogs adjacent
to the hinges, snugly set up one
dog on the opposite side from
the hinges, then evenly set up all
the remaining dogs.

clean and uncoated lightly coated with tallow

Vacate everyone from the engine

room immediately, as this the
Rapidly move towards the preliminary signal that the steam
direction of the noise to smothering system is about to be
investigate the probable source. released.

first assistant engineer oiler on watch

Inspections Good housekeeping

the coil may become tangled and it doesn’t allow for proper faking
difficult to manage of the line

Certificate of Inspection hot work permit

two hours one hour

 The lifeboat is to be launched
Each fire pump is to be started. and operated.

a. All watertight doors which are

in use while the vessel is All lifeboat equipment shall be
underway shall be operated. examined.

in the station bill by the tool pusher

accomplished by an authorized
recorded by the person-in-charge servicing representative

extended straight down and

crossed at the ankles spread apart as far as possible

Signaling that all personnel are

Throwing materials form high clear before lifting or lowering
places to the deck. material.

Kapok lifejackets must have Buoyant vests may be substituted

plastic-covered pad inserts. for lifejackets.

I, II & III I only

readily accessible spaces the forepeaks

 instructions for lowering the
all emergency signals survival capsule

During the annual maintenance,

the front zipper should be Immersion suits should be worn
lubricated with paraffin or during routine work on deck to
beeswax. provide maximum protection.

After purchasing, the suit should Immersion suits should be worn

be stowed in the storage bag in while performing routine work
which it was received. on deck.

after you enter the water before you enter the water

Contact the manufacturer for

repair instruction. Replace the suit.

They provide sufficient flotation to

do away with the necessity of a. Only a light layer of clothing
wearing a lifejacket. may be worn underneath.

The suits provide for limited body

movement such as walking, All models will automatically turn
climbing a ladder, and picking up an unconscious person faceup in
small objects like a pencil. the water.

It is inflated by a small CO2 bottle

that is automatically tripped
It is inflated by blowing through an when the front zipper is at the
inflation tube. top of zipper track.

Contact the manufacturer for

repair instruction. Replace the suit.
whistle, handheld flare, and sea
dye marker air bottle for breathing

manifold riser capstan

U. S. Coast Guard Regulations Ship's articles

 Choice C Choice D

3 5

Stern into the wind and increase Stern into the wind and decrease
speed speed

3 cm 4 cm

c. preventing convulsions and d. providing enough fluids to

muscle spasms caused by the pain prevent dehydration

Put him in a tub of ice water Cover him with a light cloth

Touching the patient before washing

Instructing bystanders
your hands

. bend his back and stoop with arms

bend his back and stoop straight

air priming valve on the impeller automatic suction valve shut off
housing
The heat from the fire causes the
foam to produce an inert gas which By smothering and also providing
gradually extinguishes the fire. some cooling

All possible fire-fighting equipment Extinguishing attempt is started

is brought to the scene immediately

Oxygen is depleted as oxidation may Enclosed space has no proper

have taken place. circulation of air.

stowed vertically and allowed to

washed out with hot soapy water drain

Notify the person in charge of the Sound the general alarm.

shore facility.

maneuver your vessel into the wind have all of your crew get into the
liferaft

closing the lids on the vents plugging the sounding pipes

Water fog Foam

Official Logbook deck rough log

Install thermostat to avoid water Do not wash off all rubbish to
from freezing to ice. prevent persons slipping.

Open the door to evaluate the Release the CO2 flooding system
extent of the fire

increasing the oxygen supply All of the above

following establishment of fire

following control of flooding boundaries

check operating pressures and run the engine at idle until the
temperatures, and check for leaks temperature has increased

remove the locking pin open the discharge valve

conducts electricity cannot be made with salt water

It is visible for a shorter time than a It will sink more rapidly than crude
fuel oil spill. oil.

closing the compartment except for increasing the air flow to the
the ventilators compartment by blowers
unlocked cabinet in the machinery . location near a fire hydrant
space

treat any bleeding wounds Insure the victim is conscious

Head down and feet up, no injuries Flat on their back with head and
to face or head feet at the same level

two A-IIs one C-II

rupture of cylinder due to flooding of a space where personnel

temperature increase are present

spills emulsions

Loading plan for general cargo Plan for next voyage

plug the sounding pipes close the lids on the vents

oxidizer skin contact hazard

Preventing convulsions and muscle Avoiding possible injury to the
spasms caused by the pain spinal cord by incorrect handling

remove the plugs from the scuppers spread an absorbent material, such
as sawdust

secure the tools evacuate all engine room personnel

crewman's duty list muster List

are specially hardened to prevent should be greased frequently

crushing

remove combustibles from direct cool the bulkhead around the fire
exposure

Powder extinguishing system Central foam extinguishing system

Indication of broken bones Bleeding injuries

the handle from contacting the contamination of the valve parts

cylinder
 . the names of the individuals
the date that it was installed qualified to use it

flammable combustible

use a low-velocity fog adapter with determine the cause of the fire
the fire hose

not attack the fire from opposite not wear protective clothing
sides

flammable liquid combustible liquid

Shutdown the transfer operations. Sound the fire alarm.

Two paddles, a light, painter, lifeline Two paddles, painter, and six red
and pendants flares

The amount of toxic fumes created Maintaining electrical power

by the extinguisher

The amount of toxic fumes created Maintaining electrical power

by the extinguisher
 you experience an abnormal bodily
you smell an unusual odor sensation

Loosely set up one dog on the hinge

side, snugly set up two dogs on the
Snugly set up two dogs on the opposite side from the hinges, then
opposite side from the hinges, then evenly set up all the remaining
evenly set up all the remaining dogs. dogs.

coated with petroleum jelly painted to prevent weathering

Move away from the noise to find a

broom, then cautiously advance , Cautiously move towards the source
sweeping the handle ahead of you of the noise, sweeping the beam of
to locate the source. your flash light ahead of you.

engineer on watch U.S. Coast Guard

Unsafe conditions Intelligent work habits

a sudden yank on the line may trap your work shoes may cause damage
your leg to the rope

Safety of Life at Sea Certificate operations manual

ten hours four hours

An inventory of rescue and fire An inspection and inventory of fire
equipment is to be taken. hoses is to be made.

Fire pumps shall be started and all

exterior outlets opened. All of the above.

by the person conducting the drill at the previous safety meeting

completed every six months all of the above

held as tightly against your chest as

possible in a kneeling position

Closing, tagging, or securing valves

Examining material for sharp edges that permit entrance of steam,
or protruding points before water, or air into a fitting or other
handling. equipment.

Lifejackets are not designed to turn

Lifejackets must always be worn a person's face clear of the water
with the same side facing outwards. when unconscious.

I & II II & III

the pumproom locked watertight containers

the time each weekly drill will be
held work schedule

After purchasing, the suit should be

removed from its storage bag and Small leaks or tears may be repaired
hung on a hanger where it will be using the repair kit packed with
readily accessible. thesuit.

During the annual maintenance, the Any tear or leak will render the suit
front zipper should be lubricated unserviceable and it must be
using light machine oil or mineral oil. replaced.

after you notice that your suit is

after one hour in the water losing buoyancy

Some leakage should be expected

and a topping off tube is provided;
Replace the inflation bladder. no other action is necessary.

A puncture in the suit will not

They should be tight fitting. appreciably reduce its value.

The immersion suit seals in all body The suit is flameproof and provides
heat and provides protection against protection to the wearer while
hypothermia for weeks. swimming through burning oil.

It inflates by sea water bleeding into

It is inflated by a small CO2 bottle the flotation bladder and reacting
that is manually tripped. with a chemical

Some leakage should be expected

and a topping off tube is provided;
Replace the inflation bladder. no other action is necessary.
 whistle, strobe light, and reflective
whistle and handheld flare tape

gypsy head cleats

Station bill Certificate of Inspection

 Choice A

Bow into the wind and decrease speed

5 cm

Avoiding possible injury to the spinal

cord by incorrect handling

Give him sips of cool water

Unnecessary haste and appearance of

uncertainty

bend his knees and lift with his legs

pressure gage and relief valve on the

discharge side
By smothering and also providing some
cooling

Extinguishing attempt is started

immediately

Enclosed space has no proper

circulation of air.

drained, blanked off, and stored

securely

Shut down the operation.

secure the fuel supply and ventilation

to the engine room.

plugging the scuppers

CO2

Oil Record Book

Keep the floors and decks free from fat
and grease.

Secure the ventilation

removing combustibles from the

endangered area

immediately

check operating pressures and

temperatures, and check for leaks

remove the locking pin

conducts electricity

It is visible for a shorter time than a fuel

oil spill.

completely closing the compartment

separate and accessible location

establish an open airway

Arms above their head

one B-II

over pressurization of the CO2

discharge piping

slicks

Plan for safety preparedness

plug the scuppers

sensitizer
Avoiding possible injury to the spinal
cord by incorrect handling

spread an absorbent material, such as

sawdust

evacuate all engine room personnel

muster List

are made of bronze, brass, or soft alloy

metals

close all openings to the area

Central gas extinguishing system and/or

water fog.

Breathing and heartbeat

accidental discharge from the

extinguisher
an identification number

water-reactive

use a portable CO2 extinguisher

not attack the fire from opposite sides

flammable liquid

Shutdown the transfer operations.

Two paddles, a light, painter, lifeline

and pendants

Danger of shock to personnel

Danger of shock to personnel

any of the above conditions occur

Loosely set up one dog on the opposite

side from the hinges, snugly set up two
dogs on the hinge side, then evenly set
up all the remaining dogs.

clean and uncoated

Move away from the noise to find a

broom, then cautiously advance ,
sweeping the handle ahead of you to
locate the source.

engineer on watch

Unsafe conditions

a sudden yank on the line may trap

your leg

Certificate of Inspection

two hours
Each fire pump is to be started.

a. All watertight doors which are in

use while the vessel is underway shall
be operated.

in the station bill

recorded by the person-in-charge

extended straight down and crossed at

the ankles

Throwing materials form high places to

the deck.

Kapok lifejackets must have plastic-

covered pad inserts.

I, II & III

readily accessible spaces

all emergency signals

During the annual maintenance, the

front zipper should be lubricated with
paraffin or beeswax.

After purchasing, the suit should be

stowed in the storage bag in which it
was received.

after you enter the water

Contact the manufacturer for repair

instruction.

They provide sufficient flotation to do

away with the necessity of wearing a
lifejacket.

The suits provide for limited body

movement such as walking, climbing a
ladder, and picking up small objects like
a pencil.

It is inflated by blowing through an

inflation tube.

Contact the manufacturer for repair

instruction.
whistle, strobe light, and reflective tape

cleats

Certificate of Inspection